800 4006 19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000 19 Field Engineer Handbook Vol 1 Sep2000
800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000 800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000
User Manual: 800-4006-19_Field_Engineer_Handbook_Vol_1_Sep2000
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 803
Download | ![]() |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I This Field EngineerHandbookedition, dated 9/18/00, replaces the Volume I and Volume II contents and tabs. Volume I CPU is now two tabs; Workstation CPU and Server CPU. Volume II Sun-4u Systems is now two tabs; Sun-4u Workstation and Sun-4u Server. Systems and Peripherals added to the twenty-first edition: Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800 Netra S220 StorEdge L9 StorEdge L20, L40, and L60 StorEdge L 180 StorEdge T3 Sun Blade 100 Sun Blade 1000 Sun Ray 100 Sun Ray 150 For your filing convenience, a title page with a bar strip on the right edge separates each section, so that you can easily place a new section after the appropriate tab. The Field Engineer Handbook, Volumes I and II, is a copyrighted publication of Sun Microsystems, Inc. Additional copies must be purchased. Email your comments and suggestions to the authors at fehb@scarlett.eng.sun.com. Sun Microsystems, Inc. 901 San Antonio Road, Mail Stop MTV16-127 Palo Alto, California 94303-4900 U.S.A. The JavaStation JJ and JavaStation JK systems are serviced as whole unit replacements. The CPU boards for these systems are not illustrated in this edition. The SPARCcluster and MediaCenter chapters are not in this edition. These products were a combination of a workstation or server, a peripheral, and software. The workstations, servers, and peripherals used to build these products can still be found in their respective chapters. The Netra xt 600 was announced in August 1999 and discontinued in January 2000. The Netra xt 600 is not in this edition. You may wish to save this product information from the twentieth edition of the Field Engineer Handbook for reference. VOLUME I CPU-32 CPU-33 CPU-34 CPU-35 CLUSTER-1 CLUSTER-2 CLUSTER-3 CLUSTER-4 CLUSTER-5 CLUSTER-6 CLUSTER-7 CLUSTER-8 CLUSTER-9 CLUSTER-10 CLUSTER-11 CLUSTER-12 CLUSTER-13 CLUSTER-14 CLUSTER-15 CLUSTER-16 CLUSTER-17 MEDIA-1 MEDIA-2 MEDIA-3 MEDIA-4 MEDIA-5 MEDIA-6 MEDIA-7 TELCO-41 TELCO-42 Field Engineer Handbook Volume I Part No: 1IIIIJ..4006-19 ©1999 Sun Microsystams, Inc. Written and published by Mike Persichetty and Gerri Roe Copyright 1987 - 2000 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. 901 San Antonio Road, Palo Alto, California 94303-4900 U.S.A. All rights reserved. This product or document is protected by copyright and distributed under licenses restricting its use, copying, distribution, and decompilation. No part of this product or document may be reproduced in any form by any means without prior written authorization of Sun and its licensors, if any. Third party software, including font technology, is copyrighted and licensed from Sun suppliers. Portions of this product may be derived from the UNIX® system, licensed from Novell, Inc., and the Berkeley 4.3 BSD system, licensed from the University of California. UNIX is a registered trademark in the United States and in other countries and is exclusively licensed by X/OpenCompany LTD. Third-party software, including font technology in this product, is protected by copyright and licensed from Sun's suppliers. Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo, Sun Ray, Solaris, Open Boot, Ultra, Ultra Computing, Ultra Enterprise, Ultra Enterprise Cluster, UntraServer, UltraSPARC, JavaStation, Netra, MediaCenter, Sun StorEdge, SunPCI, Sun BladeSunSwift, SunSwitch, SunFastEthernet, Quad FastEthernet, and Solaris are trademarks, or registered trademarks, or service marks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. All SPARC trademarks are used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. in the United States and in other countries. Products bearing SPARC trademarks are based upon an architecture developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. All other product names mentioned herein are trademarks of their respective owners. The OPEN LOOK@ and Sun™ Graphical User Interface was developed by Sun Microsystems, Inc. for its users and licensees. Sun acknowledges the pioneering efforts of Xerox in researching and developing the concept of visual or graphical user interfaces for the computer industry. Sun holds a non-exclusive license from Xerox to the Xerox Graphical User Interface, which license also covers Sun licensees who implement OPEN LOOK GUls and otherwise comply with Sun written license agreements. RESTRICTED RIGHTS: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions of FAR 52.227 -14(g)(2)(6/87) and FAR 52.227-19(6/87), or DFAR 252.2277015(b)(6/95 and DFAR 227.7202-3(a). DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT ARE DISCLAIMED, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH DISCLAIMERS ARE HELD TO BE LEGALLY INVALID. THIS PUBLICATION COULD INCLUDE TECHNICAL INACCURACIES OR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS. CHANGES ARE PERIODICALLY ADDED TO THE INFORMATION HEREIN: THESE CHANGES WILL BE INCORPORATED IN NEW EDITIONS OF THE PUBLICATION. SUN MICROSYSTEM, INC. MAY MAKE IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) AND/OR THE PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN THIS PUBLICATION AT ANY TIME. Printed in the USA Preface The Field Engineer Handbook, Volumes I and II, illustrates and describes Sun™ Workstations, Servers, and Options. This hardware manual set is available to Sun service providers and customers. This handbook complements other Sun technical publications and education courses. We assume that Sun service providers and customers who service and repair Sun products have access to these resources. The Field Engineer Handbook does not include installation, removal, replacement, and troubleshooting procedures documented in other Sun publications. The complexity of products requiring extensive training is beyond the scope of this hardware manual set. These products are not covered in detail. Refer to the manuals. The Field Engineer Handbook is not an official configuration guide or sales guide. Configurations and options supported and sold by Sun Microsystems are documented in the End User and Reseller Price Lists. Installation Manuals, User's Guides, Product Notes, and the Hardware Platform Guide are other sources of supported configuration information. Send email to fehb-errata@persius.eng.sun.com to receive the errata for the Field Engineer Handbook. Email your comments and suggestions to the authors at fehb@scarlett.eng.sun.com. 9/18/00 Handbook Organization The Field Engineer Handbook is organized into two volumes. Volume I includes the Configuration section. • Configurations contains board and peripheral part numbers, option numbers, and illustrations; jumper and switch settings; video resolutions; memory module compatibility; and notes and references. Volume II includes the following sections: • Parts Breakdown contains workstation, server, and option illustrations; part number listings; and monitor specifications. • Troubleshooting contains system LED error codes; SCSI connector pin assignments, SCSI sense keys and codes; tape drive manual ejection procedures; and communications device pin assignments. • Power contains fuse and power cord charts; system wiring diagrams; and illustrations of power plugs, power supplies, power sequencers, and power distribution units. iv Field Engineer Handbook l/18/00 Volume I Page Layout Configurations Date Name Systems/Peripherals 1 Option Numbers 2 Part Numbers Part Number Details 101 __ _ Connector CJ Part Number Switch and Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETIING J0101 1-2 In DESCRIPTION Parity J0603 1-2 Out SCSI 100 J0603 3-4 In SCSI 101 J0603 5-6 Out SCSI 102 ~ooo Jumper Component Configurations Date tiliilllllllillill Dip Switch Memory Map SOCKET SIMM J0304 2nd SIMM OcOOOOOO - Ollfffff ADDRESS RANGE J0302 4th SIMM 08000000 - Obff"" J0203 3rdSIMM 04000000 - 07ffffff J0201 lstSIMM 00000000 - 0311"" Connector Power requirements Notes: Special considerations References: Reference Manuals Chapter Field Engineer Handbook Power requirements Notes: Special considerations References: Reference Manuals Volume I Date 1 Systems and Peripherals that the part is supported inside are listed. Systems that the part is supported on as an external option are not listed. When a System or Peripheral name is changed after product introduction, both names are included. Example: The RSM Array 2000 was introduced in 1997. The name was changed to StorEdge A3000 in 1998. When a System or Peripheral name is discontinued before a follow-on product is introduced, the previous name is not included. Example: The FC-AL 501-4158 Backplane was introduced in 1999. The name, Enterprise Network Array A5000, was discontinued in 1998 and is not used on the 11-slot FC-AL Backplane page in the Fibre Channel chapter. 2 Internal and external option numbers are listed in Volume I. Internal disk and removable media option numbers are not included in Volume II. Volume II includes chapters for external disk and removable media option numbers. Option numbers for products with multiple long option numbers are not listed. Example: ARY012A-254G, ARY012A-509G, ARY512A127G. The product name, StorEdge A5000, is used on the 9.1 GB FC-AL Disk Drive page. Supported systems and supported options are subject to change. Refer to the Price List and the Hardware Platform Guide for the most recent list of supported systems and options. Volume I v 9/18/00 Revision History DATE 06/01/87 11/01/87 04/01/88 09/01/88 05/01/89 10//0189 05/01/90 12/01/90 08/15/91 02/15/92 11/15/92 OS/28/93 12/15/93 06/10/94 02/21/95 02/23/96 09/27/96 04/16/97 12/05/97 06/17/98 03/26/99 11/26/99 09/18/00 vi DESCRIPTION First Edition Second Edition Third Edition Fourth Edition Fifth Edition Supplement Supplement Sixth Edition Seventh Edition Eighth Edition Ninth Edition Tenth Edition Eleventh Edition Twelfth Edition Thirteenth Edition Fourteenth Edition Fifteenth Edition Sixteenth Edition Seventeenth Edition Eighteenth Edition Nineteenth Edition Twentieth Edition Twenty-first Edition PART NUMBER 1-Volume 1-Volume 1-Volume 1-Volume 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set 2-Volume Set Volume I Volume II 800-1819-01 800-1819-01 800-4006-01 800-4006-02 851-1020-01 851-1 020-02 851-1 020-03 851-1 020-04 851-1 020-05 851-1 020-06 851-1020-07 851-1 020-08 851-1 020-09 851-1 020-1 0 851-1020-11 851-1 020-12 851-1 020-13 851-1020-14 851-1 020-15 851-1020-16 851 -1 020-17 851-1020-18 851-1020-19 800-4006-19 800-4247-17 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Configurations Handling Static Sensitive Devices Electronic components on printed circuit boards can be damaged by static electricity. Always wear a grounding strap and use an antistatic mat when handling boards or components. Reference Documentation Standard Configurations and Standard Options supported by Sun Microsystems are documented in the End User Price List, Reseller Price List, Hardware Configuration Guides, Product Brochures, and Hardware Installation Manuals. Abbreviations Assy Bkt FRU OBP OS w wlo Assembly Bracket Field Replaceable Unit Open Boot PROM Operating System With Without Option Abbreviations SSA A 1000 D1000 A3000 A3500 A5000 A5000 A7000 SPARCstorage Array StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge A3000 (RSM Array 2000) StorEdge A3500 Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A7000 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 System Abbreviations SC SS A 11 A 12 A14 A16 A 17 A 18 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 A28 A33 A34 A36 E150 ExOOO Ex500 INTRO-2 SPARCcenter SPARCserver, SPARCstation, or SPARCsystem Ultra 1 Models 140 and 170 Ultra 1 Models 140E, 170E, and 200E Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra Enterprise 3000 Workstation Ultra Enterprise 4000 Workstation Ultra 450 Workstation Ultra 5 Ultra 10 Ultra 60 Ultra Enterprise 450 Workgroup Server Enterprise 250 Ultra 80 Sun Blade 1000 Enterprise 420R Enterprise 220R Sun Blade 100 Ultra Enterprise 150 Ultra Enterprise 3000/4000/5000/6000 Enterprise 3500/4500/5500/6500 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS PC I Local Bus PCI Mechanical Specification PCI boards have two basic form factors, standard or long length (312 mm) and short length (119-167 mm). Board edge connectors are keyed for 3.3V signaling, 5V signaling, or universal signaling. Universal boards are designed to fit in 3.3V or 5V connectors. The 32-Bit, 124 -Pin PCI connector has 120 signal pins and 4 key pins. The 32-Bit connector defines the system signaling as 3.3V or 5V. An optional 64-Bit extension is built into the same connector molding extending the number of pins to 184. A 32-Bit PCI board identifies itself for 32-Bit transfers when it is installed in a 32-Bit or 64-Bit connector. A 32-Bit PCI board can be installed in either a 32-Bit or 64-Bit connector. A 64-Bit PCI board identifies itself for 32-Bit transfers when it is installed in a 32-Bit connector. A 64-Bit PCI board identifies itself for 64-Bit transfers when it is installed in a 64-Bit connector. The signals that enable 64-Bit operation are REQ64 and ACK64. They are Side A Pin-60 and Side B Pin-60 of the 32-Bit connector. 64-Bit PCI boards do not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 4. 64-Bit PCI boards do not fit into Slots 9 and 10 on A20/A25 System Boards 501-5028, 501-2996, and 501-5270. PCI Electrical Specification The PCI specification provides for 3.3V and 5V signaling. Signaling is determined by the motherboard. Signaling for a 3.3V PCI board is at 3.3V. Signaling for a 5V PCI board is at 5V. Signaling for a universal PCI board is at 3.3V or 5V. All PCI connectors require four power rails: +3.3V, +5V, + 12V, and -12V. The distinction between a 3.3V and 5V PCI boards is in the signaling protocol, not the connector power rails. The maximum power allowed for a PCI board is 25 Watts from all four power rails combined. Volume I INTRO-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 PCI Board and PCI Connector Illustrations PCI Boards are shown with the solder side up because this is the orientation in PCI systems including the Ultra 5 (Slots 1 and 3), Ultra 10, Ultra 30, Ultra 60, Ultra 80, Enterprise 250, and Ultra Enterprise 450. 32-Bit PCI Boards PCI Connectors 3.3V 32-Bit Compatible 5V 32-Bit Not Compatible . ~ 3;3V 32-8it 3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible I" 5V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible • • 3.3V 32-Bit Not Compatible ! 5V 32-Bit Compatible • ! 5V 32-8it 3.3V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible !• • 5V 32/64-Bit Compatible • • 3.3V 32-Bit Compatible 5V 32-Bit Compatible Universal 3.3/5V 32-8it 3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible f·· 5V 32/64-Bit Compatible I" INTRO-4 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 PCI Board and PCI Connector Illustrations 64-Bit PCI Boards PCI Connector 3.3V 32-Bit Compatible 64-Bit Connector 5V 32-Bit Not Compatible 3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible 3.3V 64-Bit • 5V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible · . 3.3V 32-Bit Not Compatible 64-Bit Connector 5V 32-Bit Compatible 3.3V 32/64-Bit Not Compatible 5V 64-Bit • 5V 32/64-Bit Compatible • • 3.3V 32-Bit Compatible 64-Bit Connector Universal 3.3/5V 64-Bit 5V 32-Bit Compatible 3.3V 32/64-Bit Compatible • 5V 32/64-Bit Compatible · . Volume I INTRO-5 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Dip Switches Rocker and Slide type DIP Switches are used in Sun products. Turn on a Rocker-type switch by pressing down the end of the switch furthest from the OPEN lettering on the switch. Turn on a Slide-type switch by sliding the switch in the direction of the arrow on the switch. Switches 1 and 2 are shown in the ON position in these illustrations. Rocker-type Switch Slide-type Switch / OPEN SWITCH TYPE A SWITCH TYPE C SWITCH TYPE B SWITCH TYPE D / OPEN Jumpers Jumpers are used to connect two pins of a Terminal Strip. Two sizes of jumpers are used: 0.100 inch and 2.0 millimeter. 0.100 inch Jumper 0.025" diameter (0.64mm) INTRO-6 2.0 millimeter Jumper 2.0mm (0.079") 0.50 mm diameter (0.020") Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 Power-On Self Test Power-On Self Test (POST) is a diagnostic that performs hardware tests at power-on. When POST runs in Diagnostic mode, output is sent to Serial Port A. Frame buffer output occurs during memory initialization after POST has completed. Answer Books, Service Manuals, and Owner Guides provide system specific details on how to use POST and the available options. Normal Mode runs when: The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to false. The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to off. The front panel keyswitch is in the Normal or Secure position. Diagnostic Mode runs when: The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to true. The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to min, med, or max. The front panel keyswitch is in the Diagnostic position. DEMON and Extended Modes is initialized after POST when: The s key (Stop after POST) is depressed after power-on. The m key (Menus) is depressed after power-on. DEMON is available on the SS1 OOO(E) and SC2000(E). Extended POST is available on the E3xOO-E6xOO. OBDiag in interactive mode is initialized from OBP when: The forth word obdiag is entered at the ok prompt. The forth words obdiag obtest are entered at the ok prompt. The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to menus. OBDiag is available on the Ultra 5, Ultra 10, Ultra 30, Ultra 60, Ultra 80, Enterprise 250, and Ultra Enterprise 450. OBDiag runs automatically on the E250/E450 after POST when: The NVRAM parameter diag-switch? is set to true. The NVRAM parameter diag-Ievel is set to min, med, or max. The front panel keyswitch is in the Diagnostic position. Volume I INTRO-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands Power On Commands STOP bypasses POST. STOP-A aborts POST. STOP-D forces a diagnostic power-on. The NVRAM Parameter diag-switch? is set to true. STOP-F forces input and output to ttya. Input from the Keyboard is disabled except for L 1-A. STOP-N forces a set-defaults of the NVRAM. Help and Printenv Commands These examples are from an Enterprise 250 with OSP 3.5. The help command displays the menu of available help options. ok help Enter 'help command-name' or 'help category-name' for more help. (Use ONLY the first word of a category-name or category description) Examples: help select -or- help line Repeated loops Defining new commands Numeric output Radix (number base conversions) Arithmetic Memory access Line editor System and boot configuration parameters Select 1/0 devices Floppy eject Power on reset Diag (diagnostic routines) Resume execution File download and boot nvramrc (making new commands permanent) EnablelDisable selected hardware subsystems Environmental monitor INTRO-8 Field Engineer Handbook 3/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 8pen Boot PROM Commands The printenv command displays NVRAM parameter names, current values, and default values. Variable Name diag-passes diag-verbosity diag-continue? tpe-link-test? scsi-initiator-id keyboard-click? keymap ttyb-mode ttya-mode ttyb-rts-dtr -off ttyb-ignore-cd ttya-rts-dtr-off ttya-ignore-cd reboot-flag reboot-posc reboot-posl reboot-cmd pCi-slot-skip-list Value 1 0 false true 7 false 9600,8,n,1,9600,8,n,1,- false true false false true false true true false 4294582272 0 boot net -r none 3,2,4,5 none diag-Ievel diag-script min normal none asr-disable-list asr-status post -status post-address post-flag obp-flags obp-state obp-status Volume I false 9600,8,n,1,9600,8,n,1,- pciO-probe-list upa-port-skip-list diag-targets diag-trigger env-monitor Default Value 1 0 false true 7 power-reset enabled false 0 0 none 3,2,4,5 none min normal none power-reset enabled 18437736870358094097 18437736870358094097 18437736870358094097 0 0 0 6 0 INTRO-9 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands printenv command - continued Variable Name Value #power-cycles 4 802F01FO system-board-serial# Default Value system-board-date 34cf6a6b fcode-debug? false false output-device screen screen input-device load-base keyboard keyboard 16384 16384 boot-command boot boot auto-boot? true true auto-boot-on-error? false false false net net boot-device local-mac-address? net false false ansi-terminal? true true screen-#columns 80 80 screen-#rows 34 silent-mode? 34 false false use-nvramrc? false false watchdog-reboot? false diag-file diag-device boot-file disk net nvramrc security-mode none security-password security-#badlogins 0 oem-logo oem-logo? false false false false upa-noprobe-mask 0 0 mfg-options diag-switch? 49 false false oem-banner oem-banner? hardware-revision last-hardware-update INTRO-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Use printenv and the variable name to show a specific parameter. ok printenv diag-switch? diag-switch? = true The Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 OBP 3.12 changed the printenv output to eliminate non-user configurable variables used for the internal workings of Open Boot. Use printenv -a to see all variables. Use the setenv command to change a parameter. ok setenv diag-switch? true Use the set-defaults command to restore the default settings. ok set-defaults Other commonly used commands are shown below. OPTION banner .version print-nvram-stat DESCRIPTION Display the selftest banner message .idprom input [source] Display the version and date of boot PROM Display the PROM version for all boards installed Display the Ethernet address Display the ID PROM contents Select source for input (ttya, ttyb, or keyboard) output [source] reset soft-reset Select source for output (ttya, ttyb, or keyboard) Resets entire system, similar to SunMon k2 Soft reset, similar to SunMon k1 eject-floppy security-mode Ejects floppy diskette from the drive Select non-secure mode (enter none) .enet-addr Select command secure mode (enter command) Select full secure mode (enter full) security-password Allows user to enter an 8 byte passwordin ASCII sifting text Display forth commands containing text words Display forth words in the dictionary probe-scsi Display addresses and types of SCSI devices probe-ide obdiag flash-update-ucm diag-Ievel Volume I Display addresses and types of IDE devices Enter open boot diagnostics Update UCM flash prom Set the diagnostic level to min, max, menus, or off INTRO-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands nvramrc The nvramrc is an NVRAM location reserved for user-defined commands used during system initialization. Include the following entries when creating a custom nvramrc: probe-all Probes for plug-in devices install-console Selects and activates the console banner Displays the banner to the console nvedit The nvedit command opens the nvramrc editor and enables the use of the following commands: Return Inserts a new line Control-L Displays all lines in the buffer Control-C Exits the nvramrc editor. nvquit The nvquit command discards the contents of the temporary nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited. nvrun The nvrun command executes the contents of the temporary nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited. nvstore The nvstore command saves the contents of the temporary nvramrc buffer created when an nvedit session is exited. use-nvramrc? Set the use-nvramrc? parameter to true to use the nvramrc. This parameter is normally set to false. INTRO-12 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Twisted Pair Ethernet Link Integrity Test Set the tpe-link-test? nvram parameter to false to disable the on-board Link Integrity Test. Use the set-tpe-test command to enable or disable the on-board Link Integrity Test on the SPARCserver 1000. ok true set-tpe-test enables the Link Test on all System Boards ok false set-tpe-test disables the Link Test on all System Boards ok false apply set-tpe-test netO [net1, net2, net3] disables the Link Test on System Board 0 [1,2,3] Use the nvedit command to program the nvramrc to disable the Link Integrity Test when a reset or power cycle occurs on the SPARCserver 1000. ok nvedit 0: probe-all install-console1: false set-tpe-test or 1: false apply set-tpe-test netO [net1, net2, net3] 2: banner ok nvstore ok setenv use-nvramrc? true ok reset Volume I INTRO-13 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands SBus Quad Ethernet Controller Link Integrity Test Use the set-tpe-test command to enable the Link Integrity Test. ok true" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok true" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok true" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok true" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop Use the set-tpe-test command to disable the Link Integrity Test. The Link Integrity Test is enabled if a system reset or power cycle occurs. ok false" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok false" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok false" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop ok false" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop Use the nvedit command to program the nvramrc to disable the Link Integrity Test. The Link Integrity Test is not enabled if a system reset or power cycle occurs. ok nvedit 0: probe-all install-console 1: false" sqec-node1-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop 2: false" sqec-node2-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop 3: false" sqec-node3-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop 4: false" sqec-node4-path" " set-tpe-test" execute-device-method drop 5: banner ok nvstore ok setenv use-nvramrc? true ok reset INTRO-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands SPARCstation 4 Frame Buffer Resolution The following methods are available for changing the SS4 tcx frame buffer resolution. ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94 ok reset or ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok setenv output-device Isbus/sunw,tcx:r1024x768x84 ok reset or ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok cd Isbus/sunw,tcx ok screen select-dev ok r1280x1 024x135 set-resolution Volume I INTRO-15 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands PCI System Commands The following user query and control commands (forth words) are available on PCI based systems. Use the show-pci-devs command to show all devices on a specific PCI bus. ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,2000 ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,4000 show pcia devices show pcib devices Use the show-pci-devs-all command to show all PCI devices. ok show-pci-devs-all show all pci devices Use the show-pci-config command to show configuration space registers for a given PCI device. ok show-pci-config Ipci@1f,4000/network@1,1 Use the show-pci-configs command to show configuration space registers for all PCI devices on a PCI bus. ok show-pci-configs Ipci@1f,4000 Use the show-pci-configs-all command to show configuration space registers for all PCI devices on all PCI busses. ok show-pci-configs-all/pci@1f,4000 Use the probe-pci command to probe all devices on a specific PCI bus. ok probe-pci Ipci@1f,4000 probing /pci @ 1f,4000 at Device 3 scsi disk tape probing /pci@1f,4000 at Device 3 nothing there Use the probe-pci-slot command to probe a specific PCI slot on a specific PCI bus. ok 3 probe-pc i-slot Ipci@1f,4000 probing /pci@1f,4000 at Device 3 scsi disk tape INTRO-16 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 30 The pcia-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe order for the following pcia devices (/pci@ 1f,2000): Psycho PCI Slot 0 no device 0 (not probed) 1 (J1301 = pci@1f,2000/xxx@1) 2 (historical entry) ok setenv pcia-probe-list 1,2 Probe in order 1,2 The pcib-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe order for the following pcib devices (/pci@ 1f,4000): Psycho Cheerio PCI Slot 1 Onboard SCSI PCI Slot 2 PCI Slot 3 0 (not probed) 1 (not probed) 2 (J1401 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@2) 3 (first device probed by default) 4 (J1501 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@4) 5 (J1601 = pci@1f,4000/xxx@5) ok setenv pcib-probe-list 3,2,4,5 Probe in order 3,2,4,5 The printenv pcix-probe-list command is used to show the probe list for pcia or pcib: ok printenv pcia-probe-list ok printenv pcib-probe-list print pcia probe list print pcib probe list The show-pci-devs command is used to show all devices on a specific PCI bus: ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,2000 ok show-pci-devs Ipci@1f,4000 show pcia devices show pcib devices The show-pci-devs-all command is used to show all devices. ok show-pci-devs-all Volume I show all pci devices INTRO-17 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 60, Netra t 1120/1125, and Enterprise 220R Ultra 80, Netra t·1400/1405, and Enterprise 420R The Ultra 60 Workstation, Netra t 1120/1125 Telco Server, and Enterprise 220R Workgroup Server use the same System Board. The Ultra 80 Workstation, Netra t 1400/1405 Telco Server, and Enterprise 420R Workgroup Server use the same System Board. The banner-name, enclosure-type, and energystar-enabled? NVRAM variables set up the system board for use in a Workstation, Telco Server, or Workgroup Server. These variables: Control the system name displayed in the power-on banner Enable or disable energystar Report the enclosure type to software ok setenv banner-name Sun Enterprise 220R banner-name = Sun Enterprise 220R ok setenv enclosure-type 540-4284 enclosure-type = 540-4284 ok setenv energystar-enabled? true energy-star-enabled? = false System Ultra 60 Netra t 1120/1125 Enterprise 220R Ultra 80 Netra t 1400/1405 Enterprise 420R banner-name Sun Ultra 60 UPNPCI Sun Ultra 60 UPNPCI Sun Enterprise 220R Sun Ultra 80 UPNPCI Sun Ultra 80 UPNPCI Sun Enterprise 420R enclosure-type energystar-enabled? 540-3251 true Unknown false false 540-4284 540-3871 true Unknown false false 540-4115 The enclosure-type variable is for future use. Current software uses the banner-name. The banner-name, enclosure-type, and energystar-enabled? variables are not changed by the set-defaults command. INTRO-18 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Enterprise 250 The upa-port-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of UPA ports. The following UPA ports are used: Processors Psycho UPA Ports 0 and 1 UPA Port 1f ok setenv upa-port-skip-list 1 Skip CPU1 The pciO-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe order for PCI devices /pci@ 1f,4000. Device 2 is card slot 2, device 3 is SCSI, device 4 is card slot 1, and device 5 is card slot O. ok setenv pciO-probe-list 3,2,4 Probe in order 3-2-4 The pci-slot-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots 0, 1, 2, and 3. ok setenv pci-slot-skip-list 0,3 Skip slot 0 and 3 The diag-trigger NVRAM variable is used to control which resets will automatically enable POST when diag-switch? is true. ok setenv diag-trigger power-reset Run diagnostics on power-on resets. ok setenv diag-trigger error-reset Run diagnostics on power-on resets, fatal hardware errors, and watchdog resets. ok setenv diag-trigger soft-reset Run diagnostics on all resets (except XIR) including UNIX unit 6 or reboot ok setenv diag-trigger none Does not run diagnostics on any resets. The auto-boot-on-error? NVRAM variable is used to allow the system to attempt to boot if POST fails and auto-boot? is true. ok setenv auto-boot-on-error? true Attempt to boot if POST fails and auto-boot? is true Volume I INTRO-19 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Enterprise 250 - Continued The env-monitor NVRAM variable is used for environmental monitoring at the Open Boot PROM level. ok setenv env-monitor advise overtime warning ok setenv env-monitor enabled overtime warning shut down power ok setenv env-monitor disabled env-monitor is off The asr-enable and asr-disable commands enable and disable system devices. The.asr command displays the settings. ok.asr System status: CPUO: CPU1: SC-MP: Psycho@ 1f: Cheerio: SCSI: Mem BankO: Mem Bank1: Mem Bank2: Mem Bank3: PROM: NVRAM: TTY: Audio: Soupier: PCI Slots: Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Known 'enable/disable' subsystem components are: cpu* cpuO cpu1 bank* bankO bank1 bank2 bank3 dimmO - dimm15 INTRO-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 The mfg-options NVRAM variable is a decimal value that sets up the system as a Workstation or Server. The mfg-options: Controls the system name displayed in the power-on banner Enables or disables energystar Controls the behavior after a watchdog reset Enables or disables the blinking front panel LEOs ok setenv mfg-options 0 Workstation default (in decimal) ok setenv mfg-options 49 Server default (in decimal) Root (I) Node Properties Hex banner-name system-type energystar-v2 xxxx xxxO Ultra 450 Workstation Enabled xxxx xxx1 Enterprise 450 Server Disabled /eeprom Node Properties SUNW,envctrl Node Properties watchdog-enable activity-led-blink? xxxO xxxx Disabled xxx1 xxxx Enabled xxOx xxxx Disabled xx1x xxxx Enabled The method of changing the mfg-options, diag-targets, and diag-verbosity was changed in OBP 3.12. The new method accepts a + or - construct for these variables. mfg-options: workstation-class server-class workstation energystar watch-dog server -+(OxOO) -+(Ox01) -+(OxOO) -+(Ox10) -+(Ox20) -+(Ox31) Workstation Server Workstation Energy Star Watchdog Server/Energy Star/Watchdog ok setenv mfg-options + server ok setenv mfg-options + watchdog + energystar ok setenv mfg-options - energystar Volume I INTRO-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued diag-targets: none iopath media device loopback 100pback2 loopbacks 100pback3 -+(OxOO) -+(Ox01) -+(Ox02) -+(Ox04) -+(Ox10) -+(Ox20) -+(Ox30) -+(Ox40) no bus or device I/O testing test bus connectivity (eg SCSI) perform 110 to the device invoke device self test (BIST) external loop back (eg tty) externalloopback2 (eg Mil) external loop back + 100pback2 externalloopback3 (eg RSC) diag-verbosity: none silent verbose subtests debug callers tests all -+(OxOO) minimum output (errors only) -+(OxOO) minimum output (errors only) -+(Ox01) test progress information -+(Ox02) print subtest names -+(Ox04) print debug messages -+(Ox08) print back trace of callers on errors -+(Ox10) print Testing -+(Ox1 f) verbose + names + debug + callers The upa-port-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of UPA ports. The following UPA ports are used: Processors Frame Buffers Psycho UPA Ports 0, 1, 2, and 3 UPA Ports 1d and 1e UPA Ports 4,6, and 1f ok setenv upa-port-skip-list 3,1d INTRO-22 Skip CPU3 and FFB1 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The pciO-probe-list NVRAM variable is used to control the probe order for on-board PCI devices (/pci@ 1f,4000). The probe order for PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots cannot be controlled. Devices omitted from the pciO-probe-list are not probed. Devices in the pciO-probe-list are: 2 = scsi (rma backplane & external connector) 3 = scsi (4 disk backplane) 4 = Empty slot - Back panel slot 10 ok setenv pciO-probe-list 3,2,4 Probe in order 3-2-4 Due to internal PCI changes introduced in OBP 3.12, the Cheerio node is pseudo-probed and device 1 must always be included in the pciO-probe-list. Prior to OBP 3.12, an entry for device 1 was not required. The default probe order for OBP 3.12 is 1-3-2-4. Devices in the OBP 3.12 pciO-probe-list are: 1 = Cheerio (flash, nvram, superio, serial, audio, and 12C) 2 = SCSI (rma backplane & external connector) 3 = SCSI (4 disk backplane) 4 = PCI Slot 10 ok setenv pciO-probe-list 1,3,2,4 Probe in order 1-3-2-4 The pci-slot-skip-list NVRAM variable is used to skip probing of PCI devices plugged into the backpanel slots. If slot 10 is in the pci-slot-skip-list, it will be skipped even if device 4 is included in the pciO-probe-list. ok setenv pci-slot-skip-list 4,6 Volume I Skip slot 4 and 6 INTRO-23 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The memory-interleave NVRAM variable controls how OBP sets memory interleaving. If interleaving is enabled with mixed memory bank sizes, the smaller memory size is used and POST displays a smaller memory value than is physically installed. ok setenv memory-interleave max-size Setting auto (default) max-size max-interleave 1 2 4 Description OBP chooses best setting Configure for maximum available memory space Configure for maximum memory bandwidth (high interleaving values) at the expense of memory size. Use 1-way interleaving Use 2-way interleaving Use 4-way interleaving The env-monitor NVRAM variable determines how OBP responds to environmental monitoring via the 12C serial bus. ok setenv env-monitor advise Description Setting enabled (default) Issue a warning and shut down the system in 15 seconds if an unsafe condition is detected. Issue a warning if an unsafe condition is detected. advise disabled Do not monitor for unsafe conditions. The .post command displays the results of the PowerOnSelf Test. ok .post System status : CPUO: CPU1 : CPU2: CPU3: etc ... INTRO-24 OK OK OK OK OK Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The diag-trigger NVRAM variable is used to control which resets will automatically enable POST when diag-switch? is true. ok setenv diag-trigger power-reset Run diagnostics on power-on resets. ok setenv diag-trigger error-reset Run diagnostics on power-on resets, fatal hardware errors, and watchdog resets. ok setenv diag-trigger soft-reset Run diagnostics on all resets (except XIR) including UNIX init 6 or reboot ok setenv diag-trigger none Does not run diagnostics on any resets. The asr-enable and asr-disable commands enable and disable system devices. The .asr command displays the settings. ok.asr System status: CPUO: CPU1 : CPU2: CPU3: SC-Marvin: Psycho@1f : Psycho@4 : Psycho@6 : Cheerio: SCSI: Mem BankO: Mem Bank1 : Mem Bank2: Mem Bank3: PROM: NVRAM: TTY: Audio: SuperlO: PCI Slots: Volume I Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled (Not Selectable) (cpuO or cpu') (cpu1 or cpu') (cpu2 or cpu') (cpu3 or cpu*) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (bankO or bank* or dimmO-3) (bank1 or bank* or dimm4-7) (bank2 or bank* or dimm8-11) (bank3 or bank' or dimm12-15) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) (Not Selectable) INTRO-25 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The fmc device node stores memory configuration information for use by the operating system. ok cd Imc@O,O ok Is fOO7f3e8 bank@O,cOOOOOOO f007f230 bank@0,80000000 f007f078 bank@0,40000000 f007e9aO bank@O,OOOOOOOO ok cd Imc@O,O/bank@O,O ok Is f007eed8 dimm@0,3 dimm@0,2 f007ed90 dimm@0,1 f007ec48 dimm@O,O f007ebOO ok .properties reg 00000000 00000000 00000000 08000000 #size-cells 00000002 fru motherboard device_type memory-bank name bank The lower half of the register is the bank size: 00000000 08000000 = 128mb bank The upper half of the register is the starting address: 00000000 00000000 = starting address 0 ok cd Imc@O,O/bank@O,O/dimm@O,3 ok .properties socket-name 1704 reg 00000000 00000003 00000000 02000000 fru memory-module device_type memory-module name dimm The lower half of the register is the dimm size: 00000000 02000000 = 32mb The upper half of the register is the dimm number in the bank: 0000000000000003 = dimm 3 INTRO-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The lassociations tree node contains entries representing categories of associations, or connections, between system components that are dispersed in the device tree. ok cd lassociations/slot2dev ok .properties Sub-System Is Associated With /pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/*@ 14,200000 ebuslaudio pci-slot#10 /pci @1f,4000/* @4,* /pci @4,4000/* @2,* pci-slot#9 pci-slot#8 /pci@4,4000/*@3,* pci-slot#7 /pci@4,4000/*@4,* pci-slot#6 /pci @4,2000/* @1,* pci-slot#5 /pci@1f,2000/*@ 1,* pCi-slot#4 /pci@6,2000/*@1,* pci-slot#3 /pci@6,4000/*@2,* pci-slot#2 /pci@6,4000/*@3,* pci-slot#1 /pci@6,4000/*@4,* graphics#2 /*@1d,0 graphics#1 /*@1e,0 cpu-b2 /*@3,0 cpu-b1 /*@2,0 cpu-a2 /*@1,0 cpu-a1 /*@O,O ok cd lassociations/slot2led ok .properties Is Associated With Sub-System slot # 3 /pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@3 /pci@1f,4000/ebus@1/i2c@14,600000/bits@40/wo@2 slot # 2 /pci@ 1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@ 1 slot # 1 /pci @1f,4000/ebus@ 1/i2c@ 14,600000/bits@40/wo@0 slot # 0 ok cd lassociations/slot2disk ok .properties Sub-System Is Associated With /pci@ 1f,4000/scsi@3/disk@3 slot # 3 /pci@ 1f,4000/scsi @3/disk@2 slot # 2 /pci@1f,4000/scsi@3/disk@1 slot # 1 /pci@ 1f,4000/scsi @3/disk@0 slot # 0 Volume I INTRO-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 - Continued The disk-Ied-assoc NVRAM variable defines the PCI slot location for the dual channel Ultra/wide SCSI controller connected to the lower and upper 8-drive backplanes. The value 0 defines the location of the onboard SCSI controller that connects to the 4-drive backplane. The value x defines the PCI slot location of the lower SCSI controller that connects to the lower 8-drive backplane. The value y defines the PCI slot location of the upper SCSI controller that connects to the upper 8-drive backplane. ok printenv disk-Ied-assoc disk-Ied-assoc 0 (default) ok setenv disk-Ied-assoc 0 x y E3000 - E6500 Flash and FCode Use the Flash PROM programming utility to update the Flash PROM on the CPU/Memory board and FCode on the I/O boards. Program the Flash PROM and FCode over a local area network, from CD-ROM, or from Patch 103346. Patch ::;103346-09 is for the 32-bit Solaris Operating System and Patch :2:103346-10 is for the 32-bit or 64-bit Solaris Operating System. Use caution when performing a Flash PROM update. A board may be inoperable if it is programmed with an older version of code. For example: CPU/Memory boards with 336M Hz modules require OBP :2:3.2 Version 12. Selftest fails if older code is downloaded. Flash Update 1.6 does not support Type-4 I/O boards. A Type-4 I/O board will appear to be a Type-1 I/O board after downloading FCode from Flash Update 1.6. The device SUNW,socal will not be recognized, and errors from device SUNW,soc will appear during selftest. INTRO-28 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Open Boot PROM Commands E3000 - E6500 Flash PROM and FCode - Continued Use caution when using flash-update. A board may be inoperable if it is programmed with a newer version of code. For example: aBP 3.2.11 does not support Type-4 1/0 Boards. If the aBP flash-update command is used when Type-1 and Type-4 1/0 Boards are installed, the Type-1 1/0 Board will appear to be a Type-4 1/0 Board after downloading FCode. The SUNW,soc will be programmed as a SUNW,socal. A corrupted Flash PROM can be reprogrammed if another board of the same type with uncorrupted code is available. 1. Connect to Serial Port A at 9600 baud, 8-bit, no parity, 1 stop bit. 2. Disconnect the board with corrupted code from the backplane. 3. Install the known good board in any available slot. 4. Turn the keyswitch to On. 5. Wait 15 seconds and press's' to enter Extended POST. 6. Select 'f' for fcopy from the Extended POST Menus. 7. Insert the board with corrupted code into the backplane. 8. Select '4' for Activate System Board and follow the prompts. 9. Select '1' to copy the code and follow the prompts. 10. Turn the keyswitch to Standby. Use the .version command to display the CPUIMemory Board Flash PROM and 1/0 Board FCode revision. ok .version Slot 1 -I/O Type 4 FCODE 1.8.7 1997/12/08 15:39 iPOST 3.4.41997/08/2617:37 Slot 3 -I/O Type 3 FCODE 1.8.7 1997/05/09 11 :18 iPOST 3.0.21997/05/01 10:56 Slot 9 - CPU/Memory OBP 3.2.16 1998/06/08 16:58 POST 3.9.4 1998/06/09 16:25 Use the .properties command to display the CPUIMemory Board Flash PROM revision in hexadecimal ASCII. ok cd Ifhc@12,f8800000lflashprom@O,O ok .properties 4f 425020202033 2e 32 2e 31 362031 3939 version SUNW,525-1431 model flashprom name 4f 42 50 20 20 20 33 2e 32 2e 31 362031 3939 = OBP 3.2.16199 Volume I INTRO-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Open Boot PROM Commands E3000 - E6500 Flash and FCode - Continued The model property contains the part number of the Flash PROM. The model property of some boards is not the same as the part number used for the Flash PROM Code. Board CPU/Memory I/O Type 1 I/O Type 2 I/O Type 3 I/O Type 4 I/O Type 5 Model Property SUNW,525-1431 SUNW,525-1432 SUNW,525-1433 SUNW,525-1680 SUNW,525-1757 SUNW,525-1760 Flash PROM 525-1387 525-1445 525-1446 525-1680 525-1757 525-1760 Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board FCode revision in hexadecimal ASCII. ok cd Ifhc@e,f8800000lflashprom@O,O ok .properties 4643 4f 44 45 20 31 2e 38 2e 33 20 31 393937 version model SUNW,525-1432 name flashprom 4643 4f 44 45 20 31 2e 38 2e 33 20 31 393937 = FCODE 1.8.3 1997 Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board SOC Controller FCode revision. ok cd Isbus@2,O/5UNW,soc@d,10000 ok .properties 1.3 95/09/28 soc-fcode 501-2069 model name SUNW,soc Use the .properties command to display the I/O Board SOC+ Controller FCode revision. ok cd Isbus@2,O/5UNW,socal@d,10000 ok .properties @ (#) FCode 1.11 97/12/07 version 501-3060 model SUNW,socal name INTRO-30 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS References SSus References 1. SBus Specification A. 1, 800-4453-10. 2. SBus Specification B.O, 800-5922-10. 3. PCI:SBus Comparison, 802-7681. asp 1.x and 2.x References 1. Open Boot PROM Toolkit User's Guide, 800-4251-10. 2. Open Boot PROM Toolkit User's Guide, 800-5279-10. 3. Introduction to Open Boot 2.0,800-5674-10. 4. Open Boot PROM 2.0 Command Reference, 800-6076-11. 5. Open Boot PROM Toolkit Reference Summary, 800-4687-10. 6. Open Boot PROM Toolkit Reference Summary, 800-5280-10. 7. Open Boot PROM Command Summary, 800-5675-11. 8. Writing FCode Programs for SBus Cards, 800-4456-10. 9. Writing FCode 2.x Programs, 801-5123-10. asp 3.x References 1. OpenBoot 3.x Quick Reference, 802-3240-10. 2. OpenBoot 3.x Command Reference, 802-3242-10 3. Writing FCode 3.x Programs, 802-3239-10. 4. Writing FCode 3.x Programs, 802-5895-10. 5. OpenBoot 3.x Supplement for PCI, 802-7679. 6. Enterprise 250 Platform Note, 805-3399. Flash PRaM References 1. Ultra 1 and Ultra 2 Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233-12. 2. Ultra System Flash PROM Programming Guide for Ultra 1, Ultra 2, Ultra 5110, Ultra 30, Ultra 60, and Ultra Enterprise 450, 802-3233-17. 3. E3000140001500016000 Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579-10. 4. E6xOOl5xOOl4xOOl3xOO Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579-12. Ultra 450 and Ultra Enterprise 450 asp References 1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Server Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10. 2. Ultra 450 Workstation Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10. Field Engineer Handbook References 1. Sun-3 Handbook, 802-6796-01. 2. Sun-4 Handbook, 805-3028-01. 3. Sun-4c Handbook, 805-6849-02. 4. SS600MP Handbook, 805-3973-02. 5. Printer Handbook, 806-2138-01. 6. SPARCstation 10 Handbook, 806-2139-01. 7. SPARCstation Voyager Handbook, 806-2140-01. 8. Removable Media Handbook, 806-2141-01. 9. Sun-4110115130 Handbook, 806-2142-01. Volume I INTRO-31 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS WORKSTATION CPU CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Workstation CPU Sun-4m Architecture SPARC Xterminal 1 ........................................................... SPARCstation 4 ................................................................ SPARCstation 5 ................................................................ SPARCstation 20 .............................................................. 2 4 12· 24 Sun-4u Architecture Ultra 1 Model 140 .............................................................. Ultra 1 Model 170 ........... ...................... .... ...... ................... Ultra 1 Model 140E ......................... :.................................. Ultra 1 Model 170E ....................................... ..................... Ultra 1 Model 200E ....... ............................ .................... ..... Ultra 2 ................................................................................ Ultra 5 ....................•........................................................... Ultra 10 .............................................................................. Ultra 30 .............................................................................. Netra t 1100 ....................................................................... Ultra 60 .............................................................................. Enterprise 220R ................................................................ Netra t 1120/1125 .............................................................. Ultra 80 .............................................................................. Enterprise 420R ................................................................ Netra t 1400/1405 .............................................................. Sun Blade 100 ................................................................... Sun Blade 1000 ................................................................. 30 34 36 38 42 44 50 50 58 58 62 62 62 66 66 66 70 72 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARe Xterminal 1 501-2540 501-3025 501-2585 50MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2549 50MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928 50MHz8MB POWER microSPARC D J0201 00 SBus Slot 1 I AUDIO I I 02000000 - 03ffffff I 00000000 - 01ffffff I J0304 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0303 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff J0302 SIMM1 RAS 1 J0301 SIMMO RASO LED & SPKR J1601 IAO-A27 25MHz I I Not Supported MAGIC D I J1202 00 J1201 00 lQ:Q]o J1702 1 3 1 F1102§£J KBD DIN8 3 J0603 Video SIMM Slot J17031Q:Q]o gggg gggg J1002 J1104 SERIAL AI B DB25 VIDEO DB13W3 10BASE-T I 8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX 744 x 1273 x 105MHz • 1000 x 1022 x 105MHz 1024 x 768 x 64MHz 1024 x 768 x 74MHz 1024 x 768 x 81MHz 1024 x 768 x 84M Hz 1024 x 800 x 81MHz 1024 x 800 x 92MHz 1024 x 800 x 94MHz 1024 x1024 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 94MHz 1152 x 900 x 105MHz 1152 x 900 x 108MHz 1280 x1024 x117MHz t 1280 x1024 x118MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t 'Pixel frequency tVSIMM required WORKSTATION CPU-2 ~ F1101 §£J F1201 PARALLEL DB25 ETHERNET DB15 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2540 501-3025 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0201 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1201 J1201 J1202 J1202 J1702 J1703 J1702 J1703 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out In Out In In In In In 501-2585 DESCRIPTION Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Test point tpe Test point tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=150 Ohm RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum operating system is X Terminal Software Version 2.1. 2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 3. The serial ports are not supported. 4. OBP settings for the tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead of Vertical frequency. 5. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok reset ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94 ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84 Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-3 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 4 501-2860 501-2861 501-2862 501-3002 70MHz 16MB 70MHz OMB FAB 270-2549 70MHz 32MB 70MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928 ~==~I I POWER CDROM microSPARC II J0201 00 AUDIO I I I 04000000 - 05ffffff I 02000000 - 03ffffff I 00000000 - 01ffffff I J0305 SIMM 4 RAS 4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0304 SIMM 3 RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0303 SIMM 2 RAS 2 D 23.33MH8 SBus Slot 1 I I J0302 SIMM 1 RAS 1 J0301 SIMM 0 RAS 0 0 FAN J1302 LED & SPKR J1601 IA~A27 D IMACIO I J1202 00 J1201 00 J0902 INTERNAL DISK DRIVE [QQ]o J1702 1 3 J1703~g F1102§g KBD DIN8 J0603 Video SIMM Slot gggg gggg J1002 J1104 SERIAL AI B OB25 VIDEO OB13W3 10BASE-T I 8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX 744 x 1273 x 105MHz • 1000 x 1022 x 105MHz 1024 x 768 x 64MHz 1024 x 768 x 74MHz 1024 x 768 x 81MHz 1024 x 768 x 84M Hz 1024 x 800 x 81MHz 1024 x 800 x 92MHz 1024 x 800 x 94MHz 1024 x 1024 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 94MHz 1152 x 900 x 105MHz 1152 x 900 x 108MHz 1280 x 1024 x 117MHz t 1280 x1024 x 118MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t • Pixel frequency tVSIMM required WORKSTATION CPU-4 ~ F1101 PARALLEL 0825 §g F1201 HD50 SCSI ETHERNET 0815 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2860 JUMPER J0201 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1201 J1201 J1202 J1202 J1702 J1703 J1702 J1703 * Default 501-2861 501-2862 Jumper Settings PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 Setting Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out In Out In In In In In 501-3002 DESCRIPTION Pin-1 =Gnd / Pin-2=POK Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Test point tpe Test point tpe<1 > Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=100 Ohm (default) 0=150 Ohm RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only. 4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and 17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690. 5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead of Vertical frequency. 6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok reset ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94 ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84 Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-5 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARCstation 4 SS4-85 501-2578 501-2549 85MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2549 Netra ;400 501-2590 85MHz 16MB 501-2928 85MHz 32MB 85MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928-01 ~~---'I~------------------~UI~IUr---~UI~ I FLOPPY I RAS 4 08000000 - 09ffffff POWER RAS 1 RAS 0 00000000 - 01ffffff J0201 00 SBus Slot 1 I AUDIO I IAO"'= " 8 LED & SPKR J1601 I 25MH MAGIO [QQ]o J1702 1 3 1 3 0 D I ~ 00 00 J0902 ~ INTERNAL DISK DRIVE J0603 Video SIMM Slot J1703 [QQ]o F1102[ffi] gggg gggg J1002 J1104 '---' KBD DIN8 J1202 J1201 PLCC BOOT PROM I U1605 NVRAM I FAN J1302 "'w, ISLAVIO I I I I I 02000000 - 03ffffff I RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff RAS 2 04000000 - 05ffffff ~ F1101 ffil F1201 '-----' SERIAL AI B DB25 VIDEO DB13W3 10BASE-T I 8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX 744 x 1273 x 105MHz • 1000 x 1022 x 105MHz 1024 x 768 x 64MHz 1024 x 768 x 74MHz 1024 x 768 x 81MHz 1024 x 768 x 84MHz 1024 x 800 x 81MHz 1024 x 800 x 92MHz 1024 x 800 x 94MHz 1024 x 1024 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 94MHz 1152 x 900 x 105MHz 1152 x 900 x 108MHz 1280 x 1024 x 117MHz 11280 x 1024 x 118MHz 11280 x 1024 x 135MHz -I• Pixel frequency tVSIMM required WORKSTATION CPU-6 PARALLEL DB25 HD50 SCSI ETHERNET DB15 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2549 501-2578 501-2590 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0201 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1201 J1201 J1202 J1202 J1702 J1703 J1702 J1703 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out In Out In In In In In 501-2928 DESCRIPTION Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK Test pOint rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Test pOint tpe Test pOint tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=100 Ohm 0=150 Ohm RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only. 4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and 17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690. 5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead of Vertical frequency. 6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok reset ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94 ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84 Reference: SPARCstation 4 SeJVice Manual, 802-1529-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-7 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARCstation 4 Netraj4 501-3010 SS4-110 Netra i4 501-3008 501-3009 11 OMHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928-01 II POWER J0201 CDROM 110MHz 16MB I microSPARC II D 00 110MHz 32MB I I 04000000 - 05fffff1 I 02000000 - 03ffffff I 00000000 - 01ffffff I J0305 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0304 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0303 SIMM2 RAS2 J0302 SIMM 1 RAS 1 J0301 SIMMO RASO LED & SPKR J1601 SBus Slot 1 I AUDIO I I MACIO J1202 J1201 lQ:Q]o J1702 1 3 1 KBD DIN8 3 gggg gggg J1002 J1104 SERIALNB DB25 D I 00 00 J0902 INTERNAL DISK DRIVE J0603 Video SIMM Slot J17031Q:Q]o F1102[Eill 0 FAN J1302 VIDEO DB13W3 10BASE-T I 8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX 744 x 1273 x 105MHz • 1000 x 1022 x 105MHz 1024 x 768 x 64MHz 1024 x 768 x 74MHz 1024 x 768 x 81MHz 1024 x 768 x 84MHz 1024 x 800 x 81MHz 1024 x 800 x 92MHz 1024 x 800 x 94MHz 1024 x1024x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 94MHz 1152 x 900 x 105MHz 1152 x 900 x 108MHz 1280 x1024x117MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 118MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t • Pixel frequency WSIMM required WORKSTATION CPU-8 ~ F1101 PARALLEL DB25 §Q] F1201 HD50 SCSI ETHERNET DB15 Field Engineer Handbook }/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-3008 501-3009 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0201 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1201 J1201 J1202 J1202 J1702 J1703 J1702 J1703 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out In Out In In In In In 501-3010 DESCRIPTION Pin-1 =Gnd / Pin-2=POK Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Test point tpe Test point tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=150 Ohm RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only. 4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and 17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690. 5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead of Vertical frequency. 6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok reset ok setenv output-device screen: r1152x900x94 ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84 Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-9 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 4 SS4-110 Netra i4 501-3109 501-3111 11 OMHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928-02 W Standoff 240-2196 II 11 OMHz 32MB I CDROM microSPARC II J0201 00 Netra j4 501-3134 D 11 OMHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2928-02 W Standoff 240-2308 I I 04000000 - 05ffffff I 02000000 - 03ffffff I J0305 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0304 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0303 SIMM2 RAS2 J0302 SIMM 1 RAS 1 J0301 SIMMO RASO 00000000 - 01ffffff LED & SPKR J1601 SBus Slot 1 I AUDIO I I MACID J1202 J1201 l£Q]o J1702 1 3 J1703~g F1102~ gggg J1002 I I BT458 1 I 0 FAN J1302 I 00 00 J0902 INTERNAL DISK DRIVE J0603 Video SIMM Slot gggg ~ F1101 J1104 3 D ~ F1201 J0501 l£Q]o KBD DIN8 SERIAL AlB DB25 VIDEO DB13W3 10BASE-T I 8-BIT COLOR SUNW,TCX 744 x 1273 x 105MHz • 1000 x 1022 x 105MHz 1024 x 768 x 64MHz 1024 x 768 x 74MHz 1024 x 768 x 81MHz 1024 x 768 x 84MHz 1024 x 800 x 81MHz 1024 x 800 x 92MHz 1024 x 800 x 94MHz 1024 x 1024 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 92MHz 1152 x 900 x 94MHz 1152 x 900 x 105MHz 1152 x 900 x108MHz 1280 x 1024 x117MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 118MHz t 1280 x 1024 x 135MHz t * Pixel frequency tVSIMM required WORKSTATION CPU-10 PARALLEL DB25 HD50 SCSI ETHERNET DB15 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-3109 501-3111 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0201 J0501 J0501 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1002 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1104 J1201 J1201 J1202 J1202 J1702 J1703 J1702 J1703 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 Out In* In Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out Out In Out In In In In In 501-3134 DESCRIPTION Pin-1=Gnd / Pin-2=POK Disable sync on green Enable sync on green Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Test point tpe Test point tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=150 Ohm RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 + 12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 3. Serial Port B supports asynchronous operation only. 4. Sync on green produces a higher than normal green output level when the tcx frame buffer is connected to the 16-inch Sony Mid-Range and 17-inch Nokia Entry-Level Color Monitors. Refer to BuglD 1218690. 5. OBP settings for the SS4 tcx frame buffer use the Pixel frequency instead of Vertical frequency. 6. Use the OBP setenv command to change the frame buffer resolution: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok reset ok setenv output-device screen:r1152x900x94 ok setenv output-device screen:r1024x768x84 Reference: SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-11 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 SS5-70 Netra i5 501-2472 501-2286 70MHz OMB FRU 2.3/2.5 microSPARC II 70MHz 16MB 2.3/2.5 microSPARC 501-2798 501-2802 70MHz OMB FRU microSPARC II • 70MHz 16MB microSPARC II II 501-2508 70MHz 32MB 2.3/2.5 microSPARC II 501-2811 70MHz 32MB microSPARC II • • FAB 270-2286-04 IJ0105 035.000MHz FLOPPY J0403 SIMM7 RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff J0402 SIMM6 RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff microSPARC II J0401 SIMM5 RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff [OJ J0400 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0303 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07f!ffff J0302 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 05tffff! J0301 SIMM 1 RAS 1 02000000 - 03tffftt J0300 SIMMO RASO 00000000 - 01 ffffff I g[£] J0106 SCSI I POWER J190600 JTAG 0 J0104 ~ J0103 SBus Slot 1 AO-A27 23.33MHz SBus I I AFX Bus SBus Slot 3 SBus Slot 2 00 J1902 00 J1905 G B J1500 LED & SPKR o J1900 00 J0600 CDROM o ICODECI ~ J1901 00 F1100 J1101 IPTC I F1001 00 J1904 HD50 SCSI 00 J1005 0000 1 0000 10BASE-T HD26 PARALLEL HD26 AUI J1604 00 gg 001 SERIAL B DB25 J1603/J1602 ~1 3 PTC gg I I F1000 SERIAL A DB25 KBD DIN8 IIII OUT IN MIC HEADPHONE * The chronological revision is 3.2, 3.3, 4.0.2, 2.6, and 2.6.2 WORKSTATION CPU-12 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2286 501-2798 501-2508 501-2811 501-2472 501-2802 Jumper Settings Jumpers J01 03 and J01 04 set the microSPARC II memory controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM. DESCRIPTION JUMPER PINS SETTING J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 J0103 J0104 J0103 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 J0104 In' In' Out In In Out Out Out spd_sekD> ::= spd_sek1> ::= spd_sekO> ::= spd_sek1> ::= spd_sekO> ::= spd_sek1> ::= spd_sekO> ::= 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 70MHz 70MHz 85MHz 85MHz 100MHz 100MHz 125MHz spd_sek1> ::= 1 125MHz , Default setting for the 70MHz CPU Jumpers J01 05 and J01 06 set the divide control bits used by the microSPARC II. Set the 70MHz microSPARC II to divide by three to obtain an SBus speed of 23.33MHz. JUMPER PINS SETTING Out' In' In J0106 J0105 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 J0106 1-2 Out J0105 J0106 J0105 J0106 J0105 In In Out Out DESCRIPTION div_ctl <0>::= 0 /2 div_ctl <1>::= 0 /2 div_ctl div_ctl div_ctl div_ctl div_ctl <0> ::= <1> ::= <0>::= <1>::= <0> ::= 1 0 0 1 1 /3 /3 /4 /4 /5 div ctl <1> ::= 1 /5 , Default setting for the 70MHz CPU Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-13 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 501-2508 501-2286 501-2472 501-2802 501-2811 501-2798 Jumper Settings - Continued JUMPER J0100 J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J100S J100S J100S J100S J1602 J1603 J1602 J1603 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1900 J1901 J1902 J1903 J1904 J190S J1906 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 Out Out In Out In Out Out Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DESCRIPTION Pin-1=Gnd I Pin-2=POK 1= normal (default) 0= -4.Sdb 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=1S0 Ohm Test point tpe Test point tpe<1 > Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 -12Vdc RS-232 +12Vdc Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 or Solaris 2.3 Edition II. 2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 ms2 patch. 3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x. 4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM. S. The PLCC 800t PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 6. Serial Ports A and 8 support synchronous operation. as Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10. WORKSTATION CPU-14 Field Engineer Handbook 3/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SPARCstation 5 SS5-85 Netra i5 Netra 55 501-2572 501-2574 85MHz OMB FRU 85MHz 32MB 2.3/2.5 microSPARC II 2.3/2.5 microSPARC II 501-2799 501-2803 85MHz OMB FRU 3.x microSPARC II 85MHz 32MB 3.x microSPARC II FAB 270-2286-04 0 I 42.500MHz RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offffflf ~J~0=40~3~S:::IM~M=:=:=7~~:==~~~~~ 'J==F=LO=P=P=y::::;.....I., J01 05 SCSI J0106 I [g]g ::::=P=~1=:0=E~=0=0:,To;'roSPARC "I JTAG o J0104 [g]g S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_1__~1 L -_ _ J0402 SIMM6 RAS 6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff J0401 SIMM5 RAS 5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff J0400 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0303 SIMM3 RAS 3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0302 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff J0301 SIMM 1 RAS 1 02000000 - 03ffffff J0300 SIMMO RAS 0 00000000 - 01 ffffff J0103 AFX Bus S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_2__~ SBus Slot 3 L I_ _ _ AO-A27 21.25MHz SBus J1500 LED & SPKR 00 J1902 00 J1905 D 00 J1102 00 J1903 J0100 00 ~ o I ,~"o I PLCC BOOT PROM U1500 J0600 CDROM ICODECI J1901 00 F1100 J1101 IPTC I F1001 00 J1604 J1005 0000 0000 1 00 J1904 HD50 SCSI J1900 00 10BASE-T HD26 PARALLEL 00 gg 001 SERIAL B BD25 HD26AUI r= gg o J1603/J1602 1 3 IPTC I F1000 SERIAL A DB25 HEADPHONE Power: OMB Board 4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc 0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc 8.0 Watts Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-15 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 SS5-85 Netra i5 Netra 85 501-2815 501-2816 85MHz OMB FRU microSPARC II * 85MHz 32MB microSPARC II * FAB 270-2286-07 I 0 42.500MHz ,-;::::=F=LO=P=P=Y::::;-,., J0105 ~o J0106 SCSI I 00 POWER J190600 JTAG o 1[Oj J0104 RAS7 OeOOOOOO - Offffffl :=J=0=40=3=S=IM=M=7=============: J0402 SIMM6 RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffflff J0401 SIMM5 RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obllffff J0400 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 091lffff J0303 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 071lffll J0302 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 051lffll J0301 SIMM1 RAS 1 02000000 - 031fffff J0300 SIMMO RASO 00000000 - 01 Ifflff ~o 00 J0103 S_B_U_S_S_lo_t_1__~1 L -_ _ 1~ AFX Bus __S_B_u_s_S_lo_t_2__~ SBus Slot 3 AD-A27 21.25MHz SBus J1500 LED & SPKR 00 J1902 o 00 J1905 J1900 00 J0600 COROM ~ J1101 I PTC I F1001 00 J1904 H050 SCSI o J1901 00 F1100 00 J1005 0000 0000 1 I 10BASE-T H026 PARALLEL J1604 00 gg 001 SERIAL B OB25 H026AUI J1603/J1602 ~1 gg 3 IPTCI F1000 SERIAL A OB25 HEADPHONE * The chronological revision of microSPARC II is 2.6 and 2.6.2. Power: OMB Board 4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc 0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc 8.0 Watts WORKSTATION CPU-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2572 501-2803 501-2574 501-2815 Jumper Settings 501-2799 501-2816 Jumpers J0103 and J0104 set the microSPARC II memory controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM. JUMPER PINS SETTING J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In Out* In* In Out Out Out DESCRIPTION spd_sekO> = 0 spd_sek1> = 0 spd_sekO> = 0 spd_sek1> = 1 spd_sekO> = 1 spd_sek1> = 0 spd_sekO> = 1 spd_sek1> = 1 70MHz 70MHz 8SMHz 8SMHz 100MHz 100MHz 12SMHz 12SMHz * Default setting for the 8SMHz CPU Jumpers J01 OS and J01 06 set the divide control bits used by the microSPARC II. Set the 8SMHz microSPARC II to divide by four to obtain an SBus speed of 21.2SMHz. JUMPER PINS SETTING J010S J0106 J010S J0106 J010S J0106 J010S J0106 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In Out In In* Out* Out Out DESCRIPTION div_ctl <0> = 0 div_ctl <1> = 0 div_ctl <0> = 1 div_ctl <1> = 0 div_ctl <0> = 0 div_ctl <1> = 1 div_ctl <0> = 1 div_ctl <1> = 1 /2 /2 /3 /3 /4 /4 /S /S * Default setting for the 8SMHz CPU Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-17 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 501-2572 501-2574 501-2799 501-2815 501-2816 501-2803 Jumper Settings - Continued JUMPER PINS SETTING J0100 J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J100S J100S J100S J100S J1602 J1603 J1602 J1603 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1900 J1901 J1902 J1903 J1904 J190S J1906 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 Out Out In Out In Out Out Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DESCRIPTION Pin-1 :::Gnd I Pin-2:::POK 1::: normal (default) 0::: -4.Sdb 1:::100 Ohm (default) 0:::1 SO Ohm Test point tpe Test point tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 -12Vdc RS-232 + 12Vdc Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 or Solaris 2.3 Edition II. 2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version 8 ms2 patch. 3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x. 4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM. S. The PLCC 800t PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 6. Serial Ports A and 8 support synchronous operation. Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10. WORKSTATION CPU-18 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 SPARCstation 5 SS5-110 Netra i500 Netra i525 501-2779 11 OMHz OMB FRU 110MHz 32MB microSPARC II microSPARC II I FLOPPY Netra i5 501-2778 FAB 270-2286-07 D 55.000MHz J0105 00 J0106 00 SCSI POWER J190600 JTAG J0403 SIMM7 RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff J0402 SIMM6 RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odfff111 microSPARC II J0401 SIMM 5 RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obllllll OJ J0400 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09111111 J0303 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07111111 J0302 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 05""" J0301 SIMM 1 RAS 1 02000000 - 031111" 0 B B G J0104 g~ SBus Slot 1 AO-A27 22.0MHz SBus SIMMO J0300 RASO 00000000 - 011111" J0103 II SBus Slot 2 AFX Bus SBus Slot 3 J1500 LED & SPKR 00 J1902 o J1905 00 MACIO 00 J1900 00 I CODEC PTC J110100 J1005 0000 1 0000 F1001 00 J1904 HD50 SCSI J0600 CDROM J190100 F1100 I I I 10BASE-T HD26 PARALLEL J1604 00 gg 001 SERIAL B DB25 HD26AUI . o J1603/J1602 ~1 gg 3 I I PTC F1000 SERIAL A DB25 HEADPHONE Power: OMB Board 4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.4 Amps @ +12Vdc 0.1 Amps @ -12Vdc 8.0 Watts Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-19 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 501-2778 501-2779 Jumper Settings Jumpers J01 03 and J0104 set the microSPARC II memory controller wait states. Wait states are used to maintain the memory timing requirements of 60ns DRAM. JUMPER PINS SETTING J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 J0103 J0104 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In Out In In* Out* Out Out DESCRIPTION spd_sekO> = 0 spd_sek1> = 0 spd_sekO> = 0 spd_sek1> = 1 spd_sekO> = 1 spd_sek1> = 0 spd_sekO> = 1 spd_sek1> = 1 70MHz 70MHz 85MHz 85MHz 110MHz 110MHz 125MHz 125MHz * Default setting for the 11 OM Hz CPU Jumpers J01 05 and J01 06 set the divide control bits used by the microSPARC II. Set the 11 OMHz microSPARC II to divide by five to obtain an SBus speed of 22.00MHz. JUMPER PINS SETTING J0105 J0106 J0105 J0106 J0105 J0106 J0105 J0106 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In Out In In Out Out* Out* DESCRIPTION div_ctl <0> = 0 div_ctl <1> = 0 div_ctl <0> = 1 div_ctl <1> = 0 div_ctl <0> = 0 div_ctl <1> = 1 div_ctl <0> = 1 div_ctl <1> = 1 /2 /2 /3 /3 /4 /4 /5 /5 * Default setting for the 110MHz CPU WORKSTATION CPU-20 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS m8/00 SPARCstation 5 501-2778 501-2779 Jumper Settings - Continued JUMPER J0100 J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J100S J100S J100S J100S J1602 J1603 J1602 J1603 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1900 J1901 J1902 J1903 J1904 J190S J1906 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 3-4 S-6 7-8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Out Out In Out In Out Out Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DESCRIPTION Pin-1 =Gnd I Pin-2=POK 1= normal (default) 0= -4.Sdb 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=1S0 Ohm Test point tpe Test point tpe<1> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 -12Vdc RS-232 +12Vdc Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 Edition II. 2. SSS audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version B ms2 patch. 3. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x. 4. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM. S. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 6. Serial Ports A and B support synchronous operation. Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-21 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 5 SS5-170 Netra i 5 Netra j 5/170 501-3059 501-3103 170MHz OMB FRU TurboSPARC II 170MHz 32MB TurboSPARC II FAB 270-3059-04 FLOPPY J0403 SIMM7 RAS 7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff J0402 SIMM6 RAS6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff TurboSPARC J0401 SIMM5 RAS5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff OJ J0400 SIMM4 RAS4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0303 SIMM3 RAS3 06000000 - 07ffffff J0302 SIMM2 RAS2 04000000 - 05ffffff J0301 SIMM 1 RAS 1 02000000 - 03ffffff J0300 SIMMO RASO 00000000 - 01ffffff DC-DC CONVERTER SCSI I POWER J1305 FAN POWER o AFX Bus LI_-=S_B-:..-US:....S:....lo:....t-=1_---11 LI_-=S_B_us_S_lo_t_2_--.J gO L:J gEJ SBus Slot 3 AO-A27 21.25MHz SBus ~ J19~~ J100 J1906 J1500 LED & SPKR 00 J1902 o SLAVIO ICODECI IPl l!J F10011 PTe J110200 nBOOT J190300 J1908000~~~~O~ S~~;;J.I~J1907 F1100 I 00 J1904 HD50 SCSI J190000 I J0600 CDROM I NVRAM J190100 U1506 . J110100 J1604 J1603/J1602 00 roiOl1 J1005 00 l.QIQJ~ 0000 00 3 ~ F1000 00 0000 1 001 10BASE-T HD26 PARALLEL HD26 AUI WORKSTATION CPU-22 SERIAL B DB25 o SERIAL A DB25 HEADPHONE Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-3103 501-3059 Jumper Settings JUMPER J0100 J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J1005 J1005 J1005 J1005 J1602 J1603 J1602 J1603 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1604 J1900 J1901 J1902 J1903 J1904 J1905 J1906 J1908 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 Out Out In Out In Out Out Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A DESCRIPTION Pin-1 =Gnd 1 Pin-2=POK 1= normal (default) 0= -4.5db 1=1 00 Ohm (default) 0=150 Ohm Test point tpe Test point tpe<1 > Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<3> RS-423 (default) RS-423 (default) RS-232 -12Vdc RS-232 + 12Vdc Test point rxda Test point txda Test point rxdb Test point txdb Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point ROMBO selection Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 Edition II. 2. SS5 audio requires the Solaris 1.1.1 Version B ms2 patch. 3. SS5 S24 configurations require Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 8/94. 4. Install the highest capacity SIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x. 5. Use the MFAR value to determine the address of a failing SIMM. 6. The PLCC Boot PROM is not a FRU and is not field replaceable. 7. Serial Ports A and B support synchronous operation. Reference: SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-23 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARCstation 20 SS20 Netra i20 501-2324 OMB FRU w/o MBus Module MSBI Version 0 - 3 Netra s20 Netra i600 Netra i625 501-2961 501-2924 OMB FRU w/o MBus Module MSBI Version 3 OMB FRU w/o MBus Module MSBI Version 3 FAB 270-2324-02 * t J0201 SIMMO SIMM 0 00000000 - 03ffffff J0202 SIMM1 SIMM 2 08000000 - Obffffff J0203 SIMM2 SIMM 5 14000000 - 17ffffff J0301 SIMM3 SIMM 3 OcOOOOOO - Offfffff J0302 SIMM4 SIMM6 18000000 - 1bffffff J0303 SIMM 5 SIMM 1 04000000 - 07ffffff I J0407 VSIMM 0 J0304 SIMM6 SIMM 7 1cOOOOOO - 1fffffff I J0406 VSIMM 1 J030S SIMM7 SIMM4 10000000 - 13ffffff SCSI SMC POWER Bottom Side IPTCI F1502 IPTCI F1503 IPTCI F150l ~___M_B_U_S_1__~1 ~I____S_B_us__ 1 __~ SBus 3 ~1 ~I~~S~B~US~O~~~ SBus 2 L -___ M_B_U_S_o__ I AO-A27 20/25MHz SBus : MSBI : Bottom Side BB Eloo, LED&SPKRD 00 J160l AUXVIDEO I o J1602 o 3 00 J1604 1 1:£:Q]0 J140l 1 3 J0805 0 0 1:£:Q]0 J0801 J0806 0 0 1:£:Q]0 J0802 VSIMM 0 DB13W3 SERIALA& B DB25 F0501 IPTCI IPTCI J1703 - J1707 FOSOl 00000 00000 HD50 SCSI DINS PARALLEL HD26 AUI HEADPHONE * This installation sequence does not match the bank order. * SS20 Service Manual, 801-6189-11 . t This installation sequence matches the bank order. t SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11. t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. Notes 1. Part number 501-2924 is a new board with MSBI Version 3. 2. Part number 501-2961 is a repaired 501-2324 with MSBI Version 3. WORKSTATION CPU-24 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2924 501-2961 501-2324 FAB 270-2324-02 Jumper Settings When Pins 1-2 on J 1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is set to 40MHz. When Pins 2-3 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is selected by the module installed in MBus O. The MBus speed of the SM50 is 50MHz. The MBus speed of the SM51 is 40MHz. The MBus speed of the SM61 is 50MHz. JUMPER PINS SETTING J0801 J0802 J0801 J0802 J0805 J0806 J0805 J0806 J1401 J1401 J1601 J1602 J1603 J1703 J1704 J1705 J1706 J1707 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In In* In* Out* Out* Int Int In In* N/A N/A N/A Out Out Out Out Out DESCRIPTION RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 RS-423 Port B asynchronous Port B asynchronous Port B synchronous Port B synchronous 40MHz MBus 40/50MHz MBus Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Test point tpe<3> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<1 > Test point tpe Test point edgeon * Default setting t Requires an adapter that is not available from Sun Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-25 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 20 SS20 Netra i20 501-2324 Netra 820 Netra i600 Netra i625 501-2924 501-2961 OMS FRU w/o MSus Module MSSI Version 3 OMS FRU w/o MSus Module MSSI Version 0 - 3 OMS FRU w/o MSus Module MSSI Version 3 FAB 270-2324-03 * t J0201 SIMM 0 SIMMO 00000000 - 03ffllff J0202 SIMM1 SIMM2 08000000 - Obffffff J0203 SIMM 2 SIMMS 14000000 - 17fffllf . - - -- - - - - - - _. J0301 SIMM3 SlMM3 OeOOOOOO - Offfllff Bottom Side J0302 SIMM4 SIMM6 18000000 - 1bfffllf J0303 SIMM S SIMM 1 04000000 - 07ffffff J0407 VSIMM 0 J0304 SIMM6 SIMM7 1eOOOOOO - 1fffllff J0406 VSIMM 1 J030S SlMM7 SIMM4 10000000 - 13ffffff SMC 00 J1603 I PTcl IPTCI F1502 F1503 IPTCI F1501 I I I I MSus Slot 1 MSus Slot 0 SSUS Slot 1 SSus Slot 3 0 SSus Slot 2 SSus Slot AO-A27 20/25MHz SBus : MSBI : Bottom Side B I MACIO I EJ 3 1 3 J0805 00 1:2:£10 J0801 00 3 4 VSIMM 0 DB13W3 I 00 J1604 1 1:2:£10 J1401 1 2 J1001 LED &SPKRD 00 J1601 AUXVIDEO J1602 00 I 1:2:£1 0 J0802 F0501 IPTCI IPTCI F0801 J1703 - J1707 00000 00000 HD50SCSI SERIAL A & B DB25 PARALLEL AUI HD26 HEADPHONE * This installation sequence does not match the bank order_ * SS20 Service Manual, 801-6189-11_ t This installation sequence matches the bank order_ t SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11_ t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10_ Notes 1_ Part number 501-2924 is a new board with MSBI Version 3_ 2_ Part number 501-2961 is a repaired 501-2324 with MSBI Version 3_ WORKSTATION CPU-26 Field Engineer Handbook ms/oo CONFIGURATIONS 501-2324 501-2924 501-2961 FAB 270-2324-03 Jumper Settings FAB 270-2324-04 Jumper Settings When Pins 1-2 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is set to 40MHz. When Pins 2-3 on J1401 are jumpered, the MBus speed is selected by the module installed in MBus o. The MBus speed of the SM50 is 50MHz. The MBus speed of the SM51 is 40MHz. The MBus speed of the SM61 is 50MHz. JUMPER PINS SETTING J0801 J0802 J0801 J0802 J0805 J0805 J0805 J0805 J1401 J1401 J1601 J1602 J1603 J1703 J1704 J1705 J1706 J1707 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 2-3 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 In In In* In* Out* Out* Int Int In In* N/A N/A N/A Out Out Out Out Out DESCRIPTION RS-232 +12Vdc RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 RS-423 Port B asynchronous Port B asynchronous Port B synchronous Port B synchronous 40MHz MBus 40/50MHz MBus Ground test point Ground test point Ground test point Test point tpe<3> Test point tpe<2> Test point tpe<1 > Test point tpe Test point edgeon * Default setting t Requires an adapter that is not available from Sun Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-27 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCstation 20 System Board Backpanel and Connectors MBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 1 ~ ~ MBus Slot 0 SBus Slot 0 ~ ~ SBus Slot 2 ~ L--_--;::::====_., SBus Slot 3 ~ \'----' Screw 240-2076 Washer 340-2860 HD26 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3 or Solaris 1.1.1 Revision B. 2. Use SIMMs 501-2479 (16MB), 501-2622 (32MB), and 501-2480 (64MB). 3. Install Solaris 2.3 Patch 2101318-34 when: One 32MB SIMM is mixed with seven 16 or 64MB SIMMs Two 32MB SIMMs are mixed with five or more 16 or 64MB SIMMs Three 32MB SIMMs are mixed with three or more 16 or 64MB SIMMs Four 32MB SIMMs are mixed with one or more 16, 32, or 64MB SIMMs. 4. Use the sxeonfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory. 5. Do NOT mix SPARC modules of different types or speeds. 6. The 100MHz and 125MHz hyperSPARC Modules require OBP 2.19. 7. SuperSPARC II Modules require Boot PROM 2.22. 8. The 150MHz hyperSPARC Module requires OBP 2.25. ZX and TurboZX Notes 1. Poor performance may occur when running XGL applications with the ZX and TurboZX frame buffers on system boards with MSBI Versions 0, 1, and 2. Refer to BuglD 1173967 and FCO A0073. 2. Use the .attributes OBP command or the prteonf -vp Unix command to determine the MSBI Version: oked/iommu ok .version Implementation: 00000001 Version: 00000000 or 00000001 or 00000002 or 00000003 References 1. SPARCstation 20 Service Manual, 801-6189-10. 2. SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11. 3. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. WORKSTATION CPU-28 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS This page intentionally left blank. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-29 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 140 A 11-140 Netra i 1/140 Netra j 1/145 501-2836 501-2854 501-2855 501-2994 143MHz OMB FRU 143MHz 32MB 143MHz 128MB 143MHz 64MB INTERNAL PERIPHERAL FAB 270-2836-02 n J2604 [Q] UltraSPARC 8 I ~ ~8 [OJ Fan 540-2761 [OJ 0 I II Power U0604 Bank3H Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 30000000 -3fffffff U0704 Bank3L ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 30000000 -3fffffff U0603 Bank2H Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 I I 20000000 -2fffffff I U0703 Bank2L ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 20000000 -2fffffff U0602 Bank1H Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 10000000 -1 fffffff I I U0702 Bank lL ByteOO-15 BitsOOO-127 10000000 -lfffffff I U0601 BankOH Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 -Offfffff U0701 BankOL ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 -Offfffff SBus Slot 1 J0101 Fan Power SBus Slot 2 I I I SBus Slota J14070 ' J14060 ' I SCUP I J14050 ' 1 oI:lloo~'_I",,",e,D~;;~~~:1 I I 1 I J2001 LED & SPKR MAcro IJ2202 = F2101 § j o DJ2103 J2002 NVRAM ~~ J2204 J2003 U2006 I J2102 I D J1104 SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU F2501§j PARALLEL DB25 KBD DIN8 ETHERNET DB15 10BASE-T ETHERNET HD50 SCSI AUDIO Backpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 \ SERIALA 7 ~ SBus Slot 1 7 ~ SBus Slota DB25 \ SERIAL B HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-30 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2836 501-2854 501-2855 FAB 270-2836-02 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J1405 J1406 J1407 J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2204 J2204 J1104 J2103 J2202 J2203 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-8 1-8 Out N/A Out N/A - In In In In Out In In In In Out Out In In Out Out Out Out 501-2994 DESCRIPTION Pins 2-3 are hardwired Pins 2-3 are hardwired Pre-FCS speed selection Pre-FCS speed selection Pre-FCS speed selection Select FPROM (default) Select RaMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button paR FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Serial port edge test RaMBO connector JTAG connector Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-31 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 140 501-2836 A11-140 Netra i 1/140 Netraj 1/145 501-2854 501-2855 501-2994 143MHz OMB FRU 143MHz 32MB 143MHz64MB 143MHz 128MB INTERNAL PERIPHERAL FAB 270-2836-06 II Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte 16-31 Bits 128 - 255 ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte 16-31 Bits 128 - 255 ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte16-31 Bits 128 - 255 ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 I I 20000000 -2fffffff I 20000000 -2fffffff I 10000000 -1 fffffff I 10000000 -1fffffff I 00000000 -Offfffff I 00000000 -Offfffff I 30000000 -3fffffff 30000000 3fffffff SBus SIol1 I I SBus Sial 2 B RiSe I I SBus Sial 0 1 BOOT PROM J2201 = I F2101~ ~J2002 0 D 1 DJ2103 J2104= 1 J1101D, =J2105 J1102D J2203 1 IJ2202 I NVRAM I ~~. J2204 J2003 U2006 J2102 . o J1104 J2001 LED/SPKR EJ I SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU F2501~ PARALLEL DB25 KBD DINS ETHERNET DB15 10BASE-T ETHERNET HD50 SCSI AUDIO Backpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 \ SERIAL A 1 DB25 \ SERIAL B 1 ~ ~ SBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 0 ~ ~ HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2836 501-2854 501-2855 FAB 270-2836-06 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J1101 J1101 J1102 J1102 J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2204 J2204 J1104 J2103 J2203 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 Out N/A Out N/A In In In In Out In In In In Out Out In In Out Out Out 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-8 501-2994 DESCRIPTION Pins 2-3 are hardwired Pins 2-3 are hardwired Select FPROM (default) Select RaMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button paR FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Serial port edge test JTAG connector Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-33 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 170 A11-170 Netra i 1/170 Netra j 1/170 Netra nfs 150 Netra i 150 Ultra Enterprise 150 501-3082 501-5139 167MHz OMB FRU 167MHz OMB FRU INTERNAL PERIPHERAL FAB 270-2836-06 BytelS-31 8 G [OJ I0 I I0 Io I Bits 000- 127 30000000 - 3fffffff I BytelS-31 Bits 128 - 255 20000000 - 2ffffm I IU0703 Bank2L ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 20000000 -2fffffff I IUOS02 Bank lH BytelS-31 Bits 128 - 255 10000000 - lffmff I I UOSOl Bank OH BytelS-31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 - Offfffff I ByteOO-15 BitsOOO-127 10000000 - 1fffffff I =IU~07~0:2:~Ba~n~kjlL~j~:~~~~j~~~~~~~:~~~~~:jj= SDB Fan 540-2761 30000000 - 3fffffff I ByteOO-15 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offm!! I ~IU~07~0~1-=Ba~n~k~OL~~~~~==============~ SBusSlot 1 J0101 Fan Power SBus Slot 2 I SBus Slot 0 G 1"='",'I,m'b~';~:~:1 I 1 ISC F2101 . ~ b 1 J22~ . J2002 d I I DJ2103 MACIO IJ2202 I NVRAM 0 J2003 U2006 o J2001 LED/SPKR J2102 C==JI J1104 SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU F2501~ PARALLEL DB25 KBD DIN8 ETHERNET DB15 10BASE-T ETHERNET HD50 SCSI AUDIO 8ackpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 \ SERIAL A / DB25 \ SERIAL B / ~ ~ SBU5 Slot 1 SBU5 Slot 0 S ~ PARALLEL DB25 HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-34 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-5139 501-3082 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J1101 1-2 Out Pins 2-3 are hardwired J1101 2-3 N/A J1102 1-2 Out Pins 2-3 are hardwired J1102 2-3 N/A Select FPROM (default) In J2002 1-2 J2002 2-3 In Select ROMBO FPROM write protect (default) In J2003 1-2 In FPROM write enable J2003 2-3 Serial port connector J2102 1-24 Out In* RS-232 -12Vdc J2104 1-2 RS-423 (default) In J2104 2-3 In* RS-232 +12Vdc J2105 1-2 RS-423 (default) In J2105 2-3 Button XIR J2201 1-2 Out Button POR J2201 2-3 Out In FPROM high half booting J2204 1-2 FPROM low half booting (default) In J2204 2-3 Ethernet edge test J1104 1-8 Out Serial port edge test Out J2103 1-8 In* Enable txdb at J2602 J2103 5-6 In* Enable rxdb at J2602 J2103 7-8 JTAG connector Out J2203 1-8 * Netra nfs 150, Netra I 150, and E150 reqUirement Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. 5. The 501-5139 was released in April 1998 to fix BuglD 4011704. 6. The 501-5139 is only available from Enterprise Service. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-35 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 140E A12-140 501-4291 501-4677 143MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2486 143MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-4358 INTERNAL PERIPHERAL FAB 270-2486-05 UltraSPARC [OJ I Po~er II [OJ IGII~~ ~".~ [OJ I~:to: : : : ~ [OJ [OJ SDB SDB Fan 540-2761 o P;;er Byte 16 - 31 J2602 Bits 128 - 255 30000000 - 3fffffff I IU0704 Bank3L ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 30000000 - 3fffffff I IU0603 Bank2H Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 20000000 - 2fffffff I Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 20000000 - 2fffffff I Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 10000000 - tfffffff I IU0702 Bank 1L Byte 00 - 15 Bits 000 - 127 10000000 -1fffffffl IU0601 Bank OH Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 - Offfffff I IU0701 Bank OL Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offfffff I SBus Slot 1 J0101 Fan Power FFB UPA Connector B RISC SBus Slot 0 o J2001 LED/SPKR J2002 J2201 10 0, D I BOOT PROMI I L _ _ _ _--'., J2104= J2105= 1 I NVRAM I [Ei£l D~21 U2006 . . c::!][:~ J2003 F21 01 [Ei£l J2204 PARALLEL DB25 J2203 I J2202 KBD DIN8 F2501 J2103 HD40 Mil 02 I D D J3602 J3603 SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX HD68 SCSI AUDIO 8ackpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 ~ \ SERIAL A I DB25 FFB Slot ~ \ SERIAL B DB25 I ~ ~ SBus Slot 1 ~ SBus Slot 0 ~ HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-36 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-4291 501-4677 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2103 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2202 J2203 J2204 J2204 J3602 J3603 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 In In In In Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out In In Out Out Select FPROM (default) Select RaMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector Serial port edge test RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button paR RaMBO connector JTAG connector FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Ethernet edge test Configured System Boards Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-37 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 170E Netra i 1/170E 501-4676 A12-170 501-2486 167MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2486 JI J2604 Ult~SPARC I7\l ~ f@~ I7""\l LVJ [OJ Fan 540-2761 I7\l LVJ 0 I I7\l LVJ 181 181 167MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-4358 FAB 270-2486-03 I INTERNAL PERIPHERAL •- - - - - - - - - - - - - , SOB SDB '".~ """"~" ~""~~, ~~~-I 10- loo~ ~.~ ,,"""~" "."OO~m oo_oo~_1 I U0603 Bank 2H Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 20000000 - 2fffffffl IU0702 ::::~ Bank1L ByteOO-t5 BitsOOO-127 ~:::=I I U0601 Bank OH Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 - Offfffffl I U070t Bank OL Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offfffffl 1::"';: :::: :::: I I J0101 Fan Power I FFB U PA Connector -u--- I~ n J2602 U ,;==p:::::o=w:::::er==-,b!P~o~w~er~-::c----,-,-:-::=---:-:--:-:-::---::-:--:-::= 10000000-1fffffffl SBU5 Slot EJ B B J2002 J2201 10 0, 0 ----"1 I IBOOTPROMI RISC J2203 I J2202 L, J2104=1 J21 05 = NVRAM 1 " , J2204 = = J2003 ~ F21 01 ~ KBD DIN8 J14070 ' J14060 ' J14050 ' D J2001 LED/SPKR FEPS I U2006 0 ~21 , 02 I DJ3602 0 J3603 F2501 J2103 SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU ~ L--' PARALLEL DB25 0 I ~C,~ I I SCUP I I I SBU5 Slot 1 HD40 Mil 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX L...J L...J L...J L...J HD68 SCSI AUDIO 8ackpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 ~ \ SERIAL A DB25 FFB Slot S \ SERIAL B DB25 7 7 ~ SBus Slot 1 ~ ~ SBus Slot 0 ~ 10000 1 PARALLEL DB25 KBD DIN8 HD40 Mil WORKSTATION CPU-38 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX HD68 SCSI INMIC OUT HEADPHONE Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS m8/00 501-2486 501-4676 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J1405 J1406 J1407 J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2103 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2202 J2203 J2204 J2204 J3602 J3603 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 - Pre-FCS speed selection Pre-FCS speed selection Pre-FCS speed selection Select FPROM (default) Select RaMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector Serial port edge test RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button paR RaMBO connector JTAG connector FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Ethernet edge test In In In In Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out In In Out Out Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. Boards built in April 1997, labeled 501-2486-07 DEV-WO-10498, do not use Fan 540-2761. A fanless heatsink cools the UltraSPARC processor. 5. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-39 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model 170E A 12-170E 501-2486 Netra i 1/170E 501-4676 167MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-2486 167MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-4358 INTERNAL PERIPHERAL FAB 270-2486-04/05 Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 Byte 16 - 3t Bits 128 - 255 Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 I I 10000000 - 1fffffff I 10000000 - 1fffffff I 00000000 - Offfffff I 00000000 - Offfffff I 20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000 - 2fffffff SBus Slot 1 I FFB UPA Connector B SBus Slot 0 B J2002 J2201 I RISC BOOT PROM I ,0 0, D J2203 ~11===::::;-I--'IJ2202 J2104"6 J21 05 = NVRAM ,,' J2204==J2003 §] " F21 01 §] PARALLEL OB25 o J2001 LED/SPKR U2006 0 ~2102 DJ3602 I D J3603 F2501 J2103 SERIAL AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU KBO DIN8 Mil 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX H06S SCSI AUDIO Backpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 ~ \ SERIAL A ~ ~ J DB25 FFB Slot ~ PARALLEL OB25 \ SERIAL B DB25 SBU5 Slot 1 SBU5 Slot 0 ~ ~ 100BASE-TX HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-40 Field Engineer Handbook ~/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2486 501-4676 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2103 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2202 J2203 J2204 J2204 J3602 J3603 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 In In In In Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out In In Out Out Select FPROM (default) Select ROMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector Serial port edge test RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 +12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button POR ROMBO connector JTAG connector FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Ethernet edge test Configured System Boards PART # MEMORY SIMM #SIMMs 501-2805 501-2806 501-2995 128MB 32MB 64MB 64MB 16MB 32MB 2 2 2 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 Hardware:1/96. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. Boards built in April 1997, labeled 501-2486-07 DEV-WO-10498, do not use Fan 540-2761. A fanless heatsink cools the UltraSPARC processor. 5. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-41 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Model200E 501-4134 A 12-200E Netra i 1/200E 501-4358 501-5403 200M Hz OMB FRU FAB 270-4134 200M Hz OMB FRU FAB 270-4358 200MHz OMB FRU FAB 270-4358 INTERNAL PERIPHERAL 19 b: ~~::: I~''''''''';::''''''ilr""' Q ~ B 8 FAB 270-4134-02 "tl"'ec ~ LVJ r7\l LVJ r7\l LVJ 0 I Bits 128 - 255 30000000 - 3fffffff Bits 000 - 127 30000000 - 3fffffff I U0603 Bank 2H Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 20000000 - 2fffffff I U0703 I U0602 Bank 2L Bank 1H Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 20000000 - 2fffffff Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 10000000 -1fffffff Flu~07~0~2~Ba=n=k='L==~~~~==~~==~~==~~1 Byte 00 -15 Bits 000 - 127 10000000 - 1fffffff SOB [OJ Fan 540-2761 Byte 16 - 31 Byte 00 - 15 Byte 16 - 31 Bits 128 - 255 00000000 - Offfffff ~IU~06~0!1:~Ba~ntktoHt:~~!t:!:~~!t:]~::f~t~t:jj=: ByteOO-15 Bits 000 - 127 00000000 - Offfffff ~IU~07~0~I-=Ba~n~k~OL~~~~r=====~==~~~~~ J0101 Fan Power I UPA Connector FFB B RISC SBus Slot 1 I SBus Slot 0 189Cl~ B I I I 0 J2001 LED/SPKR J2002 J2201 IBOOT PROM I 10I 0, D J2203 I J2202 L ._ _- - ' . , ~~1gci PI 1 1 J2204 J2003 F2101 ~ == NVRAM ~ F2501 I U2006 0 J2102 SERIAL AlB I =-+ Serial Cable 501-2734 is not a FRU 0 J2103 L--' PARALLEL DB25 I J3603 LJ LJ LJ LJ '----J HD40 Mil KBD DIN8 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX HD68 SCSI AUDIO 8ackpanel and Connectors Screw 240-2076 and Washer 340-2860 \ SERIAL A ) DB25 FFB Slot ~ \ SERIAL B DB25 ) ~ ~ SBus Slot 1 ~ SBus Slot 0 ~ HEADPHONE WORKSTATION CPU-42 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4134 501-4358 501-5403 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2103 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2202 J2203 J2204 J2204 J3603 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-8 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-8 In In In In Out Out In In In In Out Out Out Out In In Out Select FPROM (default) Select RaMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector Serial port edge test RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 + 12Vdc RS-423 (default) Button XIR Button paR RaMBO connector JTAG connector FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Ethernet edge test Configured System Boards PART # MEMORY 501-4144 64MB 501-4145 256MB 501-4244 128MB 501-4380 512MB SIMM #SIMMS 32MB 128MB 64MB 128MB 2 2 2 4 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 3. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 4. UltraSPARC Fan 540-2761 was replaced by Heatsink 540-3361 and Shield 540-3090 in May/June 1997. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Installation Guide, 802-3825. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148. 3. Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-3233. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-43 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 2 A14 501-2487 OMS PRE-FCS FAB 270-2487-04/05 J1202 J1203 ~ f= 0 (/J u:: c 0:: 60:> Bank 1 40000000 - 5fffffff 2nd dbl word 40000000 - 5fffffff 2nd dbl word 40000000 - 5fffffff 1st dbl word 40000000 - 5fffffff 1st dbl word U0603 U0703 U0403 U0503 Pair3 Group 1 Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff 2nd dbl word Pair 3 Group 1 Pair2 Group 1 Pair 2 Group 1 BankO U0602 U0702 U0402 U0502 Pair? Pair 6 Pair 6 Group 3 Group Group Group Group (/J (/J "0 on "0 on 0 0 0; PairS o; E E Pair4 1: Pair 4 0 0 ~ c- () U0604 U0704 J3207 iii DC Power ~ J3204 UPA Siol 0 1 ~~ I = J2802 ~ ~ FAB 270-2487-04 FFB UPA Conneclor FFB Power I B'J3208 FEPS AO-A27 32/64-Bil 25MHz SBus I I SBus Siol 3 0 SBus Siol 0 I SLAVIO L:J ~ "- J2105 ~ LL U2003 J2102 U2006 Serial AlB Serial Cable 501-2734 is nol a FRU J3402 D J2103 ~ ~ J2803 J2204 0J2203 D D 10 J2902 100 J3403 0 F2101 F2501 HD40 Mil WORKSTATION CPU-44 RISC ~~~~~ PTe D HD68 SCSI I J2202 oo~ 00« 10 :g0 80 0 00 a: FAB 270-2487-04 J2104 Q L.::J I B I f SBus Siol 1 SBus Siol 2 10BASE-T KBD 100BASE-TX DIN8 PARALLEL DB25 AUDIO Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2487 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2002 J2002 J2003 J2003 J2102 J2103 J2104 J2104 J2105 J2105 J2201 J2201 J2202 J2203 J2204 J2204 J2205 J2205 J2206 J2206 J2802 J2S02 J2S03 J2S03 J2902 J2902 J3208 J320S J3402 J3403 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-24 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-32 1-8 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-20 1-20 1-S 1-S In In In In Out Out In In In In In Out Out Out In In Out Out Out Out Out In Out In Out In Out Out Out Out Select Flash PROM (default) Select ROMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable Serial port connector Serial port edge test RS-232 -12Vdc RS-423 (default) RS-232 + 12Vdc RS-423 (default) UPA Speed2 pullup UPA Speed2 pulldown ROMBO connector JTAG connector FPROM high half booting FPROM low half booting (default) Button XIR Button POR Pin-1 hardwired to Vcc Pin-3 hardwired to Vcc UPA REO pullup UPA REO pulldown SLAVIO TOO - MODO TOO SLAVIO TOO - M001 TOI M001 TOI - M001 TOO M001 TOI - RISC TOI Odd Pins 1-19 = Gnd Even Pins 2-20 = +3.3Vdc Ethernet edge test Ethernet edge test CAUTION - Do NOT install jumpers on Power Connector J320S. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-45 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 2 Netra i Netra j 501-3132 A14 Netra NFS OMS FRU FAB 270-2487-06/08/09/10/11 Fanpower J1202 J1203 t= (ij U (/) c: a: 600 (ij (ij Q. 0 Q. 0 u (/) ~ u (/) '" 00'" 0 Cl fi: ;;; 0 '" B () Ql c c .-- 0 () .,. :;: :;: :;: :;: is is is '- '- '- '- B () Ql c c 0 () -() II: if. II: Z APB SME2411 .£1 5 0 .£1 5 o o o o o o o o o 1 CJ JP10 tl (I) c c 0 () '" () .-- EQ. JP9CJ JPSCJ JP7CJ 1 JP6 CJ (1l C!l I """" I ! c c C J10 DJ24 8[[] ~ I Q; Iw'~'''1 w '" JP2 0: oD- 100 JP1 256K x 8 = 2MB IINllOuTl MIC UHOPH! AUDIO n OF1 1 JP4 CJ JP3 CJ KBD DINS WORKSTATION CPU-50 J7 Serial B 1c=J JS Parallel Port l' I JD1D ~ SERIAL A DB25 n VIDEO 10BASE-T HD15F 100BASE-TX S-BIT PGX Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0009 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING JD1 JP1 JP1 JP2 JP2 JP3 JP3 JP4 JP4 JP6 JP7 JP8 JP8 JP9 JP9 JP10 JP10 JP11 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 1-2 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-10 Out In In In In In In In In N/A N/A In In In In Out In N/A DESCRIPTION Composite video synchronization Select PROM (default) Select ROMBO FPROM write protect (default) FPROM write enable RS-232 RS-423 (default) RS-232 RS-423 (default) Not stuffed Not stuffed Simba Clock Input Normal (default) Simba Clock Input Test Simba Clock Input Normal (default) Simba Clock Input Test Bypass CPU in scan chain Include CPU in scan chain (default) Not stuffed Miscellaneous Connectors CONNECTOR PINS J7 J8 J9 J10 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J24 1-10 1-26 1-4 1-24 1-4 1-4 1-3 1-8 1-8 1-2 1-2 1-2 Volume I DESCRIPTION Asynchronous serial Port B Parallel port CD-ROM audio ROMBO LED and soft reset switch Speaker DC fan power Unknown JTAG Not stuffed Not stuffed Unknown WORKSTATION CPU-51 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 5 Ultra 10 375-0009 Graphics Notes 1. Creator and Creator3D are not supported in the Ultra 5. 2. Elite3D is not supported in the Ultra 5. 3. Elite3D is supported in the Ultra 10. 4. Elite3D-m6 was not sold with System Board 375-0009. Memory Notes 1. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in any bank. 2. The 16MB DIMM uses 10-bit column addressing and was not sold. 3. The 32, 64, 128, and 256MB DIMMs use 11-bit column addressing. 4. If 1O-bit and 11-bit DIMMs are mixed, either pair will be ignored. 5. The 256MB DIMMs are not supported in the Ultra 5. 6. OBP :2:3.25v3 is required when DIMMs manufactured by Micron are installed with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz CPU modules. NVRAM Notes 1. NVRAMs 525-1430 and 525-1817 include an M48T59 and a carrier. 2. System Board 375-0009 was built with an AMP NVRAM socket. 3. System Board 375-0009 shipped with NVRAM 525-1430. 4. System Board 375-0115 is built with a Chupond NVRAM socket. 5. NVRAM 525-1430 is compatible with the Chupond socket on 375-0115. 6. NVRAM 525-1817 is not compatible with the AMP socket on 375-0009. OBP Notes 1. The flash PROM is soldered to the system board. 2. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 3. BuglDs 4114343 and 4114784 prevent booting from Dual Ultra SCSI Controller Options X6540A and X6541 A. Use the following workaround: ok nvedit 0: dev!builtin-drivers 1: alias pci1 000,1000 pci1000,3 2: device-end 3: probe-all install-console banner Ctrl-C to exit ok nvstore ok setenv use-nvramrc? true ok reset-all 4. OBP 3.11 version 9 fixes BuglDs 4114343 and 4114784. 5. Modules 501-5568,501-5148, and 501-5149 require OBP :2:3.19v4. WORKSTATION CPU-52 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Ultra 5 Ultra 10 375-0009 Operating System Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97. 2. The minimum Solaris 2.6 release is Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98. System Board Notes 1. The 375-0009 shipped with Ultra 5 270M Hz. 2. The 375-0009 shipped with Ultra 10 300M Hz and 333M Hz. 3. The 375-0009 is not tested with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz. 4. Graphics quality BuglD 4120186 is fixed on 375-0009-07. 5. Serial communication BuglD 4121884 is fixed on 375-0009-08. References 1. Sun Ultra 2. Sun Ultra 3. Sun Ultra 4. Sun Ultra 5. Sun Ultra Volume I 5/10 Service Manual, 805-0423. 5/10 Product Note, 805-3647. 5/10 Product Note, 805-4970. 5 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5753. 10 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5983. WORKSTATION CPU-53 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION Ultra 5 Ultra 10 375-0066 A21 A22 375-0079 w/o Memory w/o Memory A21 270/333MHz A22333/360MHz A21 360/400MHz A22333/360/440MHz - - - ~ ~";' ~ I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 '" .,:, ";' 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 OJ 0 0 0 0 0 0 '" OJ ~ ~ E E iE iE 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C; O JlsD lDJ21 c::::J J17 1 DOJ20 JPll c:::::::J J19 OJ22 w/o Memory A21 360/400MHz A22360/440MHz 000 ~~~ LL,LL,LL, J23 '"c 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 "0 "0 iii ...,N ~ E E C; 375-0115 ~ ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .,:, .,:, ~ ~ "j ::;: ! tl c: c: <; ::;: - "0 c: c: 0 o - o 0 0 '"z ..:'"z ..: OJ OJ o '" .,- :;: :;: :;: :;: :;: :;: (5 .is (5 - - -- ctCJl ctCJl ~ ::::J OJ :;: :;: cr: o cr: APB SME2411 ~ 5 {l 0 jg 5 1 = JP10 "c:c: 0 0 => => 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C\J :2 :2 is is 88 00 is is C\J => D D 21152 PCI-PCI o JPx i'- '" 88 100 JP5 100 00 00 00 E ~6 ~.c6 ~6 E'"6 DB EJ 8o J33 PS2 Mouse Connector o 8o J34 PS2 Keyboard Connector 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX WORKSTATION CPU-70 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0096 375-0112 Jumper Settings JUMPER JP1 JP1 JP2 JP2 JP4 JP5 JP8 JP9 JPx PINS SETTING 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-4 1-8 1-8 1-4 1-8 In In In In Out Out DESCRIPTION Select Flash PROM (default) Select RaMBO OBP write protected (default) OBP write enabled Unknown Unknown Debug header Unknown Debug header JP3 Speed Select Jumper Settings 1-2 3-4 5-6 Out In Out In Out In Out In Out Out In In Out Out In In Out Out Out Out In In In In DESCRIPTION 500MHz UltraSPARC 550MHz UltraSPARC 600MHz UltraSPARC 650MHz UltraSPARC Reserved Reserved Reserved 450MHz UltraSPARC UltraSPARC lie 100-6471 Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available Not available lie Not available lie lie lie lie Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 10/00. 2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in U2. 3. The memory installation sequence is U2, U3, U4, and U5. 4. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory with 500MHz UltraSPARC. 5. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory with :2:550MHz UltraSPARC. Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-71 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Sun Blade 1000 A28 501-4143 OMS FRU FAB 270-5168-08 I I J3608 I J3603 SERIAL B OB25 SERIAL A OB25 USB3 USB4 '0'" IEEE-13940 IEEE-13941 0 0 0 I Bank 1/3 Bank 0/2 Bank 1/3 Bank 0/2 Bank 1/3 Bank 0/2 Bank 1/3 Bank 0/2 Group 1 Group a Group 1 Group Group Group Group Group a 1 0 1 0 faOOOOOO - 1I3mflf 00000000 - f9fffflf faOOOOOO - 1I3mlff 00000000 - f9fmlf faOOOOOO - 1I3mflf 00000000 - f9ffffff faOOOOOO - 1I3mttf 00000000 - f9ffffff ii5 g ~ o -, "' ______J_0_60_'_C_P_U_s_o_to______~ BBEJEJBB C\I ~____~J~07~0~I~C~P~U~S~IO~ll~____~ILI 0 FC-AL U0407 U0406 U0305 U0305 U0203 U0202 U010l U0100 ~_____J_05_0_'_C_P_U_S_lo_tO______~I~I USBI USB2 C;; "- J3604 J3601 Power 0 1825321 ULTRA SCSI H068 -f m D~-, PARALLEL OB25 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX Smarlcard I SUPERIOI 0 0 DO C;; "- J4301 Audio o ____~J~0~80~I~C~P~U~S~lo~ll~____~ ~ ~~~ 8 GCHIZO iJ I DU2101 FPROM CR1632 r:::::l ~ ~ L:J ,[] iJ U2101 DD @ ID~M 0 J4501 UPA Graphics Slot 0 I! [1~·~::::~3~2~-B~il~::I:~·~1~6~4~-B~il~ J2601 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 0 J4401 UPA Graphics Sial 1 J3501 RSC I J4802 J2501 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 1 I• CJ J4803 32-Bil • I 64·Bil J2401 5.0V 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Sial 2 I• 32-Bil • I I~,"rol 64-Bil J2301 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit PCI Slot 3 I • 32·Bil WORKSTATION CPU-72 • I 64-Bit IISP2100 I OJ ~ ~D Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 501-4143 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J2103 J2103 J2104 J2104 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 In In Out In DESCRIPTION FPROM FPROM FPROM FPROM write protected write enabled (default) high half booting low half booting (default) Miscellaneous Connectors CONNECTOR PINS J1801 J1901 J2901 J3301 J3302 J3303 J3601 J3602 J3603 J3604 J3605 J3608 J4802 J4803 J5002 J5201 J5202 1-34 1-8 1-20 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-28 1-8 1-14 1-10 1-6 1-10 1-38 1-8 1-50 1-2 1-2 DESCRIPTION Floppy Serial test (factory use) Internal FC-AL DIMM Fan Power Graphics and PCI Fan Power CPU Fan Power Power supply +3.3V and +5V Interlock, LED, speaker, and power switch Power supply sense Smart Card Glow Logo LED DC power to internal peripherals ROMBO (factory use) JSCC (factory use) Internal UltraSCSI Logic Analyzer Clock Logic Analyzer Clock Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8. 2. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 3. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the UltraSPARC III module. 4. The minimum memory requirement is four DIMMs in any Group. 5. Each Group addresses 4GB memory. Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-4496. Volume I WORKSTATION CPU-73 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Sun Blade 1000 501-4143 Sun Blade 1000 Rear View 000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Qfi= ~ 00__ 00 SERIAL A OB25 SERIALB OB25 PARALLEL OB25 ULTRA SCSI H06S USB o 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX CJ CJ IEEE-1394 D FC-AL . HOPH OUT 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 ACINPUT [Ed] POWER SUPPLY 300-1357 PCI Slot Numbering SLOT BUS 4 3 2 1 DEVICE TREE B B B pCi@8,7000/*@1,* pCi@8,7000/*@2,* pCi@8,7000/*@3,* A pci@8,6000/*@1,* WORKSTATION CPU-74 <5 <5 IN MIC <5 <5 UPA Graphics Siol 0 UPA Graphics Siol 1 s.ov 33MHz 32-Bil PCI Siol 4 s.ov 33MHz 32164-Bil PCI Siol 3 s.ov 33MHz 32/64-Bit PCI SIol2 3.3V 33/66MHz 32164-Bit PCI Siol 1 PCI Bus A shares the address/data bus with the FC-AL device. PCI Bus B shares the address/data bus with on-board Audio, Ethernet, Flash, Floppy, IEEE 1394, Parallel, SCSI, Serial, and USB devices. Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS SERVER CPU 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Server CPU Sun-4d Architecture SPARCserver 1000 ........................................................... SS1000 40MHz Control Board .......................................... SPARCserver 1OOOE ......................................................... SS1000E 50MHz Control Board ........................................ SPARCcenter 2000 ........................................................... SC2000 40MHz Control Board .......................................... SPARCcenter 2000E ......................................................... SC2000E 50MHz Control Board ....................................... 2 4 6 8 10 14 16 18 Sun-4u Architecture SPARCengine CP1500 ..................................................... Enterprise 250 ................................................................... Ultra 450 ............................................................................ Ultra Enterprise 450 Enterprise 450 .... ........................... 20 24 30 32 E3000 4000 5000 6000 CPU/Memory Board ......... ......................................... ..... ... Clock Board ....................................................................... 44 50 E3500 4500 5500 6500 CPU/Memory Board ............. ............................... .............. Clock Board ....................................................................... 48 54 Sun-4u1 Architecture E10000 System Board . ..................................................... E10000 Control Board .. ..................................................... 58 62 Sun-u4ft Architecture Netra ft 1800 CPUset ... .......................... ............... ..... ....... Netra ft 1800 CAF Module...................... ............ ... ............ 64 66 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCserver 1000 501-2336 OMS FRU Module wlo SPARe 240-Pin XDBus Connector rOl rOl (J Module A Module B J4100 GROUP 3 J4300 GROUP 3 J3700 GROUP 2 J3900 GROUP 2 J3300 GROUP 1 J3500 GROUP 1 J2900 GROUP 0 J3100 GROUPO J4000 GROUP 3 J4200 GROUP 3 J3600 GROUP 2 J3800 GROUP 2 J3200 GROUP 1 J3400 GROUP 1 J2800 GROUP 0 J3000 GROUPO SBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 2 AO-A20 20MHz SBus lC:]~](J BOOT PROMS TOD 1 G I SBus Slot 3 (J F0200 D 3 olQ§] J1200 0000000000 DO olQ§] J1201 ~ I LEDS 7-0 SERIAL A DB25 KBD DIN8 ~ SERIAL B DB25 HD50 SCSI 10BASE-T PB LED PALED Backplane Guide Pins Remove two screws from the System Board XDbus connector before installing the system board in backplanes with guide pins. Guide pins were added to the backplane in March 1994 by ECO WO_05457. ~ SERVER CPU-2 ~ 01 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2336 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 RS-423 RS-423 RS-232 +12Vdc (default) RS-232 -12Vdc (default) J1200 J1201 J1200 J1201 Out Out In In Configured System Boards PART NUMBER 501-2245-03 501-2247-03 501-2248-03 501-2429-xx 501-2430-xx 501-2245-04 501-2247-04 501-2248-04 501-2736-xx 501-2737-xx MAIN MEMORY 32MB 64MB 128MB 64MB 512MB 32MB 64MB 128MB 64MB 128MB SIMM SIZE SPARC MODULE 8MB 8MB 32MB 8MB 32MB 8MB 8MB 32MB 8MB 32MB 1 SM41 2 SM41 2 SM41 2 SM41 2 SM41 1 SM51 2 SM51 2 SM51 2 SM61 2 SM61 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2). 2. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board o. 3. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01. 4. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems. Memory Configuration Notes 1. The minimum memory configuration is 4 SIMMs in Group O. 2. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196. 3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system boards, followed by Group 2 and Group 3. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines. References 1. SPARCserver 1000 Installation Manual, 801-2893-12. 2. SPARCserver 1000 System Board Manual, 801-2900-12. 3. Memory Module (SIMM) Product Note, 801-5345-10. 4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12. 5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB. Volume I SERVER CPU-3 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 40MHz Control Board SPARCserver 1000 501-1979 501-2412 Programmed BOMHz Y0501 D Unprogrammed 3 1/2" SCSI POWER J1003 D U0201 TMS29FB16 J1004 B INTERNAL SCSI BUS 31/2" SCSI POWER J1002 FOB01 o o o o J1001 J0101 JTAG FOB02 FOB05 FOB06 o FOB04 RESET SWITCH 51/4" SCSI POWER SERVER CPU-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-1979 501-2412 Notes 1. The 4DMHz Control Board is not compatible with the SS 1DDDE System Board. 2. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at UD2D1. The TMS29F816 is not field replaceable. 3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST. 4. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the NVRAM on System Board D are used. 5. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control board EEPROM content is invalid. 6. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the contents of the NVRAM on System Board D to a control board with an invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required. 7. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM: ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch call noop update-system-idprom ok update-system-idprom 8. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that defines the location of the master system board: ok clear-master-nvram ok reset Volume I SERVER CPU-5 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCserver 1000E 501-2668 OMB FRU wlo SPARe Module 240-Pin XDBus Connector rol ~ Module A Module B J4100 GROUP 3 J4300 GROUP 3 J3700 GROUP 2 J3900 GROUP 2 J3300 GROUP 1 J3500 GROUP 1 J2900 GROUP 0 J3100 GROUPO J4000 GROUP 3 J4200 GROUP 3 J3600 GROUP2 J3800 GROUP 2 J3200 GROUP 1 J3400 GROUP 1 J2800 GROUPO J3000 GROUP 0 SBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 2 AO-A20 25MHz SBus [G r:J~]r:J BOOT PROMS TOD 1 I SBus Slot 3 r:J F0200 D 3 olQ]] J1200 0000000000 I LEDS 7-0 DO olQ]] J1201 SERIAL A DB25 ~ DIN8 '---' SERIAL B DB25 HD50 SCSI 10BASE-T PB LED PALED SERVER CPU-6 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2668 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 RS-423 RS-423 RS-232 +12Vdc (default) RS-232 -12Vdc (default) J1200 J1201 J1200 J1201 Out Out In In Configured System Boards PART# 501-2764 501-2765 501-2766 501-2998 501-3038 501-3039 MEMORY 64MB 128MB OMB OMB 128MB 256MB SIMM 8MB 32MB 8MB 32MB MODULE 1 SM61 2 SM61 2 SM61 2 SM81 2 SM81 2 SM81 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. The SM81 requires Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:0:101945-35. 3. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board O. 4. Boot PROMs ;:0:2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed in systems using the 50MHz Control Board. 5. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01. 6. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems. Memory Configuration Notes 1. The minimum memory configuration is 4 SIMMs in Group O. 2. Use 8MB SIMMs 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196. 3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system boards, followed by Group 2 and Group 3. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines. References 1. SPARCserver 1000 Installation Manual, 801-2893-12. 2. SPARCserver 1000 System Board Manual, 801-2900-12. 3. Memory Module Product Note, 801-5345-10. 4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12. 5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB. Volume I SERVER CPU-7 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 50MHz Control Board SPARCserver 1000E 501-2667 501-2673 Programmed Unprogrammed J1003 31/2" D 100MHZD Y0501 U0201 TMS29F816 J1004 B 31/2" J0101 SCSI POWER JTAG DF0802 D F0805 D F0806 D J1001 5 1/4" INTERNAL SCSI BUS J1002 F0801 D SCSI POWER F0804 RESET SWITCH SCSI POWER SERVER CPU-8 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2667 501-2673 Notes 1. The 50MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SS1000 System Board and SuperSPARC modules that run at 40MHz on the XDBus. 2. Boot PROMs ~2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed in systems using the 50MHz Control Board. 3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0201. The TMS29F816 is not field replaceable. 4. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST. 5. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the NVRAM on System Board 0 are used. 6. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control board EEPROM content is invalid. 7. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required. 8. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM: ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch call noop update-system-idprom ok update-system-idprom 9. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that defines the location of the master system board: ok clear-master-nvram ok reset Volume I SERVER CPU-9 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARCcenter 2000 501-1866 OMB FRU wlo SPARC Module XDBus Connector 1 XDBus Connector 0 FAB 270-1866-xx U3900 U4300 U3700 U4100 U3S00 U4200 U3600 U4000 U4700 U5100 U4500 U4900 U4600 U5000 U4400 U4S00 GROUP 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 XDBus 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G G ~ GG ~ GG a G G G a a Module B Module A 0 66F053 F0300 01, SBus Siol 0 11 11 SBusSloll SBus SIol2 11 SBus SIol3 F0200 10 , AO-A27 20MHz SBus NVRAM U1205 CJ BOOT PROMS a ~ 3~~ RS232 10 RS423 0 J1400 J1401 F1500 PTe Keyboard 3 1 1£:210 J1501 0 17-0 LEDS SERIAL A DB25 L-I KEYBOARD DINS SERIAL B DB25 1 PBLED PALED " Notes 1. FAB 270-1866-03 uses a fuse at F0200 and F0300. 2. FAB 270-1866-04 uses a PTe at F0200 and F0300. 3. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache. SERVER CPU-1 0 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SPARCcenter 2000 501-2334 OMB FRU w/o SPARC Module XDBus Connector 1 XDBus Connector 0 FAB 270-2334-01 ~ GROUP Modo'.B U4000 U4700 U5100 U4500 U4900 eroome DI XDBus ::~~ II SBus Slot 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 l8 G 1- '-~-,-~;.;.l.; . l- -,j-F-0-20-0-'~-T-Ic II SBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 2 i II SBus Slot 3 ID i AO-A27 20MHz SBus NVRAM U1205 8CJ a ~ BOOT PROMS ~ , 8 3~~ RS232 J14~0 °J1:~1423 0 F1500 PTC Keyboard D II LEDS 7-0 SERIAL A DB25 3 1 12:210 KEY~ARD DINS J1501 SERIAL B DB25 PB LED PALED Volume I SERVER CPU-11 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCcenter 2000 501-1866 501-2334 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 2-3 RS-423 RS-423 RS-232 + 12Vdc (default) RS-232 -12Vdc (default) Factory use only Default setting J1400 J1401 J1400 J1401 J1501 J1501 Out Out In In Out In Backplane Guide Pins Remove two screws from the System Board XDbus connectors before installing the system board in backplanes with guide pins. Guide pins were added to the backplane in December 1993 by ECO WO_05425. ~------~~ 10 01 ~~------~ 10 01 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2. 2. Solaris 2.2 supports 5 system boards. 3. Solaris 2.2 supports 8 SuperSPARC modules on 4 system boards. 4. Solaris 2.3 supports 20 SuperSPARC modules on 10 system boards. 5. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board o. 6. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01. 7. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems. Memory Configuration Notes 1. The minimum memory configuration is 8 SIMMs in Group O. 2. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system boards. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines. 3. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196. References 1. SPARCcenter 2000 Installation Manual, 800-6975-15. 2. SPARCcenter 2000 System Board Manual, 800-6993-13. 3. Memory Module (SIMM) Product Note, 801-5345-10. 4. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-12. 5. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB. SERVER CPU-12 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SPARCcenter 2000 501-1866 501-2334 Configured System Boards PART NUMBER 501-2208 501-2209 501-2221 501-2223 501-2296 501-2321 501-2322 501-2323 501-2437 501-2438 501-2439 501-2448 501-2720 501-2721 501-2722 Volume I MAIN MEMORY 128MB 64MB 128MB OMB 64MB 256MB 256MB 512MB 128MB 64MB 512MB 64MB OMB 128MB 256MB DIMM SIZE 8MB 8MB 8MB 8MB 32MB 32MB 32MB 8MB 8MB 32MB 8MB 8MB 32MB NV MEMORY NVSIMM SIZE sPARe MODULE - - 2 SM41 2 SM41 - 8MB 1MB 8MB 1MB - - - - 2 SM51 S SM41 2 SM41 2 SM41 2 SM41 2 SM51-2 2 SM51-2 2 SM61-2 2 SM61-2 2 SM61-2 SERVER CPU-13 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 40MHz Control Board 501-1671 SPARCcenter 2000 501-2335 501-2406 Programmed Programmed Unprogrammed JTAG J0101 CARB-1 LEDS n RS so S1 U0203 TMS29F816 D D Sp ~~ vc 80M Hz CARB-O SERVER CPU-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-1671 LED SIGNAL SP RS SO S1 VB VD VT VC SVP RST STPO STP1 Vbb Vdd Vtt Vcc 501-2335 LED Description 501-2406 DESCRIPTION COLOR Service processor attached System reset Stop request from CARBO ASIC Stop request from CARB1 ASIC -12 Volts DC status OK + 12 Volts DC status OK + 1 .2 Volts DC status OK +5 Volts DC status OK Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Green Green Green Green Notes 1. The 40MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SC2000E System Board. 2. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0203. The TMS29F816 is not field replaceable. 3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST. 4. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the NVRAM on System Board 0 are used. 5. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control board EEPROM content is invalid. 6. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required. 7. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM: ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch call noop update-system-idprom ok update-system-idprom 8. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that defines the location of the master system board: ok clear-master-nvram ok reset 9. The 501-1671-04 has a 66MHz clock for the early production units with 33MHz SuperSPARC modules. Reference: SPA RCcenter 2000 Service Manual, 801-2007-16. Volume I SERVER CPU-15 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCcenter 2000E 501-2718 OMB FRU w/o SPARC Module XDBus Connector 1 XDBus Connector 0 FAB 270-2334-01 ~ M,d,". ~ ~- ~ r:J ,_m o, I r:J SBus Slot 0 I I I I SBus Slot 1 SBus Slot 2 U3900 U4300 U3700 U4100 U3800 U4200 U3600 U4000 U4700 U5100 U4500 U4900 U4600 U5000 U4400 U4800 GROUP 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 X08us 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F0200 PTe II SBus Slot 3 10 i AO-A27 25MHz SBus U1205 8CJ NVRAM 800TPROMS 3~~ 10 0 , J1400 RS232 RS423 J1401 F1500 PTe Keyboard 3 o II LEOS 7-0 SERIAL A 0825 1 [£]]0 KEY~ARO 0lN8 J1501 SERIAL 8 0825 P8 LEO PALEO SERVER CPU-16 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2718 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION 1-2 1-2 2-3 2-3 1-2 2-3 RS-423 RS-423 RS-232 +12Vdc (default) RS-232 -12Vdc (default) Factory use only Default setting J1200 J1201 J1200 J1201 J1501 J1501 Out Out In In Out In Configured System Boards PART# 501-2672 501-2719 501-2723 501-2999 501-3034 501-3035 501-3036 501-3037 MEMORY 256MB OMB 128MB OMB 256MB 256MB 128MB 512MB DIMM MODULE 32MB 2 SM61-2 2 SM61-2 2 SM61-2 2 SM81-2 2 SM81-2 2 SM81-2 2 SM81-2 2 SM81-2 8MB 32MB 32MB 8MB 32MB Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 2.3 supports 20 SuperSPARC modules on 10 system boards. 3. The SM81-2 requires Solaris 2.4 and Patch ~101945-35. 4. Boot PROMs ~2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed in systems using the 50MHz Control Board. 5. Install the highest level Boot PROM set in System Board O. 6. Use SPARC module and SBus board Standoff 330-1664-01. 7. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems. Memory Configuration Notes 1. The minimum memory configuration is 8 SIMMs in Group O. 2. Use 8MB SIMM 501-1817 and 32MB SIMM 501-2196. 3. Install all Group 0 SIMMs on all system boards from the lowest board slot number to the highest. Then install SIMMs in Group 1 on all system boards. Refer to the Memory Module Installation Guide for installation performance guidelines. References 1. SPARCcenter 2000 Installation Manual, 800-6975-15. 2. SPARCcenter 2000 System Board Manual, 800-6993-13. 3. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB. Volume I SERVER CPU-17 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 50MHz Control Board SPARCcenter 2000E 501-2666 501-2674 Programmed Unprogrammed JTAG CARB-1 J0101 a LEDS sp RS so U0203 TMS29F816 D S1 ~~ VB vc D100MHZ CARB-O SERVER CPU-18 Field Engineer Handbook mS/oo CONFIGURATIONS 501-2666 501-2674 LED Description LED SIGNAL SP RS SO S1 VB VD VT VC SVP RST STPO STP1 Vbb Vdd Vtt Vcc DESCRIPTION COLOR Service processor attached System reset Stop request from CARBO ASIC Stop request from CARB1 ASIC -12 Volts DC status OK + 12 Volts DC status OK + 1.2 Volts DC status OK +5 Volts DC status OK Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Green Green Green Green Notes 1. The 50MHz Control Board is not compatible with the SC2000 System Board and SuperSPARC modules that run at 40MHz on the XDBus. 2. Boot PROMs :::>:2.18 disable 40MHz System Boards if they are installed in systems using the 50MHz Control Board. 3. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are programmed into a 2KB x 8-bit Flash EEPROM in the TMS29F816 at U0203. The TMS29F816 is not field replaceable. 4. The HOSTID and Ethernet Address are downloaded from the control board to the NVRAM on all system boards during POST. 5. If the control board EEPROM content is invalid, the values stored in the NVRAM on System Board 0 are used. 6. The Yellow LED on the keyswitch interface board is ON if the control board EEPROM content is invalid. 7. Use the update-system-idprom OBP command to download the contents of the NVRAM on System Board 0 to a control board with an invalid EEPROM. OBP 2.11 is required. 8. Use the following commands to invalidate the control board EEPROM: ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch noop call update-system-idprom ok patch call noop update-system-idprom ok update-system-idprom 9. Use the following commands to change the NVRAM parameter that defines the location of the master system board: ok clear-master-nvram ok reset Reference: SPARCcenter 2000 Service Manual, 801-2007-16. Volume I SERVER CPU-19 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SPARCengine CP1500 Netra t1 501-5472 SPARCengine CP1500 501-5577 501-5640 360MHz OMB FRU w Front Panel 360MHz OMB w/o Front Panel Used in Netra t1 360MHz 128MB FRU w Front Panel 595-5254 595-5329 360MHz OMB 501-5577 w/o Front Panel Used in Netra t1 360MHz 128MB FRU w Front Panel w 501-5640 FAB 270-5473 J1401 ~~ J3302 a 11 PCII/OA STP2003 PCII/O B STP2003 '" "'~ 0 0 00 '" ii5 --, " 1181181 000 00000 J3604 SERIAL A DIN-8 DISPLAY ~ ~w SUPERIO PC87307 1 J3602 000 J3601 000 USCSI 53C875 J15021 J3303 J3301 J3304 100J '"'"o ..., '" '"0 ..., g C\I 0 '" '" ~ --, : ; 00 a J4703 g ...... 1 J5102 ...0 ..., '"'" "0 <:: ~oo 000 I!) 00 RISC STP2210 000 000 ~ '"--, '" N 0 ..., '"'" ;; ...,'"'" ~ '" Cl C\I " 0 i5. """ ~ C\I 0 II: : 0 (!) 32Kx36SRAM II Bank 1 J3B01 BankO J3BOO Bank 1 J3701 BankO J3700 Bank 1 J3601 Bank 0 J3600 I FPROM FHC C\I III 0 (0 0) =.=~ 0 Bank 1 J3501 'a'- BankO J3500 Bank 1 J3401 BankO J3400 BGAJ2800 0 0 m C\I ...., PROe 1 <>: 0 (!) III 0 o 0 0 -L-f- 0 Bank 1 J3301 BankO J3300 Bank 1 J3201 BankO J3200 Bank 1 J3101 BankO J3100 0 0.0 C\I ...., CJ 0 M 0 0.0 C\I ...., I I Backpanel ~ooo : EJECTOR SERVER CPU-44 Field Engineer Handbook ~/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2976 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J2502 J2503 1-2 1-2 Out In DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 FAB 270-2976 -01 -02 -03 -04 -01 -02 Notes 1. The minimum as for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum as for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. OBP ::O:3.2v14 is required when 83M Hz and 100MHz boards are mixed. 4. OBP ::O:3.2v23 is required 256MB DIMMs are installed. 5. The message "status 'fail- Downrev AC'" is displayed when CPU Board <501-2976-03 is installed. The message indicates that the Address Controller is pre-FCS and lower than revision 5. Compatibility Notes 1. The 501-2976 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000. 2. The 501-2976 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500. 3. The 501-2976 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500. Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy 2 (copies from board 2 to board 11). 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. Module Notes 1. The 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module. 2. The 250MHz 1MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 6. 3. The 250MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 7. 4. The 336MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 12. 5. The 400MHz 4MB module is not supported. 6. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051 . 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I SERVER CPU-45 CONFIGURATION E3000 9/18/00 E4000 E5000 E6000 CPU/Memory Board Option 2601 501-4312 OMS FRU w/o Module 83MHz Gigaplane ~ i D~~~~~~~[8~G 0 [[0 [ B (0 0) 'a' r-r- - BGA J2600 Bank 1 0 0 r-- ...,C\I PROCO « 0 C!J '" o (0 0 0 0> C\I ..., PROC 1 « J3701 BankO J3700 Bank 1 J3601 1 C\I I~ I;; Bank 1 J3501 1 'a' BankO J3500 Bank 1 J3401 BankO J3400 Bank 1 J3301 0 0 -L-- J3800 Bank 1 J3600 '" 0 J3801 BankO BankO C!J 0 FPROM 0 BGA J2800 o o 128Kx36 SRAM [ BankO J3300 Bank 1 J3201 BankO J3200 Bank 1 J3101 BankO J3100 I 1 Backpanel EJECTOR SERVER CPU-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4312 Jumper Settings DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 Notes 1. The minimum as for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum as for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The first OBP release for the 501-4312 was 3.2 Version 7. 4. OBP ;:::3.2v14 is required when 83M Hz and 100MHz boards are mixed. 5. OBP ;:::3.2v23 is required 256MB DIMMs are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. The 501-4312 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000. 2. The 501-4312 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500. 3. The 501-4312 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500. Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy 2 (copies from board 2 to board 11). 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. Module Notes 1. The 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. 2. The 250MHz 1MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 6. 3. The 250MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 7. 4. The 336M Hz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 12. 5. The 400MHz 4MB module is not supported. 6. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I SERVER CPU-47 CONFIGURATION E3500 9/18/00 E4500 E5500 E6500 CPU/Memory Board Option 2602 501-4882 OMS FRU WiD Module 83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane ~ ~ u~%~~l~~~~[G]~[8 ~ IOIIOIFPROMB (0 0) 0 --r- BGA J2600 Bank 1 J3801 0 0 Bank 0 J3800 ...,'" 0 Bank 1 J3701 (!) Bank 0 J3700 r-- PROCO <>: en 0 0) ==~ (0 Bank 1 J3601 BankO J3600 0 Bank 1 J3501 IQ' BankO J3500 Bank 1 J3401 BankO J3400 Bank 1 J3301 BGA J2800 0 0 Ol ..., '" 0 PROC 1 <>: (!) en 0 0 0 0 --l- 128Kx36 SRAM 0 1 Bank 0 I Bank 1 I Bank 0 I Bank 1 I Bank 0 I I I I '" 15'5 ..., '" D J3300 J3201 J3200 J3101 J3100 I I Backpanel 000 I EJECTOR SERVER CPU-48 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 501-4882 Jumper Settings DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 Configured CPU/Memory FRUs PART# DESCRIPTION MODULE# 540-4516 OMB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5762 540-4517 OMB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5661 540-4575 2GB FRU with 2 400MHz Modules 501-5762 Notes 1. The minimum for the ExOOO is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum for the Ex500 is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The first release of OBP for the 501-4882 was 3.2 Version 12. 4. The oldest supported release of OBP for the 501-4882 is 3.2v14. 5. OBP 3.2v14 is required when 83MHz and 100MHz boards are mixed. as as Compatibility Notes 1. The 501-4882 was shipped in the E3500 - E6500. 2. The 501-4882 was not shipped in the E3000 - E6000. 3. The 501-4882 is supported in the E3000 - E6000 and E3500 - E6500. Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the Flash PROM Programming Utility to update the flash PROM. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11). 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. Module Notes 1. The 400MHz 4MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 18. 2. The 400MHz 8MB module requires OBP 3.2 Version 21. References 1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630. 2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I SERVER CPU-49 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 Clock Board 501-2975 83MHz Gigaplane P060112:§] J0413000 000 000 000 000 000 Pins are not installed in J0401 - J0413 000 000 000 000 J0401 000 DC-DC ggg D D NVRAM Z85C30 Remote Console D U0205 Z85C30D Aand B 1 Z85C30 Keyboard/Mouse D IIDIID D F090l o 0 J0804 J0803 LEOS XIR a a a JTAG DB25 SERIAL A DB25 POR KBD DIN8 SERIAL B DB25 Backpanel and Connectors KBD L-_---11 • O. 1-1_ _~ JTAG A CPU<1 <1 B Notes 1. Clock 501-4286 was shipped in the E3000 - E6000. 2. Clock 501-4286 was not shipped in the E3500 - E6500. 3. Clock 501-4286 is not supported in the E3500 - E6500. SERVER CPU-50 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2975 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J04xx JOS03 JOS03 JOS04 JOS04 P0601 P0601 1-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 2-3 1-2 1-2 N/A In In In In In Out DESCRIPTION Clock frequency selection RS232 (default) RS423 RS232 (default) RS423 FPROM write enable (default) FPROM write protect Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The Clock Board is not a hot swap component. 3. Clock 501-2975 supports 167MHz modules. 4. Clock 501-2975 only supports a 1:2 clock ratio. 5. Use the POR button to perform a Power On Reset. 6. Use the XIR button to perform an Externally Initiated Reset. 7. After an XIR, memory is cleared and some CPU state is preserved. S. An XIR does not override the NVRAM auto-boot? parameter. 9. Use the OBP .xir-state-all command to display the XIR information. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board, I/O Board, and I/O Graphics Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM contents matches at least one I/O Board or I/O Graphics Board NVRAM. 2. Use the following OBP command to manually synchronize a new or replacement I/O Board to an existing Clock Board: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards 3. Use the following OBP command to manually synchronize a new or replacement Clock Board to an existing I/O Board: ok (ioboard# in hex) copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod Remote Console Notes 1. The remote console monitors input to ttya. 2. The secure position of the keyswitch disables the remote console. 3. A Power On Reset (POR), Externally Initiated Reset (XIR), or Power Cycle can be performed through the remote console. 4. Enter remote console characters with a 0.5 to 5 second delay. 5. Remote console commands are: Power Cycle SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT P POR SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT R XIR SPACE CR - CNTL SHFT X References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, S02-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845. Volume I SERVER CPU-51 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 Clock Board 501-4286 83/1 OOMHz E3000 Gigaplane 83MHz E4000/S000/6000 Gigaplane P0601 ~ J0413000 000 000 000 000 DC-DC ~~~ Pins are not installed 000 in J0401 - J0413 000 000 000 000 J0401 000 D D NVRAM Z85C30 Remote Console D U0205 Z85C30D Aand B 1 D Z85C30 Keyboard/Mouse IIDIID D F0901 o 0 J0804 J0803 LEDS XIR 000 JTAG DB25 POR KBD DIN8 SERIALA DB25 SERIAL B DB25 Backpanel and Connectors KBD '--_---'I • O. JTAG A CPU 'C,F.;,~,r.;,3,S,Sl, E=::J -.l,-.l,,l,-.l,-.l,-.l,,l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l, ~,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,-.l,~,-.l,~, J ,J ,j ,j ,} ,} ,} ,J ,j ,J ,} ,-.l ,}, J ,} ,j ,j ,j ,} ,j ,J ,j ,j ,} ,j ,j, J ,j ,} ,j ,} ,} ,-.l ,} ,} ,} ,j ,} ,}, J,j,j,jMXl'lO~I>l,j,},j, } ,} ,J ,j ,T,};:.\ ,} ;:r;j ,J ,} ,}, } ,j ,,I ,j ,,I ,j ,-.l ,} ,j ,j ,j ,j ,j, } ,J ,} ,-.l ,} ,} ,,I ,} ,J ,} ,j ,j ,}, } ,j ,j ,J,} ,j ,j ,,I ,j ,j ,j ,} ,}, } ,J ,,I ,j ,J ,} ,,I ,} ,} ,} ,j ,} ,}, j ,j ,} ,J ,} ,j ,j ,} ,J ,J ,J ,J ,j , D o 300-1221 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3). 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum OS is Solaris 2.1. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus and XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz. 5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SS1 000 Control Board. 6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. Volume I SUPERSPARC-19 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM51 SuperSPARC Module 8810 88108X 8820 881000 501-2754 50MHz MBus Connector F0801c=:J '~I"-,?I~'--:='--:='--:=';;:'~,:;c,;;::,:;:,:;:,;;::,! ,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!,-!, ,-!,-!,-!,,l,-!,,l,,l,,l,,l,-!,,l,-!,~, ,-! ,-! ,-! ,j ,,l ,j ,J ,j ,j ,J ,j ,j ,j, ,j ,j,-! ,j ,j,j ,j ,j ,J ,j,,l ,j,,l, ,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,j, ,,l,J,,l ,,l~~..@.l,,l ,,l,j, ,,l,,l,,l,,l, , ,,l,,l,~,,l,j,,l,j, ,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j, ,J,j,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l, ,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,,l,j,,l,,l,,l,,l, ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,,l ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l, ,J,J ,,1 ,J,,l ,,l,J ,,1 ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,j, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,,~ ,,,,,~ ,,,, D ,,,,~ ,"-,,~ ",,~, ,J,,l,-!,J,,l,j,,l,j,j,,l,j,,l,,l, ,j,J,j,,l,j,j,J,j,j,J,,l,J,j, ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,,l ,j ,j, ,,l ,J ,j ,,l ,J ,j ,j ,J ,J ,J,J ,j,J, ,J ,J ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,j ,j ,,l ,J ,,l, ,J ,J ,,l ,,1 ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l, ,J ,J ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J ,j , ,J ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,j, ,"""-","",""",,",,,, ,,",,,, , ,J ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J, ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J, ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,j ,J ,,l ,J ,j ,,l ,J ,J ,J, ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,1 ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J, ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J, ,J ,J~r~!'r.r.??¥.,l ,J, ,J,J, , , , , , , , : ,J,,l, ,","," ," 0 300-1221 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J oj ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,j ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J,J ,J ,J ,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J ,J ,J,J,J ,J,J,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J, ,J,J,J'il ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,,l ,,l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,l ,J ,J, ,J,J,,l,J, ,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J,J ,J,J ,J ,,l, ,J ,,,1 ,,,1 ,,,l ,,,1 ,,,l ,,,l ,,,1 ,J ,J ,J J, 11.,".J.,., .J.'.' .J.J.J.J. :::::j'jl Notes 1, The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3). 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.1. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus and XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz. 5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SS1 000 Control Board. 6. The SS1000 requires OBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x. 7. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 8. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. SUPER8PARC-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM51-2 SuperSPARC Module SC2000 Option 1165 501-2353 50MHz MBus Connector o F0801 o o o MXCC 2.x SuperSPARC 3.x 150.0001 MHz L -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2). 2. The SC2000 requires Boot PROM 2.11. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz. 5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SC2000 Control Board. 6. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache. 7. Surface mounted Fuse F0801 is not field replaceable. Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. Volume I SUPERSPARC-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM51-2 SuperSPARC Module SC2000 Option 1165 501-2601 SOMHz MBus Connector D F0801 o o o MXCC2.x SuperSPARC 3.S 150.0001 MHz ~--------------~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 (SunOS 5.2). 2. The SC2000 requires Boot PROM 2.11. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz. 5. This module is not compatible with the 50MHz SC2000 Control Board. 6. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache. 7. Surface mounted Fuse F0801 is not field replaceable. Reference: SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. SUPERSPARC-22 Field Engineer Handbook I awnloA £(:-Ot:l'v'dSt:l3dnS 'G ~ -S80G- ~OB 'aPfnf) uOfrel/eJsu/ a/npow Ol:::ft/dSJadns :a:>uaJa!al:l 'alqBa:>BldaJ Pia!! S! ~OBO~ lB ~O-9vGG-OS~ asn~ VB aLI.1 'L 'alpB:> !O 8V'H ssa:>:>B AIUO UB:> XX-99B ~ - ~OS PJB08 walsAS '9 'PJB08 IOJlU08 OOOG8S zHV\lOS a4l 4l!M alq!lBdwo:> lOU S! alnpow S!4.l 'S 'zHV\lOv S! 88XV\I a4l !O paads sn80X WnW!XBW a4.l 'v 'papoddns lOU S! sadAl alnpow lUaJamp Bu!x!V\I '8 'B ~ 'G V\lOl:ld loo8 saJ!nbaJ OOOG8S a4.l 'G '(G'S souns) G'G SPBIOS S! walsAs BU!lBJado wnw!u!w a4.l '~ saloN T' !'TT' TT'!,'!,' 1'" !'T' '!"T' 1'" 1" r'!"'!'" !"T' T'r' 1'" 1'" r'r' r'r' 1'" T'r'r' 1" r'r'!"'r'!'" T' r'r'r' fT' rT'!,,' T' r'r'rTT' fT' 1'" '!,TTTTT'!" !'TT' !'TT' '!'T' !,T'!,'!,'!,' !'TT' 1'" I"T' TT' I"T' fT' !'TTT' 1'" rT' 'rT' rT' rT' 1'" 1" 1" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" '!'" 1": t' !":.r: tTT tT'r' 'I'" r~~~d~J!''t''t:I r'!'" '!"TT' !"T' 1'" \"'!'" 1" 1'" !"T' f' '!"TT' !"T' 1'" 1'" 1'" \"'!'" rT' f' 'I" 1"'1"'1"1'" 1'" 1"'1" 1'" '1"'1'" 1"'\,,'\,,'1" 1'" 1'" I"'!,,' r'\'" f' '!"T' rT' rT'!"" 1" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" < < < IT' t'.r..: 'rrrrrrrrr 'rrrrrrrrrrrrr 'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' 'I'" 1" 1'" 1" 1" r'!"" 1" 1'" 1" 1'" f' 1'" 'I'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" r'!"'!'" 1"1 , f' 1'" \'" 1'" 1" r' \'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" '1"'1'" \'" !"'\,,' r'r'!'" 1'" !"'r'r' 1'" ~cc~-008 o 'rT' rT' 1" 1" 1" 1'" 1" r'!'" I"'!,,' '!"'r' 1"'1"\,,'1'" 1"'1" r'!'" r'f'r' 'rT' rT' 1'" 1" r'!'" r'!'" 1'" fT' '1"'1" f'f'\"'r' f' 1'" \,,'f' \'" f'r' ,r':t' r' r' r':t' r':t' r':t' r' r' :t' 'I'" r'!'" 1'" 1'" r'!'" 1'" 1'" \"'!'" 1'" \"" 'I" 1" 1'" 1" f' 1'" \'" 1" 1'" 1" r'!" 1"'1 '!'" 1'" 1" ,'r'!"',',' 1",' 1'" 1" 1'" '!"'r'r' 1"'1'" r'\'" 1"'1" r'f'r'!'" 'rT'!,,' !"T' 1'" f' !"T'!,,' \'" \'" 1'" '\,,'r' f' r'r' !".:.r..: fT 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" , r'r' 1'" ~i€{~k"l!'" 1'" 1'" 1'" '\,,'1'" 1"'1"1"1'" 1"'1'" 1" 1'" 1"'1"'1'" 'I'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1" 1'" 1'" 1'" 1'" '1"'1'" 1"'1",'1'" 1"'1'" 1"'1'" 1'" 1"'1" 'f'r' r','f'r' 1"',' 1"',' 1'" 1"'1'" D :;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;:;: r: r: r:;:: C=:::J ~080:l JOpauu0:J snSII\I ZHII\I09 9 ~9(:- ~09 99~ ~ UO!ldO OOO(:OS 81 npOV\l 8t:1VdS J8dn S G- ~ 9V\1S SNOL1'v't:ln81.:lNOO 00/9 ~/6 )jooqpUBH Jaau!6U3 Pia!.::! VG-Ol::I'v'dSt:l3dnS 'G ~ -SSOG- ~08 'ap!nf) UOnfJl/fJJsu/ a/npow QI::J'r/dSJadns :9:>uaJ9!al:l 'alqBa:>BldaJ Pia!! S! ~080.:l lB ~O-917GG-OS ~ asn.:l V8 a4.l .L '94:>B:> !O SII\I ~ ssa:>:>B IiIUO UB:> xX-998 ~ - ~OS pJBOS walsliS '9 'pJBOS IOJlU08 OOOG8S zHII\IOS a4l 4l!M alq!lBdwo:> lOU S! alnpow S!4.l 'S 'zHII\I017 S! 88XII\I 94l !O pa9ds snsox WnW!XBW 94.1 '17 'palJoddns lOU S! sadlil alnpow lU9JaH!p 5u!x!1I\I 'S '8 ~ 'G II\IOl:ld lOOS saJ!nbaJ OOOG8S a4.l 'G '(G'S souns) G'G sPBloS S! walslis 5u!lBJ9do wnw!u!w 94.1 . ~ S9l0N '1' T'(,T(, ("r'("(,TT("("rT("(,T(, T'(,T'(' (,T'(,TTTTTT'(,TTTT , , , , .t'(,'(,'(,T (,T'(,TTT'(,TT'(,TT'(,T T' (,T' (,T',',',' (' ,',T' r' ,T' (,T' ,T' ,T',' (' ',T,T,T(,',', ('T,'!":T':'\:'.l'T.r:.rXITT '(",',' (",' (",',', (",' iCr.V.:J.tl~~~~I::1"" ',' r' r','!" r' (",' r I" (",' (" (" r' (" (",',' (" (" (" (' 'rrrrrrrr('rrrrrrrrrrrrrr T,T,T,',Tr r',T,',T(,T',T(,T(,', ',' (" r' (",',',' r', " 1" r' 1",',' 1",' 1",' 1" r' 1" I' , T',TTTT',T',T',',T ,-------, :r: r: r: r: r: t t' t' r' t' t' t' ~c:c:~-um; .~""~""~""~""~""~"",',' (",',' (", 'I" (",' 1",',' I" ,T,' (" 1" f 'I" (",' 1",' f',' f',' 1",' f', 'r' (" 1" f',' 1" f' 1",' 1" r' 1" I' ',',' f' (",' f' f' f',' f',' f' f 'r' 1" 1",' f' 1" 1" f' f' 1" 1" 1" I' ',',',',' (" f',' fT' f',' f' r 'I" (",' 1",' 1" f',' 1" I" (",', 't' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' t' . r' r' I""!"" r' I"" f' f' r' 1" r' f', ',' 1" 1",',' r'!" 1",' 1",' 1" I' '1",',' ,T',' ,TT' ,T' 1" ,: 'I" (",'f'r' f' ("1"1" f'r' 1", 'I" (" r' 1" (" r' r' r' 1" r',' 1" r T (,T 1" ,T 'T.r.T (,T I' 'r',' f' f)'f) 00XW f' r' 1" f 'f'r' (" ,'I" ,'1",'1" ,'1",' 'r' r' r' ,T' fT' ,T' ,T' f' r 'I" f' ("f',' ,'1"1"1" ,'1",' (' 'r' r',',' 1" f' r' f' 1" I" 1" 1" 1'1 'I" (" (" 1" 1" f' I" 1" 1" f' 1" 1",' o D 'I '::-'=t'::"':;":'r"':;"='::'-'::"":t':;"='r"'::"" iIl--------'i ~080::l JopaUU08 snSlI\I ZHlI\I09 99LG-~09 OOOGOS alnpOII\I OtJVdSJadns G- ~911\1S OO/B ~/6 SNOLl'v't:ln81.::!NOO 9G<)l::lV'dStl3dnS I awnlo/\ ";::~-S£O;::-~08 'apfnf) u0treI/ElJsu/ a/npow OtJ'ttdSJadns :90U9J9!9tl "91QB90Bld9J PI9!! S! ~O-917;::;::-OS ~ 9Sn.:l V8 94.1 "v "P9lJoddns lOu S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9U!P 5u!x!V\I "£ "~ PUB 0 SlOIS snss SJ91\00 ;::SV\lS 94.1 ";:: "(£"S souns) £";:: SPBIOS S! W9lSAS 5U!lBJ9dO wnw!u!W 94.1 "~ S9loN 00 OOQ ZHVII OOO"OS '\" \" 1",' \,',' 1" 1",' \,',' I' ,\,',' r'\''\'' r'\''\'' ,'\" ,'\' '\" \" 1",',' \" 1",' \" \" \" I' '\" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" '\" \" \" \''\'' \" r'\" r' r' r' '\" \" r' \" r' \" r' r' \" r' \" 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' \" r' 'I" 1" 1" \" r' 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" '\,'!,',',',' \,',' r' \,',',', 'r' \" 1",' 1" r',' \" r' \" r' I' '\" t"!j' nr:r~~ooll~', ,\,T r' f' f' f"'1'T\,',' \''r' \' \" \" \"~",' \' , \''It!f':Il~~.mdf1t:'r' 'r' 1" r'\'"'\")"'\'" 1" \'; ?iI" ',' \",',',',' 'r' 1" \" 1" \" 1" 1" 1" r' 1" 1" ',' 1",' r'!"!"!"!" \"!"!" 'I" r'\" r'\" 1",' r'\" \" 1" ',' 1" r'\" r','\"r' \,'1",' ',',' 1",' \,',',',',',',' r ',' r'~",' 1" \,',' 1" r' 1" \,', 'I" 1" 1" 1" 1" 1" \",' 1" \" 1" \' . f' it' r' r' r' r' r' f' f':t' f' • , • , • I ••• o 'r' 1" r' 1" r' 1" 00 ~O£~.::I ~OV~.::I c=J c=J 0 •• 1" 1" \" 1" 1" '\,',',' \",',' 1" 1" \" \" \" 'I" 1" 1",' r',' 1" 1" r',',' '\,',' \,',' \",' 1" 1",' 1" 1" '!" ,',' r'\" 1" r' r'\" \,',' '\",',' ~;.f":.t;.r~~.' 1",' '~" 1" \'~ jooqpuBH JaaU!DU3 Pla!.:I 9l-8tfv'dStl3dnS "(: ~ -980(:- ~08 'ap!nf) UOUf?/rel su/ a/npovv 01:J'rfdSJadns :aouaJalal:l "alqBaoBldaJ Pla!l S! ~0-917(:(:-09 ~ asn:l '17'8 a4..L ""\7 "papoddns lOU S! sadfil alnpow lUaJaH!p 6u!x!V\I "8 "~ PUB 0 SlOIS snss SJaAOO (:9V\1S a4..L "(: "(8"9 SQuns) 8"(: SPBIOS S! walsfis 6u!lBJado wnw!u!w a4..L "~ saloN 'f' f' f' f'f' f' f'f'f'f'f:{ 'f'f' f' f'f'f' f'f' f'r' r'r 'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f: 'r'!" r' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' 'f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f: ~ 'f' r~~!ijif:'f~ T' ~:~' , , ~ f ~66~-OO8 'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' r' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' 'f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' 'f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' 'f' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' f'!,' f' f' f' 1'" 'f' f' f' 1'" f' f' 1'" 1'" 1'" f' f' 1'" r'!" f' 1'" f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!,' 1'" f' r' 'r"'l--'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"' D D 'f' f'!,' 1'" f' f' f'!,' f'!,' f' f 'I'" f' 1'" f'!,' f' 1'" f' 1'" f' 1'" f '!" f'!,'!,' f' f'!,' f' f' f' f'!, 'f'!,' r'f'f' f'f' f'f' f'!,'f ',' f','!,' f' f' f' f' f' f' f'!, 'f'f' f¥%~m' 1" f:~ 'fT!' ' 'fT!' 'f'r'r'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'r"'-l"~' :f: r: f: r: r: f: r: f: r: f: r: f I c::::::J OOOk:! fT' f' fTT' fTTTT' f' r' f' f' r' f' f' f' r' f' f' f' r' fT' fTTTT' fTTT' f' f' f' f' r' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' f' fTfTfTTTTTf'f' f' liii~~p~T f' ~.f.' ~, T' 5 fTfTfTf'fTTfT :r: f: f: f: f: f: f: f: r: f: r: f fTf f' f' f f'!,'!,' f' r' f'!,' f' f'!,'!,' f' fTf fTfTfTTfTTTf' :,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,;..,,.,,.,,.,,.,,., r: r: f: f: f: f: r: f: r: r: f: f fT' f fT' rT' fTT' f' fTTT' fT'f ,,.,;..,;..,,..,,.,;..,;..,;..,;..,;..,,;-, ~66~-OO8 0 0 I fT' f r' f' r fTT f' f' f fTf rTT f'n" fTf !'Tf !"!,T f'fT f'fT f'fT !'Tf f'f,!, f'r'!' !,'f'!' :~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~:~: ~ f;',;', r'!" r'!" f' f' 1'" f' 1'" 1'" f' 1'" f' !,'f'r' f'r'f' f' f'!,' f'!,' !",' 1'" f' f'!,'!,' f'!,'!,' f' f' f' f'f' f' f' f' f' f' f'f' f'!,' !",' f'!,' f' f'!,' f'!,'!,' f'!,' f' r' f' ~'"F' 1" !" f' !" fT' , , T'!'T' P?*W f' f'f' f'!,' f' f' f'!,'f' f'f' !" f'!,' f' f','!,' f'!,'!,'!,'!,' f' f'f' f' r' f' f' 1" f'f'f'f' ;";";";";"';";"';";"';"<-';.' ~OOk:l I JOpauuo:J snSII\:I I ZHII\:I09 99Ll-~09 OlSS XSO~SS O~SS alnpOII\I 8l:fv'dSJadns XGSII\IS )O/B~/6 SNOLl'v'tI n81.:1 N08 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM61 SuperSPARC Module SS20 501-2571 60MHz MBus Connector D F0801 o MXCC2.x I'~'~'~'~'~'~'~'~'~ ,J,~ ,J ,,I ,-l,~ d '1 ,J '1 ,J,~ '1'~ '1'~ ,J '1 ,J '1 ,-l o o 160.0001 MHz ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,..\ ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l I'~ ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,..\ ,J I,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,,1 ,J ,J,~ ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,J I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J 'I,J ,J ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,..I ,J ,J ,J ,JSuperS~RCS..x,J ,J ,J ,..1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,~ ,,1 ,J ,J ,..I ,..I ,,1 1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,..\ ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,~ ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J 1 ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,,1 ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,,I ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,,1 ,J I,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,,1 ,J,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J 1,,1 ,J ,J ,J ,J ,-l ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,J ,,I ,J ,J .,~,~,~,~ ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J,~ ,J,~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum is Solaris 2.3. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. This unreleased module was shipped by the Advanced Products Group. 5. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 40MHz. 6. The 5A Fuse at F0801 is not field replaceable. as References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 . Volume I SUPERSPARC-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM61 SuperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 SS600MP Options 1168 1174 501-2613 60MHz MBus Connector F0801 rc.':."'".'3.S.3.5'..3".5";.~.;;cc.:;,;,.>7.i.~ • c=:=I •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l • •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l • •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l.J.J .J.,l.J • •J.J.J •..l.J •..l.J.J •..l.J.J.J.-I • •-I.J.J.-I.J.-I.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J • ·J·J·J·JM~2!x.\·J·..l·,l· D .,l.-I.-I.J •.1.-1.-1 •.1 .J •.1.-1 •.1 .-1 • •-l.J •..l.J .,l.-I.J •..l.J.J.J .,l.J • •J.-I.-I.J.-I •..l •..l.-l.J •..l •..l •..l.-I • •..l.J.,l.J.J.-I .J •..l .J.J •..l.J •..l • •..l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l •..l ...l ...l • •.1 .J •..l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l.J • •J •..l •..l •..l.-I •..l.J •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l.,l. .1 •..l •..l •..l •..l.-I •..l.-l.J •..l •..l.J •..l • •J •..l.J.-l .-I.-l .J.-l •..l.J.J .J.,l • •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J •..l.J •..l •..l •..l • •..l.J •..l •..l.J.-I.J •..l.J.J.-l.J.J • •J.-l •..l •..l •..l.,l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J • •..l ...l.,l ...l •..l.-l.J.,l.J.,l •..l.,l •..l • •,l.J •..l •..l •..l •..l.-I.-l.J.J •..l •..l •..l. o 300-1221 • . • • • • . • . • • . . • II~~~ •..l •..l •..l.J •..l.-I •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l.J.J.(.I,.,. .J.J.J •..l.J •..l.J •..l .,l.J.J.J.J. .-I.J.J.-I.J.J.J •.Ji.J • •,l.,l.J.J •..l •..l.,l.J .,l.J •..l .J.,l. .J •..l.J.J.J.-I.J.J.J • •J.,l.,l.J .,l.J .,l.,l.,l.J.J.J.J. .J.-l.J.-I.J .,l.J •..l.J • •,l.J •..l.J .,l.J .,l •..l •..l.,l •..l.,l •..l. .J •..l.J.J.J.J.J •..l.J • •J .J ~,..nArAAMw.~~J.J • .J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J • •J.J .1:-.r.::l.:r:..Ll.T.J .:CJ.J • •J.,l.J.J.J •..l •..l •..l •..l • •J .J •.Ji.J .J.J .J •.Ji.J •..l.J .J.J. .J •..l.J.J .J.J.J •..l.J • •J.,l.J.J.J.J •..l.J.J •..l •..l.J.J • •J.J.-I •..l • •J.-I •..l.J.J.-l.J.J .J.J.J.J.J • •J •..l.J.J • •J •..l.J.J •..l •..l •..l.J.J •..l.J •..l.J • •J.J •..l •..l. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum is Solaris 2.3. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2613 is not tested or approved for use in the SS1 000. 6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. as References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 . SUPERSPARC-28 Field Engineer Handbook I awn lOA 6c-Ol::lVdS1::I3dnS " ~ ~ -GL8 ~-(ms 'ap!nf) uoue/Jf3Jsu/ a/npow atJ"tldSJadns "~ "~~ -S80~- ~OS 'ap!nf) UO!Jel/eJsu/ a/npow al:J'tIdSJadns "~ S90U9J9!91::1 "91QB90Bld9J PI9!! S! ~OSO.::llB ~0-917~~-OS ~ 9sn.::l \is 941. "S "91QB90Bld9J PI9!! lOU S! Alddns J9MOd 80-80 M~~ 941. "L "ZHV\lOS S! 88XV\I 94l !O p99ds snsox WnW!XBW 941. "9 "ZHV\lOS S! 88XV\I 94l !O p99ds snsV\l WnW!XBW 941. "S "P9lJoddns lOu S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9mp 6u!x!V\I "v "X"8 88XV\llJoddns Ol S ~"~ dSO s9J!nb9J 000 ~SS 941. "8 "8"~ sPBloS S! SO wnw!u!w 94l 'P9I1BlSU! 9JB s91npow OMl!1 "~ "S UO!SJ9/\ ~"~" ~ SPBIOS S! W9lSAS 6u!lBJ9do wnw!u!w 941. "~ S9loN "\" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \" \' 'rT' \" rTT' r' rTT' \,T' \' '\,'1" \" \" 1" 1" (" \" \" 1" r' 1" r ,r' 1" \" r:.t' f'.!"..r: f l r' r' I' '\" r~~Id~,:!,'{'I\S' \" r '\,T' \" \,TT' \" rTT' \,T' r 'rT'~" 1" 1" r' 1" r' 1" \,T' r' \' '\" 1" \" 1" 1" (" 1" \" 1" r' 1" \" r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'rT'r' ("rT'r'rTT'!''!''!' I, y', M'~' M' w~, M' W M'I\" \''!'' \" \" 1" \" \" \" 1" 1" \" 1" r :r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: r: ~cck008 o '(" 1" (" 1" 1" r' 1" (" 1" r' r'~" I' \" 1" 1" r' 1" \" 1" 1" r' r' I' TrTr'rTrT'rTrTr '\''!'' rT'!" rT' r'!" f'!" r'!' 'r' r' r' r' 1" \" 1" r' 1" r' 1" 1" I' 'r' 1" r' r' 1" r' r' r'~c r' r' r' r 'r'r'r'l*\800~1(11 1"1" 1"1' '\" 1" r' r' 1" r' r' (" r'~" r' 1" I' 'I" r' 1" r' r' r' r' (" 1" 1" r' 1" r '\" 1" \" 1" 1" \" 1" r' 1" r' r' 1" r 'r' r' r'~" r' r' 1" r' r' r' r'~" I' 'I" 1" 1" r' r' r' r' 1" 1" 1" r' r' I' 'r' 1" D '::"'::"';;:.'r-'r-':;'='::"'t"'f='1!=';(-'r-' c=l ~oeo::l JOlOaUU08 snsVIJ ZHVlJ09 6~Sc-~OS ~U ~ OOO~SS 99 ~ ~ SUO!ldO OcSS XSO~SS O~SS alnpOV\l 8l:fvdS Jadn s ~9V\1S SNOI..LVl::In81~NOO 00/9 ~/6 )jooqpUBH JaaU!6U 3 Pia!.::! 0E>08'v'dS83dns '~~-U£~-GOB 'ep!nf) UO!re/rejSu/ e/npovv atJ'tfdSJedns 'G 'G ~ -9£OG- ~OB 'ep!nf) UO!jfll/fljSU/ e/npovv aCl'tldSJedns '~ S90U9J9!9l:1 '91Qe90eld9J PI9!! S! ~OBO.::lle ~O-9'\7GG-09 ~ 9sn.::l VB 9LLL 'B '91Qe90eld9J PI9!! lOU S! Alddns J9MOd 80-80 MGG 941.. 'L 'pJeo8 IOJlU08 3000~SS 9LH 4l!M 9lQ!ledwoo lOU S! 69LG-~09 941.. '9 'OOO~SS 94l U! 9sn JO! p91\oJdde JO P9lS9ll0U S! 69LG-~09 941.. '9 'zHVII09 S! 88XVII 94l!O p99ds sn8V11 wnw!xew 941.. ''\7 'p9poddns lOU S! s9dAl 91npow lU9J9H!P 5u!X!VII '£ '£'G SpelOS S! SO wnw!u!w 94l 'P9I1elSU! 9m s91npow OMl!1 'G '8 UO!SJ9/\ ~'~' ~ S!JeIOS S! W9lSAS 5u!leJ9do wnw!u!w 941.. '~ S9loN 'r' r' r' r' 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' "i-' i-' i-' r'!"!" r' r' 'r'!'" r' r' \'" \,,'!" r' \'" 'r' r' f' r',' r' r' r' f' 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' f' \'" '!'" \"'!'" f' f' f'!,'!,' f' '!'" r' r' r' \'" f' r' r' \'" 'f' r' f',' r' \'" f'!,' r' ~~~" r' :t: r: t: r: r: r: r: r: t: r: r: r: r: ~G('a-008 o :r" t' r" r" r: r: t' t' t' t' t' t' t' 'f'!"~"!" f' f' {' r' r' r'!'" r' f' 'r' f'!,' r'!" f' f'!,' r' r'!" r' r' ,r' f' !" \'" r' f' !" !" !" r' f' f' r' 'r' f'!,,' f'!,' r' r' \'" r' r' f' f'!,,' 'r' r' f' f' r' r' f' f'!,,' r' f' f'!,' 'r' r'!'" f' r' r' r' f' \'" f'!,' f' f' '!" r'!" r~~lMr'!" r' r' 'r' r' r'!"!" r'!" r'!" r' r' r' r' 'f' f' r' r' r' r'!" r' r' r' r'!"!" 'I" I"!,' f' f' \"'!" r'!" 1" r' f'!,,' 'f' f'!,' f' r' \'" r' r' 1" \'" f' r'!" f' 1" f' 1" r' f' 1" r'!" f' r' 'r'!" '"i"'::""r=':;--'l;'-':(o'::--'r='::""!:""":"":;,,'r-' D C=:J 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' 'r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' '!" r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r' r'!'" '\'" \'" r' \'" \,,'!,,'!" r' r'J" \'" r' r' ',' ,lf9'3t:I'v'l:tSJ !'lQ"@!"'r' 'r' f' f' r' r'!'" r' f' r' r' r' f' f' 'f' r'!" f' f'!,' r' r' f'!,'!,' r'!" 'f' f' r' r' f' r'!'" r' f' r' r' f' r' 'f' f' r' r',' f' f' r' f' r' f' r' r' 'r'!'" \'" f' r' r' f'!,,' r'!"!" r' \'" ~080;:l JOI06UU0:J snsVII ZHVII09 69LG-WS OGSS XSO~SS O~SS alnpoV\J Ol:fifdSJadns ~9V\JS OO/B~/6 SNOLL'v'8n81.::!NOO 1118/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM61 SuperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 501-2752 SS600MP 60MHz MBus Connector F0801c=] D I I I ••• I •• I •• I • . J .J.J.J.J .J.J .,1.J.-I.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J .,1.J.-I.J.J.J .,1.J.J . .J.,1.,1.J.J.J.,1 ...\.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J .,1.J.J.J.J.J .,1.J.J . .J.J.J.J .-I ...\.J .J.'! .J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. o Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum OS is Solaris 2.3. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2752 is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. 6. OBP 2.14v3 was used to test the 501-2752 in the SS600MP. 7. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 8. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. Volume I SUPERSPARC-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/0C SM61 SuperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 501-2782 60MHz MBus Connector F0801c=:J ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..!."!."! •..!."! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l. -l."!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..!*~gg~~ •..! •..!.-l. ..! •..! •..! •..! • • • • • • • ..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..\ • ..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..\ •..\ •..\ •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • • • I •• I •••• I •• ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!. ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-.! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..!. -l.,1.,1 •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..!.,1 •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..l. ,I •..! ...! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..~ •..! •.~ •. ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!. '':'':'':'':'':'':'':'--:' D .--:.--:.--:. -l •..! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!."! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..! ..! •..! •..! •..\ •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! -l."!."!."!."!.,1.-l •..! •..!.,1.,1."!."!."! ..! •..l •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! ..! •..! ·$!!p.~:1!t"1~s!i·,1·..1 ,1 •.1 • • • • • • • • :l.:l.~ ...! •..! ..!.,1 •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..l •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..! ..! •..!.-l."! •..! •..!."! •..!.,1 •..!.,1.,,! •..! •..l ..!.,,!.,1 •..! •..l •..!."! •..! •..! •..! •..!."! •..! •..! ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! "! •..!.-l •..! •..! •..!."! •..l •..!.,1 •..! •..l •..! •..! 0 300-1221 ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.,1 •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..!. "! •..! •..I.,1.-l •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..!.,1 •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..l •..! • ,1."!."!.,1 •..\ •..! •..l •..! •..!. ..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..! •..!.~ •..!.~ •..! • ..! •..! •..! •..!. "!."!.,1'..!:j ,I •..! •..! •..!. ,1 •..! •..I.,1. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B. 2. If two modules are installed. the minimum as is Solaris 2.3. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2782 is not tested or approved for use in the SS 1000. 6. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 7. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. SUPERSPARC-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM61 SuperSPARC Module SS 10 SS 1OSX SS20 SS600M P Options 1168 1171 501-2825 SS 1000 60MHz I I MBus Connector F0801 •••••••••• I -==:::J •• ..I.~ ...I.~ ...I.~.~.J ...I.J.~ ...I.~. ~.J.~.J ...I ...I.J.~ ...\ ...1 •..1 •..\ •..1 • ..I.J.J.J ...I.J.~.J ...I.J.~.~.J. J.J.~.J ...I.J.J.J ...I.J.J ...1 •..\ • ..I.J.J ...I ...I ...I.J.J.~ ...I ...I.J.J. J.J.J.J~~~~~.J ...I.J. ~.J.~ ...1. • • .J. . ...I.J ...1 • ..\.J.J ...I ...I ...I.J.J ...I ...I ...l ...I.J . ..I.J ...1 •..1 •..I.J.J.~ .J.J.~ .J.~. J.J.~.J.J.J.J.~ ...\.J.J ...\.J . ..I.J ...1 •..1 •..I.J.J.~.J.J.~.J.J. J ...\.J.J.J ...\ ...I.J ...\.J.J.J.J. I~'~'~'~'~'~'~ ,,:,.~ .... ~.~.~. J ...I.J ...I.J.J ...I.J.J.J.J ...I.J. ..I.J.~.J ...I.J.J.J.~ ...I.J.J.J . ..\.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J ...I.J. J.J.J.J ...I ...I.J.J.J ...I.J.J.J . ..I •..I.J ...1 •..1 •..\ "'.J.J.J.J ...I.J. J ...I.J.J .J ...l.J .J ...l ...l ...I.J ...I. J.J.J.J ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J ...\.J . ..l.J.J .J . ..\ ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. 300-1221 I... ·... ·... ·.. ·..,·..,· .. ·..,·.. ·..,· .. ·.. ·..,· J ...I.J ...I ...\.J .J.J.J .J.J.J .J. J ...l.J ...\.J.J.J.J ...\.J ...\.J.J.~ .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . J .J.J ...\.J.J ...l.J.J .J.J ...l.J.~ .J ...\.J ...\.J ...\.J.J ...l. J.J ...I.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J . J.J~~~~p'~.J.~ .J.J ...\.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J. . . . .J. . .J ...l.J.J • .J.J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J . J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J .J.J .J.J .J.J .J. J.J ...\.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ ...I.J.J.J J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ .J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . .J.J.J.J. D 0 j Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.3. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The SS1000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x. 5. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 6. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 7. aBP 2.14v3 was used to test the 501-2825 in the SS600MP. 8. The 22W DC-DC Power Supply is not field replaceable. 9. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. Volume I SUPERSPARC-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM61-2 SuperSPARC Module SC2000 Option 1167 501-2543 60MHz MBus Connector .. ,l.,l.,l.,l.,l.,l.-!.-!.-!.-!.-!.-!.,l. F0801 C=:J .~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~ ~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~.~ J.J.~.J.J.J.J.J.~.~.J.~.J. J.J.J.,l.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.,l.J. J.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J. ,l.J.J.JM~OOa:;xl.J ..,l ..,l. -!.J.-!.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J ..,l ..,l.J ..,l.J.J.J ..,l.J.J.J. J.J.,l.J .J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J.J. ,l.J.J.J.J.J .,l.J ..,l.J.J ..,l ..,l. J .J.J .J.J.J.J ..,l ..,l.J.J ..,l.J. J:.J.J.J:.J.J.J.J.J.J: .,l.J.J . .J.J.J.J ..... ..,.-> ..... ->.-> •..,.->.->. J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .,l. J.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J.J: .J.J .J:.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J:.J.J.J:.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. :iJ.J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J • .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. 300-1221 J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J.J:.-!.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J . ,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.,:,.':'. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .~ .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J:.J.J.J.~ .J.J.J: .J.J .J.J.J.J: . .,l.J .J.J .J.J ..,l.J.J.J .J.J .J • .J.J.J .J ..,l .J.J ..,l.J. J .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J ...l.~ .J.J.J.J.J.J:.J.J.J. J .J.$tJperSEl'~J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J .J . ..l ...l ...l.J ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l ...l •..l ...l.~ ...l ...l.J ...l.J.J •..l.J.J. J .J.J.J ...l.J.J.J ..,l ..,l.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. ·J·,l·.,l·J:1 J ..,l.J.J ..,l.J.J .J ..,l.J.J .J.J.~ .J ..,l.J.J. d.J.J'1:J'1.J .J.J •..l.J .J.J . .J.J.J.J. D 0 . Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. The SC2000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache. 6. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. SUPERSPARC-34 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 SM61-2 SuperSPARC Module SC2000 Option 1167 501-2757 60MHz MBus Connector D -l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l.-l •.,\ •.,\. -l.-l.-l •.,l.-l •.,\.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l •.,\ • .,l •.,\ ..,l •.,\.-l.-l.-l.-l •.,\.-l.-l ..,\.-l . ..l.-l •..l.-l •..l •.,\ •..l.-l •..l •.,\ •..l •..l •.,\. -l."\.-l.J.-l.-l.-l.-l.J.J.-l.J •..l. J ...l .-l •..l.J.J.J.J.J."\ •..l.J ...l. J.J.J.J.J .-l.J.J •..l.J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J •..l .-l.J.J.J.J.J •..l. • • I • • • I • I • • I o 300-1221 .11 ~~..:::=;::;:~ J.J.J.J.J."\.J.J.J."\.J.J •..l .ij, J~~~~~~~~~~~~. ~~~~~~~~~. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J~~~~~~~~~~~~. ~~~~~~~~~. J .J.J .J.J.J.J.J.J .J.-l ...LJ. J.J ,q,.hArli;P~J&!2.l.J. J.J.1 ;-..f.l.~.i.J .~-;J •..l.J.J. J •..l.J •..l.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J."\.J.J.J."\.J •..l.J. ..l.J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J .J.J.J.J. J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J •..l.J •.,l.J.J.J .-l.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J •..l.J.J.J.J. .J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J.J. .J.J."\.J .('--'--'---'~ .J.J.J .J. .J.J.J.J. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. The SC2000 requires aBP 2.18 to support MXCC 3.x. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. System Board 501-1866-xx can only access 1MB of cache. 6. The 8A Fuse 150-2246-01 at F0801 is field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 801-2035-12. 2. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. Volume I SUPERSPARC-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 Option 1175 501-2520 75MHz I I MBus Connector F0600 -c::::J- --DD -- D DD ------- DD c=J=o --- 00° 300-1265 0 imffi.i:l@~ _ _ Ml l\@lm@~_ifliIDMl@ ~ MHz Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The SS10 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2520 is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC 1/ Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC 1/ Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC 1/ Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC 1/ Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. SUPERSPARC-36 Field Engineer Handbook 3/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 Option 1175 501-2904 75MHz I MBus Connector I 0 F0600 -c::::::J- 300-1265 DD D DD DD CJ:o SHpeMfABp II %3 00° 75 0 1 MHz . 1 Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The SS10 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2904 is not compatible with the XDBus. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. Volume I SU PERSPARC-37 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 Option 1175 501-2940 75MHz I MBus Connector I F0600 -c:::::::J- 0 -DD - - D - - DD - - DD _m_ &i~@1l11i~il!~ 300-1265 ~1lMiiiW\W~rnj~m ffi~~ m_ _ ~~~i:1mWi~1 --am~WOOJM~~~ ~1W1W:glflmMW~Jl_iWilll_WIlli~ ~mi~@OOlM%ml%i@:@@rni'l_@~1 ~ml@ill@_ !mij!@@li@~ -- --- CJo 00 0 ~ MHz Notes 1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2940 is not compatible with the XDBus. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC II Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC II Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC II Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC II Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. SUPERSPARC-38 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 Option 1175 501-3001 75MHz I MBus Connector I 0 F0600~ 300-1265 DD D DD DD CJ:o S!!peMp6HI; Ii 24 a 00° ~ MHz Notes 1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-3001 is not compatible with the XDBus. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. Volume I SUPERSPARC-39 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 Option 1175 501-2925 75MHz I MBus Connector I 0 F0600~ 300·1265 DD ~ D DD DD CJ:o 00° Notes 1. The minimum 08 is 80laris 1.1.1 Version B or 80laris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The 8810 and 8820 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-2925 is not tested or approved for use in the 881000. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. SUPERSPARC-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM71 SuperSPARC II Module SS10 SS20 501-4130 75MHz I I MBus Connector ------~w~ F0600~ 300-1265 0 DD D ----, DD ij~'i%@~il DD CJ=o - 00° [tID MHz Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.1 Version B or Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94. 2. The SS1 0 and SS20 require Boot PROM 2.22. 3. Mixing different module types is not supported. 4. The maximum MBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 5. The 501-4130 is not compatible with the XDBus. 6. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2566-10. 2. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module Upgrade, 802-2567-10. 3. SPARCstation 20 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2568-10. 4. SPARCstation 10 SuperSPARC /I Module X-Option, 802-2569-10. 5. Product Note: SPARCstation 20 Software, 802-2942-10. Volume I SUPERSPARC-41 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM81 SuperSPARC II Module SS1000 Option 1177 501-3033 85MHz I I MBus Connector F0600 -c:::::J_ _ m_1IlI 300-1265 0 DD _0000 _ _ _ _ _ D DD DO 1mmmm~#m~~@1lW c=J=o 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:::101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;:::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 5. Mixing different module types is not supported. 6. The 881000 requires LefVRight Side Panel 330-1869. 7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995. 8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. 2. SS1000 and SS1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10. 3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. SUPERSPARC-42 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 3/18/00 SM81 SuperSPARC II Module SS1000 Option 1177 501-2953 85MHz I _ _M _ - ®fjffi'MtgMmnk~_~WJ@fi!M - I MBus Connector - jjj!l:~rnttRW&rmll~~~M F0600 -c::=J- 300-1265 0 DD D DD DD , ;r_tmm_~~~ c:=J=o 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;::101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 5. Mixing different module types is not supported. 6. The SS1 000 requires Left/Right Side Panel 330-1869. 7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995. 8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. 2. SS1000 and SS1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10. 3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. Volume I SUPERSPARC-43 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM81 SuperSPARC II Module SS1000 Option 1177 501-4810 85MHz I I MBus Connector --- F0600 <=:J-- 300-1265 0 W&~~$jWi~ 00 -_&__ D ----- D D & --,- 00 c=t:o 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch 2101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch 2102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 4. SS1000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 5. Mixing different module types is not supported. 6. The SS 1000 requires Left/Right Side Panel 330-1869. 7. Side Panel 330-1869 is used on systems produced after July 1995. 8. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 9. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. 2. SS 1000 and SS 1000E Side Vent Product Note, 802-2896-10. 3. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. SUPERSPARC-44 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module SC2000 Option 1178 501-3022 85MHz I I MBus Connector F0600 -c:::J-300-1265 , 39WDC-DC 0 DD D DD , I DD CJ:o 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and patch ;::101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when more than 12 modules are installed. 4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 6. Mixing different module types is not supported. 7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 8_ The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. 2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. Volume I SUPERSPARC-45 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module SC2000 Option 1178 501-3098 85MHz I I MBus Connector F0600 --c::::JI 300-1265 I 39W DC-DC I DD , I 0 , D DD , DD CJ=o I , 5 00° Notes 1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ~1 01945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when more than 12 modules are installed. 4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ~1 02001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 6. Mixing different module types is not supported. 7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 . 2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. SUPERSPARC-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module SC2000 Option 1178 501-4780 85MHz I MBus Connector ' , H F0600 -c:=J- I 300-1265 39WDC-DC ID , DD I 1 8 I 0 I I I s M lL DD 1 , , , 1 DD I , 1 I : I , 1 I, ! ~~( I 1 , I 1 iI 1 II" 'fi 1 CJ:o 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;::101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when more than 12 modules are installed. 4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;::102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 6. Mixing different module types is not supported. 7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11. 2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. Volume I SUPERSPARC-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM81-2 SuperSPARC II Module SC2000 501-5056 85MHz I I MBus Connector F0600 -c::J300-1265 39WDC-DC 0 DD D DD DD CJ:o I 00° Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 and Patch ;:0:101945-35. 2. Patch 101945-35 enables the Multiple Command Mode. 3. Patch 101945-35 fixes a watchdog reset problem that may occur when more than 12 modules are installed. 4. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch ;:0:102001-08 if SunFastEthernet is installed. 5. SC2000 Boot PROM 2.23 is required on all system boards. 6. Mixing different module types is not supported. 7. The maximum XDBus speed of the MXCC is 50MHz. 8. The 15A Fuse at F0600 is not field replaceable. References 1. SuperSPARC Module Installation Guide, 802-1372-11 . 2. SuperSPARC Module Product Note, 801-5015-10. SUPERSPARC-48 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS HYPERSPARC 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS hyperSPARC HS11 hyperSPARC Module ................................................. HS14 hyperSPARC Module ................................................. HS21 hyperSPARC Module ................................................. SM151 hyperSPARC Module ............................................... Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 2 4 5 6 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 HS 11 hyperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 370-1864 100MHz I MBus Connector I III '-- D 100.000 MHz Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. Only one 370-1864-01 is supported in order to meet FCC Class B. 3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19. 4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. References 1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1652-11 . 2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1214-11. 3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2565-10. 4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2564-10. HVPERSPARC-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS HS11 hyperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 Option 1181 370-1866 100MHz MBus Connector ,*!ilW _ _ -~---: ~II " --D II!WJliH%!i 100.000 MHz Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94. 3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19. 4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. References 1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1652-11 . 2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module Upgrade, 802-1214-11. 3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2565-10. 4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module X-Option, 802-2564-10. Volume I HVPERSPARC-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 HS 14 hyperSPARC Module SS10 I SS10SX 370-1867 370-3720 100MHz 100MHz I MBus Connector D 100.000 MHz - '--- iliiillJl IWm ~ffi SS20 ----,m_ml_ _ _ M I- __ m§ffi~@n.:M~ilwn.@ _ W i i l l J I m _ f f i_ _ _ ----, lD"'-m i ~ :([] FAB 270-6216-60 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require aBP 2.19. 3. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. References 1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module 2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module 3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module 4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module HVPERSPARC-4 Upgrade, 802-1652-11 . Upgrade, 802-1214-11. X-Option, 802-2565-10. X-Option, 802-2564-10. Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS HS21 hyperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX S820 Option 1183 370-1865 125MHz 256KB Cache % ~ - i MBus Connector __ _IE ~~-- p~ 1M ~_ _ m_ _ _ 1_ _ _ - ~-~ru%EI--E D , 125.000 MHz Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94. 3. The SSlO, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.19. 4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. References 1. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module 2. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module 3. SPARCstation 10 hyperSPARC Module 4. SPARCstation 20 hyperSPARC Module Volume I Upgrade, 802-1652-11 . Upgrade, 802-1214-11 . X-Option, 802-2565-10. X-Option, 802-2564-10. HVPER8PARC-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SM151 hyperSPARC Module SS10 SS10SX SS20 370-2162 150MHz MBus Connector ,_m_ _ M_iIiI_ _ _ mmm _00 ~ _ _ _ immill ---- IiIiI !PAl _ _ _mm_mmIMII D 150,000 MHz Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 2. If two modules are installed, the minimum as is Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94. 3. The SS1 0, SS10SX, and SS20 require OBP 2.25. 4. The hyperSPARC Module is not compatible with the Sun4d XDBus. HVPERSPARC-6 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS ULTRASPARC 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS UltraSPARC Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 80 E250 E450 UPA Terminator ................................................................. 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module ......................................... 200MHz UltraSPARC Module ......................................... 250M Hz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 300MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 360M Hz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 400MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 440MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 450MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 480MHz UltraSPARC Module ........................................ 2 3 5 7 9 11 14 19 20 22 E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO E10000 UltraSPARC Module Installation ....................................... 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module ......................................... 250M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................ 333M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................ 336M Hz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................ 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module ........................................ 24 26 28 31 32 33 Ultra 5 Ultra 10 270M Hz UltraSPARC 300M Hz UltraSPARC 333M Hz UltraSPARC 360M Hz UltraSPARC 400MHz UltraSPARC 440MHz UltraSPARC ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... ....................................... 45 47 49 51 53 55 1000 UltraSPARC III Module ....................................... UltraSPARC III Module ....................................... UltraSPARC III Module ....................................... 56 57 58 Sun Blade 600MHz 750MHz 900MHz IIi IIi IIi IIi IIi IIi Module Module Module Module Module Module Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 UPA Terminator Ultra 2 501-4843 Notes 1. Ultra 2 requires 501-4843 if only one 300MHz module is installed. 2. The UPA Terminator is included with UG-M1 XXX-M1300. 3. The UPA Terminator is not included with Option X1191 A. Reference: Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC-1I Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11. ULTRASPARC-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module Ultra 2 501-2702-03 512KB Cache Spitfire FAB 270-2702 ggggQ OlD Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10. Volume I ULTRASPARC-3 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module Ultra 2 Option 1187 501-2942 512KB Cache Spitfire FAB 270-2702 ggggg DD Notes 1. UltraSPARC 2.2 is installed on 501-2942-01. 2. UltraSPARC 4.0.2 is installed on 501-2942-02. 3. When 501-2942-01 and 501-2942-02 are mixed and asp is ~3.1.2, the module speed is set to 148MHz. asp 3.1.3 fixes this problem. Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10. ULTRASPARC-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 200MHz UltraSPARC I Module Ultra 2 Option 1188 501-3041 1MB Cache Spitfire FAB 270-3041 ggggg gg gg DOl Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Ultra 2 aBP 3.1 Beta 1 is required. 3. Ultra 2 System Board ;0:501-3132-07 is required. 4. Ultra 2 System Board 501-2487 is not compatible with this 501-3041. 5. Mixing module speeds is not supported. Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10. Volume I ULTRASPARC-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 200MHz UltraSPARC I Module Ultra 2 Option 1188 501-4791 1MB Cache Spitfire FAB 270-4791 ggggg gg gg lOlOj Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Ultra 2 aBP 3.1 Beta 1 and System Board ;:::501-3132-07 is required. 3. Ultra 2 System Board 501-2487 is not compatible with 501-4791. 4. UltraSPARG is made by TI (MANUF=17) or NEG (MANUF=22). 5. UltraSPARG on 501-4791-02 is only made by NEG (MANUF=22). 6. Use the .ver and switch-cpu aBP commands to see the MANUF code. 7. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. Reference: Ultra 2 UltraSPARC Module X-Option, 802-6079-10. ULTRASPARC-6 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 250MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 2 Enterprise 450 Netra t 1100 Option 2230 501-4278 1 MB Cache Blackbird FAB 270-4278-02 gggg gggg OlD Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware:4/97. 2. This module is not supported in the Ultra 2. 3. The 501-4278 was not shipped in Enterprise 250 systems. 4. The 250MHz module was not shipped in Ultra 450 Workstations. 5. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 6. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 7. Option X2230A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322. Reference Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC" Module X-Option, 805-1704-10. Volume I ULTRASPARC-7 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 250MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 30 Enterprise 250 Enterprise 450 Options 11 90 2230 501-4857 Netra t 1100 1MB Cache Blackbird FAB 270-xxxx gggg gggg lOIO) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware:4/97. 2. This module is not supported in the Ultra 2. 3. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 4. The 250M Hz module was not shipped in Ultra 450 Workstations. 5. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 6. Option X2230A includes a Module and a DC-DC Converter 300-1322. Reference Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC " Module X-Option, 805-1704-10. ULTRASPARC-8 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 300MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Enterprise 450 Netra t 1120 Options 1191 2240 501-4196 Netra t 1125 2MB Cache Blackbird FAB 270-4253 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Ultra 2 asp 3.7vO and CPU ~501-3132-07 is required. 3. UPA Terminator 501-4843 is required if only one module is installed on Ultra 2 CPU ::;;501-3132-12. 4. The 501-4196 is not compatible with the Ultra 60 (A23). 5. The 501-4196 was not shipped in A20, A23, or A26 systems. 6. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 7. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 8. Option X2240A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322. References 1. Sun Ultra 2 Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11. 2. Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-0937-10. 3. Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-1704-10. Volume I ULTRASPARC-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 300MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 450 Enterprise 250 Enterprise 450 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Options 1191 2240 501-4849 2MB Cache Blackbird FAB 270-xxxx Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Ultra 2 OBP 3.7vO and CPU ~501-3132-07 is required. 3. UPA Terminator 501-4843 is required if only one module is installed on Ultra 2 CPU ::;501-3132-12. 4. Modules ::;501-4849-02 are not compatible with the Ultra 60. 5. UltraSPARC II revision 1.1 is not compatible with the Netra ft 1800. 6. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 7. The Ultra 450 and Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 8. Option X2240A includes a Module and DC-DC Converter 300-1322. References 1. Sun Ultra 2 Module Upgrade, 805-0936-11. 2. Sun Ultra 2 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-0937-10. 3. Ultra Enterprise 450 UltraSPARC /I Module X-Option, 805-1704-10. ULTRASPARC-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 360MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 60 Option 1192 501-5129 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock. 3. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 4. UltraSPARC on 501-5129 is mask# <80 (Blackbird). 5. UltraSPARC on 501-4781 is mask# :2:80 (Sapphire). 6. Ultra 60 requires aBP 3.11v26 when mask# <80 and :2:80 are mixed. 7. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#. 8. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs. Volume I ULTRASPARC-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 360M Hz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 60 Option 1192 501-4781 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock. 3. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 4. UltraSPARC on 501-5129 is mask# <80 (Blackbird). 5. UltraSPARC on 501-4781 is mask# ;:::80 (Sapphire). 6. Ultra 60 requires aBP 3.11 v26 when mask# <80 and ;:::80 are mixed. 7. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#. 8. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs. ULTRASPARC-12 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 360MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 60 Option 1192 501-5552 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The Ultra 60 UPA speed is 120MHz using a +3 clock. 3. Mixing module speeds is not supported. 4. Use the .ver or .properties aBP commands to see the mask#. 5. Use the switch-cpu aBP command to switch CPUs. Volume I ULTRASPARC-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module Enterprise 250 Option 1194 501-5237 2MB Cache Sapphire-Black 00 00 00[ll] 0000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. This module is not qualified for use in the Ultra 2. 4. The Enterprise 250 requires aBP ;:03.12 Version 10. Enterprise 250 Chassis Notes 1. Rear cardguides installed prior to =2/99 may require replacement to prevent component damage on the 400MHz Module. Two guides, part number 250-1390 or 250-1484, are included with the module option. 2. Chassis :::::540-3272-02 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz and 300M Hz modules are installed. 3. Chassis :::::540-3272-02 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz modules are installed. 4. Chassis ;:0540-3272-03 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz, 300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed. 5. Front Bottom Door 540-3352-03 is required for FCC Class B. 6. Removable Media Tray 540-3351-02 is required for FCC Class B. 7. Chassis 540-3273-03 includes 540-3351-02 and 540-3352-03. ULTRASPARC-14 Field Engineer Handbook 3/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 2 Option 1193 501-5541 2MB Cache Sapphire-Black [ll][ll][ll][ll] LIlLIl Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. The Ultra 2 requires System Board ~501-3132-13. 4. The Ultra 2 requires OBP ~3.11 Version 2 POST ~3.3.8. Volume I ULTRASPARC-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 2 Enterprise 250 Options 1193 1194 501-5445 2MB Cache Sapphire-Black [l1][l1][l1][l1] 0000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. The Ultra 2 requires System Board ~501-3132-13. 4. The Ultra 2 requires OBP ~3.11 Version 2 POST ~3.3.8. 5. The Enterprise 250 requires OBP ~3.12 Version 10. Enterprise 250 Chassis Notes 1. Chassis :::;540-3272-02 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz and 300MHz modules are installed. 2. Chassis :::;540-3272-02 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz modules are installed. 3. Chassis ~540-3272-03 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz, 300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed. 4. Front Bottom Door 540-3352-03 is required for FCC Class B. 5. Removable Media Tray 540-3351-02 is required for FCC Class B. 6. Chassis 540-3273-03 includes 540-3351-02 and 540-3352-03. ULTRASPARC-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module Enterprise 450 Ultra AXmp Options 2244 5224 501-5239 501-5420 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black X2244A w/o Cover for A25 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black SME5224UPA-400 w Cover for Ultra AXmp illillillillillillillill 0000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. The Enterprise 450 requires System Board 501-5270. 4. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 5. Option 2244 includes 501-5239 and DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 6. Empty E450 slot CPU-A 1 requires Air Baffle 330-2781 or 330-2805. 7. Do NOT install a cover on the 400MHz module for the E450 or AXmp. 8. The 400MHz module is not qualified for the Ultra 450 Workstation. 9. The 400MHz module is not compatible with System Board 501-2996. Ultra Enterprise 450 Chassis Notes 1. Chassis ::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz and 300M Hz modules are installed. 2. Chassis ::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz modules are installed. 3. Chassis :2:540-2833-05 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz, 300M Hz, and 400MHz modules are installed. 4. Front Disk Door 540-2832-03 is required for FCC Class B. 5. Removable Media Tray 540-2903-03 is required for FCC Class B. 6. Chassis 540-2833-05 includes 540-2832-03 and 540-2903-03. Volume I ULTRASPARC-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module Enterprise 450 Ultra AXmp Options 2244 5224 501-5500 501-5446 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black X2244A wlo Cover for A25 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black SME5224UPA-400 w Cover for Ultra AXmp [Iill[Iill[Iill[Iill 0000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. The Enterprise 450 requires System Board 50; -5270. 4. The Enterprise 450 requires DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 5. Option 2244 includes 501-5446 and DC-DC Converter 300-1322. 6. Empty E450 slot CPU-A1 requires Air Baffle 330-2781 or 330-2805. 7. Do NOT install a cover on the 400MHz module for the E450 or AXmp. 8. The 400MHz module is not qualified for the Ultra 450 Workstation. 9. The 400MHz module is not compatible with System Board 501-2996. Ultra Enterprise 450 Chassis Notes 1. Chassis :::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250M Hz and 300MHz modules are installed. 2. Chassis :::;540-2833-04 is FCC Class A EMI compliant when 400MHz modules are installed. 3. Chassis :2:540-2833-05 is FCC Class B EMI compliant when 250MHz, 300MHz, and 400MHz modules are installed. 4. Front Disk Door 540-2832-03 is required for FCC Class B. 5. Removable Media Tray 540-2903-03 is required for FCC Class B. 6. Chassis 540-2833-05 includes 540-2832-03 and 540-2903-03. ULTRASPARC-18 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 440MHz UltraSPARC II Module Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Option 1197 501-5682 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black Ultra 60 System Board Notes 1. The Netra t 1120 and Netra t 1250 use the Ultra 60 System Board. 2. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99. 3. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. 4. OBP ~3.17 Version 0 is required. Ultra 80 System Board Notes 1. The Netra t 1400 and Netra t 1405 use the Ultra 80 System Board. 2. The minimum Netra t 1400/1405 as is Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. 3. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055. Volume I ULTRASPARC-19 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 450MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 60 Ultra 80 Option 1195 501-5344 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black ~------------~~ Ultra 60 Notes 1. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99. 2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. 3. asp :2:3.17 Version 0 is required. Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055. ULTRASPARC-20 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 450MHz UltraSPARC II Module Ultra 60 Ultra 80 Option 1195 501-5539 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black Ultra 60 Notes 1. The minimum OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97, 2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99. 2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. 3. OBP ::0:3.17 Version 0 is required. Reference: Ultra 60 Module Upgrade, 806-1055. Volume I ULTRASPARC-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 480MHz UltraSPARC II Module Enterprise 450 Option 2248 501-5729 8MB Cache Blaze Enterprise 450 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. Mixing module cache sizes or speeds is not supported. 3. aBP :?:3.18 Version 0 is required. 4. System Board 501-5673 is required. 5. DC-DC Converter 300-1322 is required. 6. Airduct 540-4597 is required. 7. Airduct 540-4597 is included with the 480MHz upgrade. 8. Empty Slot CPU-A1 requires Cover 330-3127. 9. Empty CPU Slots require Filler Panel 330-3102. 10. This module is not compatible with System Boards 501-2996, 501-5028, 501-5270, and 501-5672. Reference: Enterprise 450 Upgrade Guide, 806-4667. ULTRASPARC-22 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS This page intentionally left blank. Volume I ULTRASPARC-23 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 UltraSPARC Module Installation E3xOO-6xOO UltraSPARC Module installation methods are: Method A 1. Finger tighten all screws following the sequence #1, #2, and #3. 2. Tighten screws #1 , #2, and #3 almost all the way. 3. Tighten screws #1 , #2, and #3 until medium resistance is met. 4. Finally, tighten screws #1, #2, and #3 an additional 3/4 turn. Method A References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-10. 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-10. Method B (Installation method from September 1997 to September 1998) 1. Finger tighten all screws. 2. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm). 3. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm). Method B References 1. Ultra Enterprise CPU Installation Guide, 802-5031-11. 2. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-11. 3. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-11. 4. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630-10. 5. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632-10. 6. Ultra Enterprise 300014000 Module Installation, 805-0323-10. 7. 4 Mbyte UltraSPARC" Installation Guide, 805-1150-10. 8. CPU Module Installation Guide, 805-7345-10. 9. Torque Screwdriver for UltraSPARC Module Installation, 805-2634-10. Method C (Preferred installation method after September 1998) 1. Finger tighten all screws. 2. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm). 3. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm). Method C Reference: CPU Moduieinstaiiation Guide, 805-7345-;;. Method A Method B ~#4 3/32 Hex Method C @#1 #3@) ~#1 @#5 OlD [9[9[9[9[9 ~ ~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ULTRASPARC-24 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 UltraSPARC Module Installation - Continued E10000 UltraSPARC Module installation methods are: Method A 1. Remove the blue plastic strip from the system board thermal pad. 2. Wipe the system board gold pads with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth. 3. Wipe the module connectors with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth. 4. Finger tighten all screws. 5. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm). 6. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm). Method A References (Installation method before July 1998) 1. Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311-10. 2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-10. 3. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-11. 4. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-12. 5. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-13. 6. Enterprise 10000 333MHz Upgrade Instructions, 805-4500-10. Method B (Preferred installation method after June 1998) 1. Remove the blue plastic strip from the system board thermal pad. 2. Wipe the system board gold pads with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth. 3. Wipe the module connectors with a lint-free non-abrasive cloth. 4. Finger tighten all screws. 5. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 3 in-Ib (.34Nm). 6. Tighten screws #1, #2, #3, #4, and #5, in sequence, to 6 in-Ib (.68Nm). Method B References 1. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-14. 2. Enterprise 10000 333MHz Upgrade Instructions, 805-4500-11 . 3. System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. Method A ~#4 Method B @#1 ~#1 3/32 Hex Volume I @#5 DO ULTRASPARC-25 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module E3000 E3500 E4000 E5000 E4500 E5500 Option 2500 501-2941 E6000 E6500 512KB Cache Blackbird @ l8l8 §§§§§ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board is not supported. 3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported. 4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 5. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-2975. 6. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and asp <3.2v6. 7. The speed is 168MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and asp ;:O:3.2v6. 8. E3500-E6500 systems were not shipped with 167MHz modules. ULTRASPARC-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 167MHz UltraSPARC I Module E3000 E3500 E4000 E5000 E4500 E5500 Option 2510 501-2959 E6000 E6500 1MB Cache Blackbird ~ @ @) GJGJ §§§§§ @ Ir ~ 0 ~ nn Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board is not supported. 3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported. 4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 5. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-2975. 6. The speed is 167MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and aBP <3.2v6. 7. The speed is 168MHz with Clock 501-4286/501-4946 and aBP ::O:3.2v6. 8. E3500-E6500 systems were not shipped with 167MHz modules. Volume I ULTRASPARC-27 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 250MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2530 501-4178 1MB Cache Blackbird (@ @ @) DD [§[§[§[§[§ @ ~ ~ ~. ~ fjj1 ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 Patch 103640-06 is recommended. 3. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported. E3000 - E6000 Notes 1. aBP 3.2 Version 6 is required to support 250MHz 1MB modules. 2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250MHz modules. 3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules. 4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ;::3.2.21. 6. Ex500 systems were not shipped with 1MB 250M Hz modules installed. E10000 Notes 1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. ULTRASPARC-28 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 250M Hz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2550 501-4249 4MB Cache Blackbird SRAM 100-4777 @ (@ @) Will Will aD~~ @ ~ ~ ~ II O· DO ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported. E3000 - E6500 Notes 1. aBP 3.2 Version 7 is required to support 250M Hz 4MB modules. 2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250MHz modules. 3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules. 4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ~3.2.21. 6. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module. 7. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. 8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. E10000 Notes 1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. Volume I ULTRASPARC-29 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 250MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E10000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2550 501-4836 4MB Cache Blackbird SRAM 100-5528 @ (@ @) []ill[]ill ~~D~~ @ ~ ~ ~" ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module cache sizes within a system is supported. E3000 - E6500 Notes 1. aBP 3.2 Version 7 is required to support 250MHz 4MB modules. 2. Clock Board 501-4286 is required to support 250M Hz modules. 3. Clock Board 501-4946 also supports 250MHz modules. 4. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 5. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires aBP ~3.2.21. 6. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module. 7. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. 8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. E10000 Notes 1. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 3:2 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. ULTRASPARC-30 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 333MHz UltraSPARC II Module E10000 Option 2560 501-4363 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black ~ @ @) DHIlDHIl ~~D~mj @ ~ ~ ~. ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. The module runs at 333MHz from an 83.33MHz clock. 4. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 5. Set the clock multiplier to 2: 1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. Volume I ULTRASPARC-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 336MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E3500 E4000 E5000 E4500 E5500 Option 2560 501-4363 E6000 E6500 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) DHIJDHIJ ~~D~~ t@' @ ~ ~. ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 3. The module runs at 336M Hz from an -84MHz clock. 4. aBP 3.2 Version 12 is required to support 336M Hz 4MB modules. 5. Clock Board 501-2975 does not support 336MHz modules. 6. Clock Boards 501-4286 and 501-4946 support 336M Hz modules. 7. CPU/Memory Board 501-2976 supports up to 2MB of cache per module. 8. CPU/Memory Board 501-4312 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. 9. CPU/Memory Board 501-4882 supports up to 8MB of cache per module. ULTRASPARC-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E3500 Option 2570 501-4995 E4500 E5500 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black ~ @ @) Wil Will H~D~m @ ~ ~ ~" ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches ~1 03640-06 and ~1 04595-03 are required. 3. OBP 3.2 Version 18 is required. 4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires OBP ~3.2.21. 5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 6. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards. 3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365. 4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286. 5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365. 6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 100MHz Centerplane upgrade. 7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500. Volume I ULTRASPARC-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E10000 Option 2570 501-4995 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black @ (@ @) [IJill[lJill H mDm~m @ ~ ~ ~" ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-34 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E3500 Option 2570 501-5425 E4500 E5500 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black (© © ©) UillJUillJ H ~D~~ © ~ ~ ~" ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches:2:1 03640-06 and :2:104595-03 are required. 3. OBP 3.2 Version 18 is required. 4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires OBP :2:3.2.21. 5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 6. N+1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards. 3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365. 4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286. 5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365. 6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 1OOMHz Centerplane upgrade. 7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500. Volume I ULTRASPARC-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC " Module E10000 Option 2570 501-5425 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) Will Will H~D~~ t@" ~ ~ ~. ~ I ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-36 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E3500 Option 2570 501-5585 E4500 E5500 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black ~ © ©) Will Wil H~D~~ © ~ ~ ~H TITI 0 II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patches ~1 03640-06 and ~1 04595-03 are required. 3. asp 3.2 Version 18 is required. 4. Mixing module cache sizes on a single board requires asp ~3.2.21. 5. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 6. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. This module requires 1OOMHz CPU/Memory and I/O boards. 3. The E3xOO supports Clocks 501-4286, 501-4946, and 501-5365. 4. The E4xOO and E5xOO do not support Clock 501-4286. 5. The E4xOO and E5xOO support Clocks 501-4946 and 501-5365. 6. The E4000 and E5000 require a 100MHz Centerplane upgrade. 7. This module is not supported in the E6000 or E6500. Volume I ULTRASPARC-37 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC " Module E10000 Option 2570 501-5585 4MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) []ill []ill HOOoOOml ~ ~ ao" ~ @ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 3. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 4. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 5. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 6. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-38 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2580 501-5235 4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black @ (@ @) [Dill [Dill '@ft ~D~~ ~ ~ ~ I rro" ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch ~103640-27 and 2.6 patch ~105181-14 are required. 3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required. 4. Use the Iimit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1 and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27. 5. Use the Iimit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6 and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14. 6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 7. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock ratio. 3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed. 4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz. 5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO. Volume I ULTRASPARC-39 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E10000 Option 2580 501-5235 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black @ (@ @) DEIJDEIJ H~D~~ t@' @ ~ @" ~ I ~ Notes 1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 4. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2580 501-5661 4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) DBDDBD H ~D~~ @ ~ ~ ~. ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch 2':103640-27 and 2.6 patch 2':105181-14 are required. 3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required. 4. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1 and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27. 5. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6 and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14. 6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 7. N+ 1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock ratio. 3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5: 1 clock ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed. 4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz. 5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO. Volume I ULTRASPARC-41 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E10000 Option 2580 501-5661 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black ~ @ @) lliilllliill HHruOHruHru ~ ~ ~HP ~ @ II ~ Notes 1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 2:1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 4. System Boards 501-4347,501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-42 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2580 501-5762 4:1 and 5:1 Clock Ratios 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) rnwrnw '@ft ~D~~ ~ ~ ~" ~ II ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 2.5.1 patch ~103640-27 and 2.6 patch ~105181-14 are required. 3. aBP 3.2 Version 21 is required. 4. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.5.1 and before booting Solaris 2.5.1 without patch 103640-27. 5. Use the limit-ecache-size aBP command before installing Solaris 2.6 and before booting Solaris 2.6 without patch 105181-14. 6. Mixing module speeds within a system is not supported. 7. N+1 Power is not supported if seven CPU/Memory boards are installed. Compatibility Notes 1. Clock 501-2975 is not supported. 2. The E6000 and E6500 require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock ratio. 3. The E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO require Clock 501-5365 for a 5:1 clock ratio if 84MHz system boards are installed. 4. Clock 501-4286 or 501-4946 is supported in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO if the centerplane and all system boards are 100MHz. 5. Clock 501-5365 is supported if 84MHz or 1OOMHz system boards are installed in the E3xOO, E4xOO, and E5xOO. Volume I ULTRASPARC-43 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC II Module E10000 Option 2580 501-5762 8MB Cache Sapphire-Black (@ @ @) WillWill H mDmll'~ @ ~ ~ ~" ~ fjj1 ~ Notes 1. Mixing module speeds within a system is supported. 2. A minimum of one processor per System Board is required. 3. Set the clock multiplier to 2: 1 with the sys_clock (1 m) ssp command. 4. System Boards 501-4347, 501-4786, and 501-4903 are not compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. 5. System Boards 501-5240, 501-5278, and 501-5279 are compatible with the 400MHz UltraSPARC module. Reference System Board Installation and Configuration Guide, 805-7189-10. ULTRASPARC-44 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 270MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 5 501-4477 256KB Cache Sabre Plastic UltraSPARC IIi . - - _ ... _. - - --- - -- - - - - --- - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. - - -. . 180-Pin Connector . g J0201 Pin Connector . - - - - - - - - - -120 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. -- - - - - - _. Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with 270MHz Modules. 3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066. 4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. 5. This module was phased out of production in late March 1998. as Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. Volume I ULTRASPARC-45 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 270MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 5 501-5039 256KB Cache Sabre Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi .-------_ .. _----------._ .. _------------------------_ .. _--. 180-Pin Connector . _ .. - .. -------------------------------------------- .... _---. . g J0201 .--- .... _-------------- -------------. • 120 Pin Connector . ... _------------------ ........ _ .. _-_ ......... Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with 270MHz Modules. 3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066. 4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. 5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999. Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. ULTRASPARC-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 300MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 10 501-4379 512KB Cache Sabre Plastic UltraSPARC Iii . - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - -- - -. - - - --- - ---- - --- - -------- - --- - -- - - . . 180-Pin Connector . .. -- - - ----- _ .. - ---- - - - -- - --- - - --- - _. - - - -- - ---- - --- - -- _. · ------ - - --- - - -- - - --- - - -- - - - -- - - . -. · 120 Pin Connector . · - - -- - - --- - - --- - - _. ----- - ---- - --- _. Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 5 was not shipped with 300MHz Modules. 3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066. 4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. as Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. Volume I ULTRASPARC-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 300MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 10 501-5040 512KB Cache Sabre Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi 180-Pin Connector 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 120 Pin Connector Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 5 was not shipped with 300MHz Modules. 3. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0009 and 375-0066. 4. This module is compatible with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. as Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. ULTRASPARC-48 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 333MHz UltraSPARC Iii Module Ultra 5 Ultra 10 501-5090 2MB Cache Sabre Ceramic UltraSPARC iii l80-Pin Connector 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 120 Pin Connector Note 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 333M Hz Modules. 3. This module shipped with System Board 375-0066 before July 1999. 4. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999. 5. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115. References 1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. 2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. Volume I ULTRASPARC-49 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 333M Hz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 5 Ultra 10 501-5568 2MB Cache Sapphire-Red Ceramic UltraSPARC iii 180-Pin Connector 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 120 Pin Connector Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 333MHz Modules. 3. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ~3.19v4. 4. This module was not shipped with System Board 375-0066. 5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999. 6. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115. References 1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. 2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. ULTRASPARC-50 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 360MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 5 501-5148 256KB Cache Sapphire-Red Ceramic UltraSPARC iii Connector . - - - - - - --- - ------- - - -1aO-Pin - --- - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - _. 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 120 Pin Connector Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ~3.19v4. 3. The Ultra 5 PGX8 was not shipped with 360MHz Modules. 4. The Ultra 10 was not shipped with this 360MHz Module. 5. This module shipped with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. Reference: Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. Volume I ULTRASPARC-51 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 360MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 10 501-5222 2MB Cache Sabre Ceramic UltraSPARC Iii 180-Pin Connector 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 0000000000000 120 Pin Connector Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Ultra 5/10 PGX8 was not shipped with 360MHz Modules. 3. The Ultra 5 PGX24 was not shipped with this 360M Hz Module. 4. This module shipped with System Board 375-0066. 5. This module shipped with System Board 375-0079 after July 1999. 6. This module is compatible with System Board 375-0115. as Reference: Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. ULTRASPARC-52 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 400MHz UltraSPARC Iii Module Ultra 5 501-5740 2MB Cache Sapphire-Red Ceramic UltraSPARC Iii Connector .. - - -- - --------- - - - - -180-Pin - - - -. - -. - - _. - - - - _ .. - - - - - - - - - - - - - _. o o . - - - - -. - - - - -- - - _. - _ .. ---- _. - ---- - .. , 120 Pin Connector ' Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 OBP :::::3.25v1. 3. This module was not tested with System Board 375-0009. 4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. References 1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Gu;de, 805-0422. 2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. Volume I ULTRASPARC-53 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 400MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 5 501-5741 2MB Cache Sapphire-Red Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi · - - - -------- - -- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -. · 180-Pin Connector . · . - - - - - - . - - ------------.. ---- - -- - -- - --- - -- - - . - ------... o o 120 Pin Connector Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. This module requires Ultra 5/10 aBP ;::3.25v1. 3. This module was not tested with System Board 375-0009. 4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. References 1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. 2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. ULTRASPARC-54 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS m8/00 440MHz UltraSPARC IIi Module Ultra 10 501-5149 2MB Cache Sapphire-Red Ceramic UltraSPARC IIi 180-Pin Connector o o . ------ - - - - - - -- - - - - - - ----- - - - - - -- .. , 120 Pin Connector ' . - - - - - ------------------- - -- ... -- - . Notes 1, The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 5/98. 2. The Operating Environment Installation CD is required to install Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 and Solaris 2.6 HW: 5/98. 3. This module requires Ultra 5/10 OBP ~3.19v4. 4. This module ships with System Boards 375-0079 and 375-0115. 5. OBP 3.25v2 fixes memory timing BuglD 4342398. References 1. Ultra 5 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0422. 2. Ultra 10 Setup and Installation Guide, 805-0424. Volume I ULTRASPARC-55 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 600MHz UltraSPARC III Module Sun Blade 1000 501-4999 4MB Cache Cheetah o o o 0 SRAM 0 0 []]I[IJ[]I[] I'M' l'r-r []]I[IJ[]I[] o o o SRAM 0 0 0 Notes 1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8. 1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module. 2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module. Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-6618. ULTRASPARC-56 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 750MHz UltraSPARC III Module Sun Blade 1000 501-5675 8MB Cache Cheetah o o o SRAM 0 0 0 DJI[IJOJI[] - o[( it ~ 5 h-r' f'l-( DJI[IJOJI[] o o o SRAM 0 0 0 Notes 1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8. 1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module. 2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module. Reference: Sun Blade tOOO Service Manual, 805-6618. Volume I ULTRASPARC-57 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 900MHz UltraSPARC III Module Sun Blade 1000 501-5770 8MB Cache Cheetah o o o SRAM 0 0 0 DJI[IJDJIOJ h-r l'rr' DJI[IJ[]IOJ u o o 0 SRAM 0 0 U Notes 1. The minimum Operating System is Solaris 8. 1. Use torque tool 340-6395 to install the module. 2. Torque tool 340-6395 is included with systems that use this module. Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-6618. ULTRASPARC-58 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS MEMORY 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Memory Memory Module Compatibility .............................................. 2 SBus Prestoserve ................................................................ . SBus 32MB NVRAM Board ................................................. . PCI 64MB NVRAM Board ................................................... . SPARCengine CP1500 Memory Board ................................ 6 7 9 10 NVSIMMs SS 1000 SC2000............................................................. SS10 SS20 ..................................................................... 11 12 DIMMs and SIMMs SS4 SS5 .......................................................................... SS20 .................................................................................. Ultra 1 ................................................................................ Ultra 2 ................................................................................ Ultra 5 Ultra 10 ............................................................... Ultra 30 Netra t 1100 ...................................................... Ultra 60 Enterprise 220R Netra t 1120/1125 ............... Ultra 80 Enterprise 420R Netra t 1400/1450 ............... Ultra 80 Memory Riser ...................................................... Sun Blade 100 ........................... ... .... ......... ... .... .... ............. Sun Blade 1000 ........................... ..... ......... .......... .............. Enterprise 250 ................................................................... Ultra Enterprise 450 ....................................... Ultra 450 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000..................................... E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500..................................... E10000 .............................................................................. E10000 Memory Board ..................................................... 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 26 27 28 Peripheral SIMMs RSM Array 2000 ................................................................ StorEdge A3000/A3500/A3500FC .................................... StorEdge A 1000 ................................................................ 29 29 30 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION Memory Module Compatibility An x indicates the Memory Module was installed at the factory or included in a memory expansion option. An s indicates the Memory Module was tested and is supported in other systems. JavaStation JJ and JavaStation JK Memory Modules SIZE SPEED PINS PART# JavaStation JJ-xx DESCRIPTION JavaStation JK-xx x x x x 4MB 150ns 80 501-4733 SIMM 8MB 150ns 80 501-4732 SIMM 16MB 60ns 168 501-4637 SIMM 32MB SIMM 60ns 168 501-4639 4MB 150ns 80 501-4733 Flash SIMM 8MB 150ns 80 501-4732 Flash SIMM 16MB 60ns 168 501-4637 DIMM 32MB DIMM 60ns 168 501-4639 x x x x Sun-4m DIMMs SIZE 8MB 16MB 16MB 16MB 32MB 32MB 64MIj 64MB 64MB SPEED PINS PART# SS4 SS5 60ns 80ns 80ns 60ns 60ns 60ns 168 200 200 200 168 200 501-2470 x x 501-1785 501-2273 501-2479 501-2471 501-2622 80ns 200 501-1930 60ns 200 501-2480 60ns 200 501-2771 x SS10 SS20 x x x x x x x x x x* * For Sun internal use only. Sun-4d and Sun-4d6 DIMMs SIZE 8MB 32MB 8MB 32MB PINS PART# SS1000 SC2000 68 68 501-1817 x x x x Unknown Unknown MEMORY-2 501-2196 370-2746 370-2747 CS6400 X X Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Memory Module Compatibility Sun-4u DIMMs MB NS PIN 16 32 64 64 128 256 256 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 PART# 501-2479 501-2622 501-2480 501-5691 501-3136 501-4743 501-5896 U1 U1 U2 U30 U60 U80 E450 E250 A11 A12 A14 A16 A23 A27 A20 A26 A25 x x x x x t x x x x x t x x x x x t x x x x x t x x x x x :j: x x * x x x x x x x x x x x t * Not supported. May cause correctable ECC errors. t The memory controller does not support 256MB DIMMs. t aBP limits the bank address size to .5GB. Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued MB NS PIN 16 32 64 128 256 32 64 128 256 60 60 60 60 60 50 50 50 50 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 U5 U10 PART# A21 A22 370-3211 x x 370-3198 x x x 370-3199 x 370-3200 x x * 370-3201 x 370-3796 xt xt 370-3797 xt xt 370-3798 xt xt 370-3799 x*t xt * The chassis does not support 256MB DIMMs. t The SOns DIMMs are sold in the Ultra 5/10 :2:360MHz 24-Bit PGX. Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued SIZE SPEED PINS PART# 8MB 32MB 60ns 60ns 168 501-2652 501-2653 128MB 256MB 60ns 60ns Volume I 168 168 168 501-2654 501-5658 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x MEMORY-3 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Memory Module Compatibility Sun-4u DIMMs - Continued SIZE SPEED PINS PART# NeIra 11 AC/DC200 256MB 370-4237 X 512MB 370-4281 x SunBlade 100 SunBlade 1000 128MB 10ns 168 370-4149 X 256MB 10ns 168 370-4150 x 512MB 10ns 168 370-4151 X 128MB 7ns 232 501-4489 x 256MB 7ns 232 501-5401 X 512MB 7ns 232 501-5030 1GB 7ns 232 501-5031 X Sun-4u1 DIMMs SIZE SPEED PINS PART# E10000 SYSTEM BD 8MB 70ns 80 100-5677 32MB 60ns 168 501-2653 X 128MB 60ns 168 501-2654 X MEMORY-4 E10000 CONTROL BD X Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Memory Module Compatibility Miscellaneous Memory Modules SIZE PINS PART# A3000 A3500 A1000 8MB 32MB 4MB 4MB 4MB 72 72 370-2438 370-2439 72 72 72 None None x 8MB 32MB 128MB 72 168 168 None None x 64MB 128MB 16MB 64MB 168 370-3800 168 370-3801 None 144 72 T3 SunPCi L1000 L11000 SRC/P x x x x* xt None None HSI/P x x None x x xt § * Tin plated SIMM and gold socket on 370-2728-01. t Gold plated SIMM and gold socket on 370-2728-02. t ATL part number 6220340. § OPT part number OM4050-64. A OM4050-16 is available from OPT. Volume I MEMORY-5 CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Prestoserve 8un-4/15/30/50/75 884 885 8810 8820 88600 A11 A12 A14 Option 1021 370-1401 SBus Connector Software Compatibility OS 4.1.1 4.1.2 4.1.3 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.5.1 PRESTOSERVE 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2 2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2 2.4/2.4.1/2.4.2 2.412.4.1/2.4.2 2.4.2 2.4.2 F2 -D- 1/16A Fuses F1 BATTERY 2 3.5Vdc 750mAH -D- BATTERY 1 SW1 1=I BAT +5V· SW2 CACHE STATUS BUTTON E1 . LED1 C 3.5Vdc 750mAH L-_....l ON = CACHE DATA OFF= NO DATA Notes 1. Set SW1 to BAT when the board is installed. Software will not initialize Prestoserve unless battery backup is enabled. 2. Set SW1 to +5V when the board is removed and cache data does not need saving. 3. Cache is cleared when SW1 is set to +5V for more than five minutes. 4. Do NOT accelerate the root file system. 5. Install Patch 101714-01 for Prestoserve 2.4 and 2.4.1. 6. The Prestoserve hardware design is not compatible with 64-bit DVMA. Disable 64-bit DVMA when Prestoserve is used with Ultra 1 Model 170E, Ultra 2, and SunSwift. Refer to BuglD 1224649. Add the following to /etc/system: set fas:fas_enable_sbus64 = 0 References 1. Prestoserve User's Manual, 800-6396-12 2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10. MEMORY-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 32MB NVRAM Board A14 Option 1075 375-0012 Micro Memory MM-1360C 32MB ECC 64-Bit SBus Connector ~ LED 00 0 l BATIERY ENABLE JUMPERS In" Enabled / Out" Disabled Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. Device drivers for the NVRAM Board are in Netra NFS 1.2. 3. The 375-0012-02 fixes BuglD 4085112. 4. Use the nvadm -v command to display the board status bits. Battery OxOO Normal operation Battery Ox01 Battery 1 has open fuse or is not enabled Battery Ox02 Battery 1 has low voltage Battery Ox04 Battery 2 has open fuse or is not enabled Battery OxOS Battery 2 has low voltage Battery Ox10 Battery 3 has open fuse or is not enabled Battery Ox20 Battery 3 has low voltage Dirty Bit OxOO No valid data is present (Cache Data LED if Off) Dirty Bit Ox01 Valid data is present and the cache is dirty (Cache Data LED is On) Reference: Installation and User's Guide, 805-1378-10. Volume I MEMORY-7 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION 32MB NVRAM Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Options 6738 6745 375-0087 Micro Memory MM-1360C 32MB ECC 64-Bit SBus Connector 00 I ~ LE~ 0 I 00 BATTERY ENABLE JUMPERS In = Enabled / Out = Disabled 00 I Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. Solaris 7 requires Fast Write Cache :2:1.2. 3. Two boards are included with Options 6738 and 6745. 4. Two boards per system are required. 5. The 375-0087 is not compatible with Netra NFS. 6. The 375-0012-03 is not compatible with Netra NFS. References 1. Installation and User's Guide, 805-7709-10. 2. Fast Write Cache 2.0 Installation Guide, 806-4405-10 MEMORY-8 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 64MB NVRAM Board A23 A25 A26 A27 Option 6739 375-0086 64MB ECC 5V 64Bit 33M Hz [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J [:=J ~DD 0000 000 DD~ DD LJo1 ;J I Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. Two boards are included with Option 6739. 3. Two boards per system are required. Reference: Fast Write Cache 2.0 Installation Guide, 806-4405-10. Volume I MEMORY-9 9/18/00 CONFIGURATION SPARCengine CP1500 Memory Netra t1 100/105 Netra ct 400/800 370-4096 370-4155 SPARCengine CP1500 501-5209 256MB 256MB 128MB FRU 501-5210 501-5388 501-5359 64MB FRU 256MB FRU 512MB FRU 540-5358 64MB FRU 501-5210 540-4349 256MB FRU 501-5388 <12/99 370-4096 >12/99 540-4350 540-4547 512MB FRU 501-5359 256MB FRU 370-4155 ~------~I ~I______~ c=JD D Dc=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J c=J I II II II I I1-1-----,I 1-1-----,I 1-1-----,I 1-1-------,I I Notes. 1. Install the highest capacity memory board first. 2. The 370-4155 was sold for use in the Netra t1 100/105. 3. Up to four 370-4155 256MB Memory Boards can be installed. 4. Only one 370-4155 can be mixed with any other memory board. References 1. SPARCengine CP1500 OEM Technical Manual, 805-5871. 2. SPARCengine CP1500 Technical Reference Manual, 806-2104. MEMORY-10 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 1MB NVSIMM SS 1000 SC2000 Option 172 501-2197 8 DDD D 000 Battery Jumper Enabled o~ Disabled 10 010 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2 and Prestoserve 2.4.1. 2. The SS1000 supports two banks of four NVSIMMs. 3. The SC2000 supports one bank of eight NVSIMMs. 4. The Panasonic BR2330 Battery is not replaceable. 5. If Prestoserve 2.4.1 is installed on SS1000 or SC2000 systems, install Patch 101714-03 or remove the SUNWprsto package before upgrading to Solaris 2.4. 6. If Solaris 2.4 is installed, do not install Prestoserve 2.4.1 or Patch 101714-03 on SS1000 or SC2000 systems. References 1. Memory Module Installation Guide, 801-2030-11. 2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10. 3.2.4.1 Prestoserve Release Note, 801-4897-10. Volume I MEMORY-11 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 2MB NVSIMM SS10 SS20 Option 178 501-2001 8 JlOO1= 000000 0000 R3032 I II II II II I DDDD DDDDD L-----lil'--------' Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 2.2 and Prestoserve 2.4.1. 2. One NV81MM or one 8Bus Prestoserve is supported. 3. Install the NV81MM in 8810 connector J0301 or J0202. 4. Install the NV81MM in 8820 connector J030S or J0304. S. Install a shunt at J1001 to enable the battery backup mode. 6. The 8820 requires NV81MM ~S01-2001-02. 7. The Panasonic BR3032 Battery is not replaceable. References 1. SPARCstation 10 NVSIMM Installation, 801-3386-10. 2. Prestoserve User's Guide, 801-4896-10. 3.2.4.1 Prestoserve Release Note, 801-4897-10. MEMORY-12 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 SS4 SS5 Options 108 132 501-2470 501-2471 8MB 5.0V ECC 1Mx72 Fast Page 60ns DIMM Option 108 DDDD 32MB 5.0V ECC 4Mx66 Fast Page 60ns DIMM Option 132 DDDDD 168-Pin Memory Map SS4 SOCKET SS5S0CKET None J0403 None None J0402 J0401 J0400 DIMM7 OeOOOOOO - Offfffff DIMM6 OcOOOOOO - Odffffff DIMM5 OaOOOOOO - Obffffff DIMM4 08000000 - 09ffffff J0303 J0302 DIMM3 06000000 - 07ffffff DIMM2 04000000 - 05ffffff J0301 J0300 DIMM 1 02000000 - 03ffffff DIMMO 00000000 - 01ffffff J0305 J0304 J0303 J0302 J0301 DIMM ADDRESS RANGE Notes 1. Install the highest capacity DIMM in Slot 0 under Solaris 1.x. 2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in Bank O. 3. The SS4 and SS5 use a 66-bit parity protected memory subsystem. 4. If a memory error occurs and the DIMM location is not reported, use the MFAR (memory fault address register) value as the physical address of the memory error. References 1. SPARCstation 4 Service Manual, 802-1529-10. 2. SPARCstation 5 Service Manual, 801-6396-10. Volume I MEMORY-13 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SS20 501-2479 Options 116 132 164 501-2480 501-2622 16MB 5.0V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 116 64MB 5.0V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 132 32MB 5.0V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 164 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD 200-Pin Memory Map SOCKET DIMM* J0201 J0202 J0203 J0301 J0302 J0303 J0304 J0305 DIMMO DIMM 1 DIMM2 DIMM3 DIMM4 DIMM5 DIMM6 DIMM7 DIMM t DIMMO DIMM2 DIMM5 DIMM3 DIMM6 DIMM 1 DIMM7 DIMM4 ADDRESS RANGE BANK Bank 0 Bank 2 Bank 5 Bank 3 Bank 6 Bank 1 Bank 7 Bank 4 00000000 - 03ffffff 08000000 - Obffffff 14000000 - 17ffffff OcOOOOOO - Offfffff 18000000 - 1bffffff 04000000 - 07ffffff 1cOOOOOO - 1fffffff 10000000 - 13ffffff * This installation sequence does not match the bank order. * 8S20 Service PII'lanual, 801-6189-11. t This installation sequence matches the bank order. t SS20 DSIMM Installation, 801-6185-11. t SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. Notes 1. The 32MB DIMM is not supported in the SS1 0 or SS1 OSX. 2. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in Bank O. 3. Install Solaris 2.3 Patch ~1 01318-34 when: One 32MB DIMM is mixed with seven 16 or 64MB DIMMs. Two 32MB DIMMs are mixed with five or more 16 or 64MB DIMMs. Three 32MB DIMMs are mixed with three or more 16 or 64MB DIMMs. Four 32MB DIMMs are mixed with one or more 16, 32, or 64MB DIMMs. 4. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory. MEMORY-14 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 1 Options 7001 501-2479 501-2480 16MB 5V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7001 64MB 5V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7003 7002 7003 7004 7043 501-2622 501-3136 501-5691 32MB 5V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7002 128MB 5V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7004 64MB 5V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7043 DDD DDD DDDODDD DDD DDD ,. 200-Pin Memory Map SOCKET BANK U0604 U0704 U0603 U0703 U0602 U0702 U0601 U0701 Bank 3 Bank 3 Bank 2 Bank 2 Bank 1 Bank 1 Bank 0 BankO BYTE 16 00 16 00 16 00 16 00 - 31 - 15 - 31 - 15 - 31 - 15 - 31 - 15 BITS ADDRESS RANGE 128 - 255 000 - 127 128 - 255 000 - 127 128 - 255 000 - 127 128 - 255 000 - 127 30000000 - 3fffffff 30000000 - 3fffffff 20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000 - 2fffffff 10000000 - 1fffffff 10000000 - 1fffffff 00000000 - Offfffff 00000000 - Offfffff Notes 1. Each bank requires two DIMMs. 2. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in Bank O. 3. DIMMs can be installed in Bank 1, Bank 2, or Bank 3 in any order. 4. Each bank addresses 256MB of memory. Unused memory is mapped out by the memory management hardware. References 1. Sun Ultra 1 Series Service Manual, 802-3819-10. 2. Sun Ultra 1 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-4148-10. Volume I MEMORY-15 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Ultra 2 Options 7001 501-2479 501-2480 16MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7001 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7003 7002 7003 7004 7043 501-2622 501-3136 501-5691 32MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7002 128MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7004 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD 200-Pin Memory Map SOGKET GROUP BANK ADDRESS RANGE WORD U0604 U0704 U0404 U0504 U0603 U0703 U0403 U0503 U0602 U0702 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 3 Group 2 Group 2 Group 2 Group 2 Group 1 Group 1 Bank 1 Bank 1 BankO BankO Bank 1 Bank 1 BankO BankO Bank 1 Bank 1 60000000 - 7fffffff 60000000 - 7fffffff 60000000 - 7fffffff 60000000 - 7fffffff 40000000 - 5fffffff 40000000 - 5fffffff 40000000 - 5fffffff 40000000 - 5fffffff 20000000 - 3fffffff 20000000 - 3fffffff 2nd Obi 2nd Obi 1st Obi 1st Obi 2nd Obi 2nd Obi 1st Obi 1st Obi 2nd Obi 2nd Obi l.nA'''') VV'-tVL r' ............... ... \,,:;uuUIJ I Ualll'\U U0502 U0601 U0701 U0401 U0501 Group Group Group Group Group BankO Bank 1 Bank 1 BankO BankO 1 0 0 0 0 D ........ I'" 1'\ BYTE 16-31 00-15 16-31 00-15 16-31 00-15 16-31 00-15 16-31 00-15 16-31 20000000 - 3fffffff I~l nI-l UUI 1st Obi 00-15 20000000 - 3fffffff 00000000 - 1fffffff 2nd Obi 16-31 00000000 - 1fffffff 2nd Obi 00-15 00000000 - 1fffffff 1st Obi 16-31 00000000 - 1fffffff 1st Obi 00-15 .. _.I. Notes 1. Two pair of OIMMs form a group of four OIMMs. 2. All four OIMMs within a group must be the same size. 3. The minimum memory requirement is four OIMMs in Group O. 4. OIMMs can be installed in Group 1, Group 2, or Group 3 in any order. 5. Each group addresses 512MB of memory. Unused memory is mapped out by the memory management hardware. Reference: Ultra 2 Creator Series Service Manual, 802-2561-10 MEMORY-16 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 5 Ultra 10 Options 7030 7031 7032 7033 370-3211 370-3198 370-3199 32MB 3.3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7030 16MB 3.3V EGG 60ns DIMM No Option 7036 7037 7038 7039 370-3200 370-3201 128MB 3.3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7032 64MB 3.3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7031 370-3796 370-3797 32MB 3.3V EGG 50ns DIMM Option 7036 64MB 3.3V EGG 50ns DIMM Option 7037 256MB 3.3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7033 370-3798 370-3799 128MB 3.3V EGG 50ns DIMM Option 7038 256MB 3.3V EGG 50ns DIMM Option 7039 DDDDD DDDD Memory Map SOGKET BANK DIMM 1 DIMM2 DIMM3 DIMM4 BankO BankO Bank 1 Bank 1 ADDRESS RANGE 00000000 00000000 10000000 10000000 - Offfffff - Offfffff - 1fffffff - 1fffffff ADDRESS RANGE 20000000 20000000 30000000 30000000 - 2fffffff - 2fffffff - 3fffffff - 3fffffff Notes 1. The minimum memory requirement is two DIMMs in any bank. 2. The 16MB DIMM uses 1O-bit column addressing and was not sold. 3. The 32, 64, 128, and 256MB DIMMs use 11-bit column addressing. 4. If 1O-bit and 11-bit DIMMs are mixed, either pair will be ignored. 5. The 256MB DIMMs are not supported in the Ultra 5. 6. Memory speed is 60ns if 50ns and 60ns DIMMs are mixed. 7. UltraSPARC IIi speeds ;::360MHz support 50ns memory speed. 8. Boards 375-0066, 375-0079, and 375-0115 support 50ns memory. 9. OBP ;::3.25v3 is required when DIMMs manufactured by Micron are installed with 360M Hz, 400MHz, or 440MHz CPU modules. References 1. Sun Ultra 1. Sun Ultra 2. Sun Ultra 3. Sun Ultra 4. Sun Ultra 5. Sun Ultra 6. Sun Ultra Volume I 5/10 Service Manual, 805-0423-10. 5 Service Manual, 805-7763. 10 Service Manual, 805-7764. 5/10 Product Note, 805-3647-10. 5/10 Product Note, 805-4970-10. 5 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5753. 10 ShowMe How CD-ROM, 704-5983. MEMORY-17 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Ultra 30 Netra t 1100 Options 7001 501-2479 501-2480 7002 7003 7004 7043 501-2622 501-3136 501-5691 16MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7001 32MB5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7002 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7003 128MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7004 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD l' 200-Pin ,.. Memory Map SOGKET QUAD PAIR U1004 Quad 3 U0904 U0804 U0704 U1003 Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad 3 3 3 2 2 Pair 1 Pair 1 Pair 0 Pair 0 Pair 1 Pair 1 Quad 2 Quad 2 Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad Quad U0903 U0803 U0703 U1002 U0902 U0802 U0702 U1001 U0901 U0801 U0701 1 1 1 1 0 0 Quad 0 Quad 0 PAIR ADDRESS 70000000 70000000 60000000 60000000 SOOOOOOO - 7fffffff - 7fffffff - 6fffffff - 6fffffff - Sfffffff QUAD ADDRESS 60000000 - 7fffffff - 7fffffff - 7fffffff - 7fffffff - Sfffffff - Sfffffff Pair 0 Pair 0 60000000 60000000 60000000 40000000 SOOOOOOO - Sfffffff 40000000 40000000 - 4fffffff 40000000 40000000 - 4fffffff 40000000 Pair 1 Pair 1 Pair 0 Pair 0 Pair 1 30000000 - 3fffffff 20000000 30000000 - 3fffffff 20000000 20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000 20000000 - 2fffffff 20000000 10000000 - 1fffffff 00000000 - 3fffffff - 3fffffff - 3fffffff - 3fffffff - 1fffffff - Sfffffff - Sfffffff Pair 1 10000000 - 1fffffff 00000000 - 1fffffff Pair 0 00000000 - Offfffff 00000000 - 1fffffff Pair 0 00000000 - Offfffff 00000000 - 1fffffff Notes 1. Two DIMMs form a pair. Two pair of DIMMs form a quad. 2. The minimum requirement is two DIMMs in any adjacent pair. 3. DIMMs can be installed in any order of pairs. 4. Interleaving requires a fully populated quad. S. Each quad addresses up to S12MB of memory. Reference: Ultra 30 Service Manual, 802-7719. MEMORY-18 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION Ultra 60 501-2480 64MB S.OV EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7003 9/18/00 Enterprise 220R Netra t 1120/1125 Options 7002 7003 7004 7043 501-2622 501-3136 32MB S.OV EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7002 128MB S.OV EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7004 501-5691 64MB S.OV EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD 200-Pin Memory Map SOGKET U1004 U1003 U1002 U1001 U0904 U0903 U0902 BANK ADDRESS RANGE Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff Bank 3 aOOOOOOO - bfffffff U0901 U0804 Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff Bank 2 80000000 - 9fffffff Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff U0803 U0802 Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff U0801 U0704 Bank 1 20000000 - 3fffffff BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff U0703 U0702 U0701 BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff BankO 00000000 - 1fffffff Notes 1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMS in any bank. 2. DIMMs can be installed in any bank order. 3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory. 4. Interleaving is not supported. References 1. Ultra 60 Service Manual, 805-1709-10. 2. BuglD 4091708 against the Ultra 60 Service Manual. Volume I MEMORY-19 9/18/00 Ultra 80 CONFIGURATIONS Enterprise 420R Netra t 1400/1405 Options 7043 7005 501-5691 501-4743 64MB 5.0V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 256MB 5.0V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7005 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD 200-Pin Memory Map RISER BOARD SYSTEM BOARD BANK ADDRESS 0000 0000 - 3fff ffff U1301 U1302 a a a a 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff U1401 1 1 1 U0301 U0302 U0401 U0402 U1402 U0303 U0304 U1303 U1304 U0403 U0404 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 U1403 3 U1404 3 0000 0000 - 3fff ffff 0000 0000 - 3fff ffff 0000 0000 - 3fff ffff 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff 8000 0000 - bfff ffff 8000 0000 - bfff ffff 8000 0000 - bfff ffff 8000 0000 - bfff ffff cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff cOO a 0000 - ffff ffff cOOO 0000 - ffff ffff Notes 1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any bank. 2. DIMMs are required on both the Riser Board and the System Board. 3. The recommended installation sequence is Bank 0, 2, 1, 3. 4. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory. 5. 64MB DIMM 501-2480 and 128MB DIMM 501-3136 are not supported. 6. 16MB and 32MB DIMMs are not sold for the Ultra 80. Reference: Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618. MEMORY-20 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 80 Memory Riser Ultra 80 Enterprise 420R Netra t 1400/1405 501-5218 OMB FRU U0403 BANK 3 cOOO 0000 - 7ffff fffl U0403 BANK 3 cOOO 0000 - 7ffff ffff U0402 BANK 1 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff U0401 BANK 1 4000 0000 - 7fff ftft U0304 BANK 2 8000 0000 - bfff fffl U0303 BANK2 8000 0000 - bfff fffl U0302 BANKO 0000 0000 - 31ft fffl U0301 BANKO 0000 0000 - 3fff ftft J1601 J1501 Mictor Connector Mictor Connector Notes 1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any bank. 2. The recommended installation sequence is Bank 0, 2, 1, 3. 3. DIMMs are required on both the Riser Board and the System Board. 4. Memory is 2-way interleaved when the same size DIMMs are installed in Banks 0 and 1. 5. Memory is 4-way interleaved when the same size DIMMs are installed in Banks 0, 1, 2, and 3. 6. Damage to the Mictor Connectors can occur if DIMMs are installed or removed when the Riser Board is installed on the System Board. 7. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory Torque Requirements 1. Use torque tool 340-6091 to install the memory riser board. 2. Tool 340-6091 is included with systems that use the memory riser board. 3. A torque driver set to 4.0 - 4.5 in/lbs with a #2 Square Drive bit may be used to install the memory riser board. References 1. Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618. 2. Ultra 80 Product Note, 806-1457. 3. Memory Riser Assembly Damage Caution, 806-2892. Volume I MEMORY-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Sun Blade 100 Options 6691 6692 370-4149 370-4150 128MB 3.3V EGG 10ns SDRAM DIMM Option 6691 256MB 3.3V EGG 10ns SDRAM DIMM Option 6692 6693 370-4151 512MB 3.3V EGG 10ns SDRAM DIMM Option 6693 DDDDD DDDD Memory Map U5 DIMM 3 60000000-7fffffff or cOOOOOOO-ffffffff U4 DIMM 2 40000000-5fffffff or 80000000-bfffffff U3 DIMM 1 20000000-3fffffff or 40000000-7fffffff U2 DIMM 0 00000000-1 fffffff or 00000000-3fffffff Notes 1. The minimum memory requirement is one DIMM in U2. 2. The memory installation sequence is U2, U3, U4, and U5. 3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory with 500MHz UltraSPARC. 4. Each bank addresses 1GB of memory with ~550MHz UltraSPARC. Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416. MEMORY-22 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Sun Blade 1000 Options 7050 7052 501-4489 501-5031 128MB 3.3V EGG 7ns SDRAM DIMM Option 7050 1GB 3.3V EGG 7ns SDRAM DIMM Option 7052 7053 501-5401 256MB 3.3V EGG 7ns SDRAM DIMM Option 7053 DDDDD DDD DD 232-Pin Memory Map U0407 Group 1 Bank 1/3 faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff U0406 Group 0 Bank 0/2 00000000 - f9ffffff U0305 Group 1 Bank 1/3 faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff U0305 Group 0 Bank 0/2 00000000 - f9ffffff U0203 Group 1 Bank 1/3 faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff U0202 Group 0 Bank 0/2 00000000 - f9ffffff U0101 Group 1 Bank 1/3 faOOOOOO - 1f3ffffff U0100 Group 0 Bank 0/2 00000000 - f9ffffff Notes 1. The minimum requirement is four DIMMs in any Group. 2. DIMMs can be installed in any Group order. 3. Each Group addresses 4GB of memory. Reference: Sun Blade 1000 Service Manual, 805-4496. Volume I MEMORY-23 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Enterprise 250 Options 7001 501-2479 501-2480 16MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7001 7002 7003 7004 7043 501-2622 501-3136 501-5691 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7003 32MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7002 128MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7004 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 DOD DOD 0000000 DOD DOD 1 200-Pin ,.. Memory Map SOGKET LABEL BANK DIMM# ADDRESS 3 U0704 0 0 0 0 3 dimm@O,O 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff dimm@0,1 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff U1003 B 2 dimm@0,2 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff U0903 B 2 U0803 B 2 dimm@0,3 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff dimm@O,O 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff U0703 B 2 U1002 C C C C A A A A 1 U1004 U0904 U0804 U0902 U0802 U0702 U1001 U0901 U0801 U0701 3 3 1 1 1 0 dimm@0,2 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff dimm@0,3 6000 0000 - 7fff ffff dimm@0,1 4000 0000 - 5fff ffff dimm@0,2 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff dimm@0,3 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff rlill"'V'll"V'l un (\ f\ 1')(",,, "''''f\ 0":" "'" ,c;.vvv VVVU - viii IIII UIIIIIII~V,V dimm@0,1 2000 0000 - 3fff ffff dimm@0,2 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff 0 dimm@0,3 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff dimm@O,O 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff 0 dimm@0,1 0000 0000 - 1fff ffff 0 Notes 1. Four DIMMs of the same size form a bank. 2. The recommended installation sequence is Bank A, B, C, D. 3. Each bank addresses 512MB of memory. References 1. Enterprise 250 Owner's Guide, 805-5160. 2. Enterprise 250 ShowMe How, 724-2974. MEMORY-24 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 Ultra 450 Options 7002 501-2480 Ultra Enterprise 450 7003 7004 501-2622 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7003 32MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7002 7005 7043 501-3136 128MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7004 501-4743 501-5691 501-5896 256MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7005 64MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7043 256MB 5V EGG 60ns DIMM w GAL Option 7005 CJCJCJ CJCJCJ CJCJCJDCJCJCJ l'CJCJCJ CJCJCJ 200-Pin .... Memory Map SOCKET LABEL INSTALL BANK DIMM# ADDRESS U1604 D 4th 1 3 4000 0000 - 71ff ffff U1603 D 4th 1 2 4000 0000 - 71ff ffff U1602 0 4th 1 1 4000 0000 - 7fff ffff U1601 D 4th 1 0 4000 0000 - 71ff ffff cOOO 0000 - ffff Ifff U1804 B 2nd 3 3 U1803 B 2nd 3 2 cOOO 0000 - ffff Ifff U1802 B 2nd 3 1 cOOO 0000 - ffff IIff U1801 B 2nd 3 0 cOOO 0000 - flff ffff U1704 G 3rd 0 3 0000 0000 - 3fff fill U1703 G 3rd 0 2 0000 0000 - 31ff ffff U1702 G 3rd 0 1 0000 0000 - 31ff flff U1701 G 3rd 0 0000 0000 - 3fff ffff U1904 A 1st 0 2 3 8000 0000 - bfff ffff U1903 A 1st 2 2 8000 0000 - bfff ffff U1902 A 1st 2 1 8000 0000 - blff ffff U1901 A 1st 2 0 8000 0000 - blff ffff Notes 1. Four DIMMs of the same size form a bank. 2. The installation sequence is AAAA, BBBB, ecce, and DODD. 3. Use the setenv memory-interleave aBP command to set interleaving. 4. The smallest DIMM size is used and the remaining memory is lost if interleaving is enabled and the bank sizes are different. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Server Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10. 2. Ultra 450 Workstation Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10. Volume I MEMORY-25 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS E3000 E3S00 501-2652 8MB 3"3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7021 E4000 E4S00 E6000 E6S00 Options 7021 7022 7023 7026 501-2654 501-2653 32MB 3"3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7022 DDDD 168-Pin ESOOO ESSOO 128MB 3"3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7023 501-5658 256MB 3"3V EGG 60ns DIMM Option 7026 DDDDD Notes 1" Eight DIMMs form a bank" 2" All DIMMs within a bank must be the same size" 3" The first bank of memory can be either Bank 0 or Bank 1" 4" Install one bank on each CPU/Memory board before installing the second bank on any board" 5" Install the largest density banks first, then medium density banks, and finally the smallest density banks" 6" The 256MB DIMMs require aBP ~3"2"23" 7" The Solaris 2"5" 1 prtdiag command displays incorrect memory capacity" Install Patch 104595-1 0" 8. aBP 3"2v26 fixes 2GB memory bank BuglD 4323635" References 1" Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051-10" 2" Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845-10" 3" DIMM Installation Guide, 802-5032-14" MEMORY-26 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 E10000 Options 7022 7023 501-2653 501-2654 32MB 3.3V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7022 128MB 3.3V ECC 60ns DIMM Option 7023 DDDD DDDDD 168-Pin DIMM Installation MEMORY ASIC 0 MEMORY ASIC 1 #DIMMs BANKO BANK 2 BANK 1 BANK3 16 16 16 16 32 x x x x x x x x x x x x Notes 1. All DIMMs on the E10000 Memory Board must be the same size. 2. Memory Board configurations of 512MB or 1GB are supported using 32MB DIMMs. Configurations of 768MB are not supported. 3. Memory Board configurations of 2GB or 4GB are supported using 128MB DIMMs. Configurations of 3GB are not supported. Reference Ultra Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311. Volume I MEMORY-27 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS E10000 Memory Board Option 7025 501-4351 501-4776 OMS FRU MM37 BANK 3 DIMM7 MM17 BANK 1 DIMM7 MM36 BANK 3 DIMM6 MM16 BANK 1 DIMM6 MM35 BANK 3 DIMM5 MM15 BANK 1 DIMM5 MM34 BANK 3 DIMM4 MM1 4 BANK 1 DIMM4 OMS FRU I (09 100) I Mezcon Connector I I I I I I (06 2 0) D D W0 I MM2 7 I MMO 7 I MM2 6 I MMO 6 I MM25 I MMO 5 I MM24 I MMO 4 BANK 2 DIMM 7 BANKO DIMM7 BANK 2 DIMM 6 BANKO DIMM 6 BANK 2 DlMM 5 BANKO DIMM5 BANK 2 DIMM4 BANKO DIMM4 (01 I MM3 3 BANK 3 DIMM3 I MM1 3 BANK 1 DIMM3 2 BANK 3 DIMM2 2 BANK 1 DIMM2 1 BANK 3 DIMM1 1 BANK 1 DIMM1 0 BANK 3 DIMMO 0 BANK 1 DIMMO I MM3 I MM1 I MM3 I MM1 I MM3 I MM1 W 50) I MM2 I MMO I MM2 I MMO I MM2 I MMO I MM2 I MMO I I I I I I I I DD 3 BANK 2 DIMM 3 3 BANKO DIMM3 2 BANK 2 DIMM 2 2 BANKO DIMM2 1 BANK 2 DIMM 1 1 BANKO DIMM1 0 BANK 2 DIMMO 0 BANKO DIMMO I I I I I I I I Notes 1. Tighten the Mezcon Connector screws to 6 in/lb in the sequence shown. 2. All DIMMs on the Memory Board must be the same size. References 1. Enterprise 10000 Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311. 2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917. MEMORY-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATION 9/18/00 RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000 StorEdge A3500 StorEdge A3500FC Option 7020 370-2438 370-2439 8MB MPU SIMM No Option Number 32MB RPA SIMM Option 7020 8MB MPU SIMM 370-2438 ________________ ~ ~ D n 72_P;O'---'________________ ~ . ~ l 32MB RPA SIMM 370-2439 '-----II I I 1'-----1 DDDDDDDD 72·Pin Notes 1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory. 2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory. 3. Install 501-2439 in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank. 4. Install 501-2439 in SIMM-2 and SIMM·4 for RPA Low Bank. 5. Install 501-2438 in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM. 6. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs. 7. The 370-2438 or 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun part number. References 1. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602. 2. RSM Array 2000 Installation and System Manual, 802-7603. Volume I MEMORY-29 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS StorEdge A1000 Option 7040 No Sun Part Number 4MBMPU SIMM No Option Number No Sun Part Number 8MB MPU/RPA SIMM No Option Number 370-2439 32MB RPA SIMM Option 7040 Front View of 4MB MPU SIMM l:,.",11-------' _______________ ~ D -J"~ ________________ ~ Rear View of 4MB MPU SIMM '----_--"'. ~__~J Front View of 8MB MPU/RPA SIMM l".J'-------' D ... ~---------------~ ~--------------~ Rear View of 8MB MPU/RPA SIMM ~---,g___J FiOnt View of 32MB RPA Slivlivi 370-2439 DDDDDDDD 72-Pin Notes 1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory. 2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory. 3. Install 8MB or 32MB SIMMs in RPA slots SIMM-1 and SIMM-2. 4. Install 4MB or 8MB SIMMs in MPU slots SIMM-3 and SIMM-4. Reference A 1000 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 805-2624-10. MEMORY-30 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS GRAPHICS 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Graphics SBus MG1 ................................................................................... MG2 ................................................................................... CG3 ................................................................................... GX ..................................................................................... GXplus ............................................................................... ZX ...................................................................................... TurboZX ............................................................................ VideoPix ............................................................................ SunVideo ........................................................................... TurboGX ............................................................................ TurboGXplus ..................................................................... 3 4 6 9 10 11 14 18 19 21 23 SS4 1MB Video SIMM .......................................................... SS5 S24 ............................................................................... 25 26 SS20 Auxiliary Video Board .................. ........ ....................... SS20 CG14 .......................................................................... 27 28 UPA Bus Elite3D Creator Series 1 Creator3D Series 1 Creator Series 2 Creator3D Series 2 Creator Series 3 Creator3D Series 3 AFB ............................................ FFB ............................................ FFB ............................................ FFB2 .......................................... FFB2 .......................................... FFB2+ ........................................ FFB2+ ........................................ 30 38 40 43 44 46 47 PCI PGX ................................................................................... PGX32 ............................................................................... SunVideo Plus ................................................................... Expert 3D .......................................................................... 49 50 51 52 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 This page intentionally left blank. GRAPHICS-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS MG1 1-Bit ECl Monochrome Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 Sun-4/E SS10 SS600 SC2000 501-1419 501-8043 SS20 w 4/E Backpanel SBus Connector JMP4 JMP4 In =1600 x 1280 ~ JMP4 Out = 1152 x 900 0 JMP4 Out = Auto select DB9 Screen Resolutions 1152 x 900 1600 x 1280 61.8KHz 66Hz 89.0KHz 66Hz UNIX 10: /dev/bwtwoO Power: 1.3 Amps @ +5Vdc 6.5 Watts Note: The final software release is Solaris 2.6 Volume I GRAPHICS-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 MG2 1-Bit Analog Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 501-1455 501-8062 W 4/E Backpanel SBus Connector JMP5 ~ r:::=:l JMP5 In = 27C256 EPROM ~ JMP5 Out = 27C64 EPROM B DB13W3 Screen Resolution 1152 x 900 61.8KHz 66Hz UNIX 10: /dev/bwtwoO Power: 0.4 Amps 2.0 Watts @ +5Vdc Note 1. The final software release isSolaris 2.6. 2. The MG2 Frame Buffer produces a 1-bit Analog output. GRAPHICS-4 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 MG2 1-Bit Analog Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 501-8077 501-1561 SS20 SS600 W 4/E Backpanel SBus Connector DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 1152 x 900 1152 x 900 'Default 61.8KHz 66Hz 71.7KHz 76Hz' UNIX ID: /dev/bwtwoO Power: 0.3 Amps 1.6 Watts @ +5Vdc Note 1. The final software release is Solaris 2.6. 2. The MG2 Frame Buffer produces a 1-bit Analog output. Volume I GRAPHICS-5 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS CG3 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 501-1415 501-8044 FAB 270-1415 W SS20 4/E Backpanel I SBus Connector BDD FcodeD DB13W3 Screen Resolution 1152 x 900 61.8KHz 66Hz UNIX 10: /dev/cgthreeO Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc 3.5 Watts GRAPHICS-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS CG3 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 501-1718 501-1909 FAB 270-1415 FAB 270-1909 I SBus Connector 192 .94 MHz 1 SS20 1 105 .5 MHz 1 D D FcodeD DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 1152 x 900 1152 x 900 'Default 61.8KHz 66Hz 71.7KHz 76Hz' UNIX 10: /dev/cgthreeO Power: 1.1 Amps 5.5 Watts Volume I @ +5Vdc GRAPHICS-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 CG3 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer SS5 501-2691 I SBus Connector D D I S4.375MHz I EJ FcodeD DB13W3 Screen Resolution 1024 x 768 x 77Hz UNIX ID: /dev/cgthreeO Power: 0.7 Amps 3.5 Watts GRAPHICS-8 @ +5Vdc Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS GX 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 8810 8820 88600 881000 8C2000 501-1672 501-1996 w/o 340·2348 SBus Connector 105 5 . 1 1 MHz 94 1 192.MHz DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 1152 x 900 1152 x 900 'Default 61.8KHz 66Hz 71.7KHz 76Hz' UNIX ID: /dev/cgsixO Power: 1.0 Amps 5.0 Watts Volume I @ +5Vdc GRAPHIC8-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 GXplus 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS 1000 SC2000 501-1717 501-2018 501-2039 wlo 340-2349 J1 SBus Connector J2 SBus Connector 92.94 MHz LSC 92.94 MHz ~ ~ f105.5l ~ I II FCod, MMDAC I DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 1152 x 900 61.8KHz 66Hz 1152 x 900 71.7KHz 76Hz 1024 x 800 71.7KHz 85Hz 1280 x 1024 71.7KHz 67Hz' 'Default UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO Power: 2.5 Amps 12.5 Watts @ +5Vdc Reference: GXplus Installation Guide, 800-5940-10. GRAPHICS-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS ZX 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS 1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 Option 1094 501-1845 501-1843 501-1844 Sun-4/15/30/75 2 Board Set w/o 340-2349 Upper Board Lower Board 501-1845 Rear View Ii SBus Connector "I SBus Connector 501-1845 Front View without Backpanel lliJ2 II \ !! 501-1845 Front View with Backpanel D @ '-1 _ _-->\ FILLER PANEL 340-2851 STEREO DB13W3 501-1845 with Backpanel and Upper Backpanel 340-2349 FILLER PANEL 340-2851 STEREO DB13W3 UNIX 10: /dev/leoO Power: Volume I 6_8 Amps 34.0 Watts @ +5Vdc GRAPHICS-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 ZX Upper Board 501-1843 Bottom Side P0201 D D D D D D P1501 P1502 DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 640 x 480 77U 960 960 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 x brb x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 GRAPHICS-12 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 60Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS ZX Lower Board 501-1844 Bottom Side SBus Connector SBus Connector D D D D D Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2. 2. The GT/ZX Supplement to Solaris 2.2 is recommended. 3. The final software release is Solaris 2.6. 4. The ZX Graphics Accelerator uses the /opt/SUNWleo device driver. 5. Standoff 240-2716 and Screw 240-2102 fasten the boards together. 6. The Sun-4/15/30/75 requires three 250-1195-01 rubber bumpers. 7. The SC1 000 and SC2000 require three 240-2090-01 nylon screws. 8. The SC1 000 and SC2000 require three 240-2103-01 nylon standoffs. 9. The A 11 and A 12 require SBus Extender Cable 530-2290. 10. The A 11 and A 12 require Ferrite 150-2633 if the stereo output is used. Screen Resolution 1. The variable monitor_type is defined in /etC/init.d/leoconfig. 2. Make temporary changes to the screen resolution with the following command: letc/optlSUNWleo/binlleoconfig -M monitoctype. . 3. Make permanent changes to the screen resolution by removing the comment symbol # from the desired setting in /etc/init. Reference: ZX Graphics Accelerator Installation Manual, 800-7213-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 TurboZX 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer SS10 SS10SX SS20 Option 1096 501-2503 501-2502 501-2711 2 Board Set Upper Board Lower Board wlo 340-2349 501-2503 Rear View Ii II i SBus Connector SBus Connector 501-2503 Front View without Backpanel :1 , & \ II L#J 2 501-2503 Front View with Backpanel D FILLER PANEL 340-2851 @ ,-f_ _-J.\ STEREO DB13W3 501-2503 with Backpanel and Upper Backpanel 340-2349 ..r-' FILLER PANEL 340-2851 11..-., STEREO DB13W3 SS20 Cooling Systems manufactured prior to May 1995 require Left Vent 330-1661-02 and Right Vent 540-2548-02. 11111111111111111 ~~~~1~:~02 and 540-2548-02 11111111111111111 ~~~~1~:~-01 and 540-2548-01 GRAPHICS-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS TurboZX Upp er Board 501-2711 Bottom Side P0201 D D D ~[g] . - -____ P1500·1~ ~~~ D D D __________________ DB13W3 Screen Resolutions 60Hz 640 770 960 960 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 60Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz UNIX 10: /dev/leoO Volume I GRAPHICS-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 TurboZX Lower Board 501-2502 Bottom Side SBus Connector P0201 o SBus Connector I Flex Cable to Fan Card 00 o i\ioies 1. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101284-12. 2. Solaris 2.4 requires Patch 101921. 3. Solaris 2.4 with hyperSPARC requires Patch 101945. 4. The final software release is Solaris 2.6. 5. TurboZX was announced in May 1995 and discontinued in Nov 1995. 6. TurboZX uses the /opt/SUNWleo device driver. 7. Standoff 240-2716 and Screw 240-2102 fasten the boards together. 8. The SS10 and SS20 require two 501-2840 Fan Cards. Screen Resolution 1. The variable monitor_type is defined in letclinit.dlleoconfig. 2. Make temporary changes to the screen resolution with the following command: letc/optiSUNWleolbin/leoconfig -M monitoctype. 3. Make permanent changes to the screen resolution by removing the comment symbol # from the desired setting in /etc/init. Reference: TurboZX Installation Manual, 801-7829-10. GRAPHICS-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS TurboZX Fan Card 501-2840 SBU5 Connector P1 Flex Cable 530-2165 To Fan Card P1 Notes 1. The 8810 and 8820 require two 501-2840 Fan Cards. 2. Flex Cable 530-2165 provides additional power to the TurboZX. Reference: TurboZX Installation Manual, 801-7829-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 VideoPix Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 Option 218 501-1706 SS5 SS10 SS20 SBus Connector D o SELFTEST LED D PORT 2 PORii RCA JACK RCA JACK UNIX 10: /dev/vfcO Power: 1.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 5.0 Watts Notes 1. Video Pix is not supported in SunOS 4.1.3_U1 Version B. 2. Video Pix is not supported in SunOS 4.1.4. 3. Video Pix is not supported in Solaris 2.x. Reference: Using VideoPix, 800-5099-10. GRAPHICS-18 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunVideo Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600 A11 A12 A14 Option 1085 501-2232 SS 1OSX SBU5 Connector DD DD JALAPENO 100-3701-02/03 EJ 525-1356 FCode J0601 g J0201 D CL4000 B 100-3700-02/03/04 Pin-1 = Luminance Pin-2 = Chrominance Pin-3 :;; Luminance Rtn Pin-4 = Chrominance Rtn S-VIDEO IN VIDEO IN 1 LED g VIDEO IN 2 UNIX 10: /dev/rtvcO Power: 1.8 Amps @ +5Vdc 9.0 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Jalapeno revision 3 is not compatible with Solaris 2.3 SunOiag. Install Patch 101330-05. 3. The SUNWrtvc package is required. 4. The XIL runtime packages are required. 5. SunVideo input is NTSC or PAL format. 6. SunVideo uses the Philips square pixel decoder chip set. References 1. Sun Video User's Guide, 801-5179-10. 2. SunVideo User's Guide, 802-1318-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-19 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunVideo Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 A11 A12 A14 Option 1085 501-3019 SS10SX SBus Connector JALAPENO 100-3701-03 8 525-1440 DD DD FCode J0601 g J0201 0 CL4000 B Pin-1 Pin-2 Pin-3 Pin-4 ~ ~ ~ ~ 100-4456 Luminance Chrominance Luminance Rln Chrominance Rln LED I S-VIDEO IN VIDEO IN 1 g VIDEO IN 2 UNIX 10: /dev/rtvcO Power: 1.8 Amps 9.0 Watts @ +5Vdc Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Jalapeno revision 3 is not compatible with Solaris 2.3 SunOiag. Install Patch 101330-05. 3. The SUNWrtvc package is required. 4. The XIL runtime packages are required. 5. SunVideo input is NTSC or PAL format. 6. SunVideo uses the Philips square pixel decoder chip set. Reference: Sun Video User's Guide, 802-1318-10. GRAPHICS-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS TurboGX 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 S84 885 8810 8820 88600 881000 8C2000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 322 359 501-2325 SBus Connector TGXASIC Screen Resolutions 1024 1024 1152 1152 x x x x 768 768 900 900 48.2KHz 62.0KHz 61.8KHz 71.8KHz 60Hz 77Hz 66Hz 76Hz DB13W3 UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.0.3. 2. If multiple cards are installed, the minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.1. 3. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2. 4. The SS1, SS1 +, and IPC require OSP 2.x. 5. OSP 2.x for the SS1, SS1 +, and IPC requires SunOS 4.1.1. 6. The SS2 requires OSP ~2.4. References 1. TurboGX/TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10. 2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10. 3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. Volume I GRAPHIC8-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 TurboGX 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 322 359 7110 501-2922 SBus Connector TGXASIC Screen Resolutions 1024 1024 1152 1152 x x x x 768 768 900 900 48.2KHz 62.0KHz 61.8KHz 71.8KHz 60Hz 77Hz 66Hz 76Hz DB13W3 I UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.0.3. 2. If multiple cards are installed, the minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.1 . 3. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2. 4. The SS1, SS1 +, and IPC require OBP 2.x. 5. OBP 2.x for the SS1, SS1 +, and IPC requires SunOS 4.1.1. 6. The SS2 requires OBP ~2.4. References 1. TurboGXfTurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10. 2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10. 3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. GRAPHICS-22 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS TurboGXplus 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 367 501-2253 SBus Connector TGXASIC Screen Resolutions 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1600 x 768 x 768 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 x 1280 48.2KHz 62.0KHz 61.8KHz 71.8KHz 71.7KHz 81.1KHz 101.8KHz 66Hz 77Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 76Hz BT467 DB13W3 UNIX 10: /dev/cgsixO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1. 2. To test multiple cards with SunOiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2. 3. The 501-2253-05 is required to support 1600x1280x76. 4. The SS2 requires OBP ~2.4. References 1. TurboGXlTurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10. 2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10. 3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-23 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 TurboGXplus 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 367 3655 501-2955 SBus Connector TGXASIC Screen Resolutions 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1600 x 768 x 768 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 x 1280 48.2KHz 62.0KHz 61.8KHz 71.8KHz 71.7KHz 81.1KHz 101.8KHz 60Hz 77Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 76Hz BT467 DB13W3 I UNIX ID: /dev/cgsixO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1. 2. To test multiple cards with SunDiag, 4.1.1 requires 4.1.1 GFX Rev 2. 3. The 501-2955 is not compatible with the SS5 on Solaris 1.x. 4. The SS2 requires OSP 22.4. References 1. TurboGX/TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 801-5399-10. 2. TurboGXplus Hardware Installation Guide, 800-7579-10. 3. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. GRAPHICS-24 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 1MB Video SIMM SS4 Option 102 501-2576 168-Pin UNIX 10: /dev/txcO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.4 Hardware: 11 /94. 2. Video memory without the VSIMM installed is 1MB. 3. Video memory with the VSIMM installed is 2MB. 4. The VSIMM adds support for 1280 x 1024 resolution. Reference: SPARCstation 4 VSIMM Installation Guide, 802-1898. Volume I GRAPHICS-25 CONFIGU RATIONS 9/18/00 824 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer SS5 Options 323 324 501-2337 AFXbus Connector D D D FCode D D D D n D b,-I__ _---'I DB_13_W_3 J 1152 x 900 Maximum Resolution UNIX 10: /dev/tcxO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 8/94. 2. Solaris 2.3 HW: 8/94 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101863-02. 3. Solaris 2.4 HW: 11/94 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101923-05. 4. Solaris 2.4 HW: 3/95 on the Model 110 requires Patch 101923-05. 5. The S24 uses the backpanel opening for SBus Slot 3. Reference: 824 Frame Buffer Installation Manual, 801-5519-10. GRAPHICS-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Auxiliary Video Board SS10SX SS20 Options 325 326 327 345 346 501-2488 501-2020 SS10SX SS20 83.8 mm x 98.4 mm 83.8 mm x 95.6 mm 347 Screen Resolutions 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1600 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1280 60Hz 60Hz 70Hz 84Hz 66Hz 76Hz 66Hz 66Hz DB13W3 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10. 3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX. 4. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed. 5. Install the second VSIMM in J0202 on the SS1 OSX CPU. 6. Install the second VSIMM in J0406 on the SS20 CPU. 7. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory. 8. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions. References 1. SPARCstation 10SX VSIMMs Installation, 801-2535-10. 2. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10. 3. SS10SX System Configuration Guide, 801-5498-10. 4. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-2661-10. 6. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 7. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 CG14 4MB 60ns 24-Bit VSIMM SS20 Options 325 327 501-2481 D DDD DDD DD DDD DD DDD Screen Resolutions 1024 x 768 60Hz 60Hz 1024 x 768 1024 x 768 70Hz 84Hz 1024 x 800 1152 x 900 66Hz 1152 x 900 76Hz 1280 x 1024 66Hz 1600 x 1280 67Hz UNIX 10: /dev/cgfourteenO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10. 3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX. 4. Install the first VSIMM in J0407 and the second VSIMM in J0406. 5. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed. 6. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory. 7. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions. References 1. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10. 2. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. GRAPHICS-28 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS CG14 8MB 60ns 24-Bit VSIMM SS20 Option 326 501-2482 DDD DDD DDD ODD DDD DD DDD DDD DD DDD DD DDD Screen Resolutions 1024 x 768 60Hz 60Hz 1024 x 768 70Hz 1024 x 768 1024 x 800 84Hz 66Hz 1152 x 900 1152 x 900 76Hz 1280 x 1024 66Hz 1600 x 1280 66Hz UNIX 10: /dev/cgfourteenO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires the Solaris 2.3 Supplement CO, 704-4195-10. 3. Solaris 2.6 does not support XIL compute acceleration for the SX. 4. Install the first VSIMM in J0407 and the second VSIMM in J0406. 5. The Auxiliary Video Board is required if two VSIMMs are installed. 6. Use the sxconfig (1 M) command to configure contiguous memory. 7. Use the cg14config (1 M) command to change resolutions. References 1. SPARCstation 20 VSIMMs Installation, 801-6185-10. 2. SS10SX and SS20 System Configuration Guide, 801-7287-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Elite30-m3 Elite30-m6 AFB Series 1 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A22 A23 A27 Options 3664 3665 501-5268 501-5201 501-4860 Elite3D-m3/FRU Elite3D-m3/FRU Elite3D-m3/FRU 540-3623 540-3902 501-5058 Elite3D-m6/FRU 501-4860 + 501-5058 Elite3D-m6/FRU 501-5201 + 501-5058 Daughter Board Elite3D-m3 I 501-5484 Elite3D-m3 FLOAT Daughter Board I I Fg FLOAT ,-: I I FLOAT ' , I '-' .,g. :~: EJ '5' 'u' tI ' to Daughter Board D , FLOAT I : .: to Elite3D-m3 D E]E] D D D EJ D 0 0 Ribbon Cable Assembly 530-2672 DB13W3 VIDEO DIN7 STEREO Screen Resolutions 640 i640 i768 5960 5960 1024 1024 1024 x x x x x x x x 480 60Hz 480 60Hz 575 50Hz 680 108Hz 680 112Hz 768 77Hz 768 75Hz 768 70Hz GRAPHICS-30 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1280 1280 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 800 x1024 x 1024 x 1024 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz 60Hz ~TI~ ~TI~ DB9 SERIAL DB9 SERIAL Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4860 501-5268 501-5201 501-5484 540-3902 501-5058 540-3623 Operating System Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The E/ite3o Supplemental CO for Solaris 2.5.1 is required. 3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98. Board Notes 1. Do NOT assemble or disassemble an Elite3D-m6. The Mictor connector can be damaged during assembly and disassembly. 2. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3623 includes 501-4860 and 501-5058. 3. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3902 includes 501-5201 and 501-5058. 4. Elite3D-m3 501-5484 includes 501-5201 and barcode label 262-5463. 5. Elite3D-m3 501-5268 includes 501-4860 and barcode label 262-5565. Compatibility Notes 1. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :<;;501-4379-05. 2. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :<;;501-5040-02. References 1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages. 2. Elite30 Installation Guide, 805-4391-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Elite3D-m3 Elite3D-m6 AFB Series 2 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A22 A23 A27 Options 3677 3679 501-5575 540-4313 501-5574 Elite3D-m3/FRU Elite3D-m3 Elite3D-m3 Elite3D-m6/FRU 501-5575 + 501-5058 501-5058 Daughter Board Daughter Board .·.1 FLOAT 1 .. .. 1 FLOAT 1 Fg, 1 FLOAT 1 ~ •.E • 1 FLOAT 1 :~: EJ '5' .C) • 1 1 .. ,t 1 FLOAT 1 to Daughter Board D FLOAT : .: to Elite3D·m3 D BE:] D D ,-----, jJ D~ D 0 0 Ribbon Cable Assembly 530-2672 DB13W3 VIDEO DIN7 STEREO Screen Resolutions 640 ;640 ;768 5960 5960 1024 1024 1024 x x x x x x x x 480 60Hz 480 60Hz 575 50Hz 680 108Hz 680 112Hz 768 77Hz 768 75Hz 768 70Hz GRAPHICS-32 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1280 1280 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 800 x1024 x 1024 x 1024 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz 60Hz wUw wUw DB9 SERIAL DB9 SERIAL Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 501-5574 CONFIGURATIONS 501-5575 540-4313 501-5058 Operating System Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Elite30 Supplemental CO for Solaris 2.5. 1 is required. 3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98. Board Notes 1. Do NOT assemble or disassemble an Elite3D-m6. The Mictor connector can be damaged during assembly and disassembly. 2. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3623 includes 501-4860 and 501-5058. 3. Elite3D-m6 assembly 540-3902 includes 501-5201 and 501-5058. 4. Elite3D-m3 501-5484 includes 501-5201 and barcode label 262-5463. 5. Elite3D-m3 501-5268 includes 501-4860 and barcode label 262-5565. Compatibility Notes 1. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300M Hz Module :0;501-4379-05. 2. Elite3D-m3 is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-5040-02. References 1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages. 2. Elite30 Installation Guide, 805-4391-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Elite3D-m6 AFB 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A14 A20 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3666 3667 540-3979 501-4231 501-4232 540-3058 AFB Assembly AFB Assembly Lower Board Upper Board Upper Board Connector to Lower Board : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : UPA Connector : : : : : : : : Aux Power Connector Screen Resolutions 640 i640 ;768 s960 s960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1280 1280 x 480 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 800 x 1024 x 1024 x1024 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 75Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz 60Hz I GRAPHICS-34 I I L:J 0r::l 0 000 Connector to Upper Board 0r::l 0 000 Lower Board DB13W3 VIDEO DIN7 STEREO DB9 SERIAL DB9 SERIAL Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 540-3058 540-3979 501-4231 501-4232 Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Elite3D Supplemental CD for Solaris 2.5.1 is required. 3. Elite3D device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98. 4. Use V-Cable 180-1910 to drive multiple monitors from the stereo port. as Compatibility Notes 1. Lower board ~501-4231-06 is not compatible with the A20. 2. Assembly ~540-3058-06 is not compatible with the A20. 3. Assembly 540-3058 is not compatible with the E3xOO-E6xOO. References 1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (7D) manual pages. 2. Elite3D Installation Guide, 805-3321-10. 3. Elite3D Installation on Sun Enterprise Servers, 805-6938-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Elite30-m6 AFB 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A14 A20 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3680 501-5608 501-4232 540-4335 AFB Assembly Lower Board Upper Board Upper Board Connector to Lower Board : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : U PA Connector : : : : : : : : Aux Power Connector Screen Resolutions 640 i640 i768 s960 s960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1280 1280 x 480 A 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 800 x 1024 x 1024 x 1024 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 75Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 67Hz 60Hz I l:j Connector to Upper Board 0QO ODD Lower Board I~------ GRAPHICS-36 I 0QO ODD DB13W3 VIDEO DIN7 STEREO DB9 SERIAL DB9 SERIAL Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 540-4335 501-5608 501-4232 Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or Solaris 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The Elite3D Supplemental CD for Solaris 2.5. 1 is required. 3. Elite30 device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 3/98. 4. Use Y-Cable 180-1910 to drive multiple monitors from the stereo port. References 1. afbconfig (1 M) and afb (70) manual pages. 2. Elite3D Installation Guide, 805-3321-10. 3. Elite3D Installation on Sun Enterprise Servers, 805-6938-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-37 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FFB Creator Series 1 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 Option 3651 501-2634 67MHz Clock AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-2634 D FBC Screen Resolutions 640 x 480 60Hz 50Hz 768 x 575 960 x 680 108Hz 960 x 680 112Hz 77Hz 1024 x 768 70Hz 1024 x 768 60Hz 1024 x 768 84Hz 1024 x 800 76Hz 1152 x 900 1152 x 900 66Hz 76Hz 1280 x 1024 128U x 1U£4 67Hz Feode D NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo D [QQ] 00 J1101 o D_B-,13_w_3_--,1 , - I_ _ I '------------------' 0 J1100 Q I STEREO UNIX ID: /dev/ffbO Notes 1. Revisions S501-2634-04 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO, E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2634-05 or 501-4127. 2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (7D) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11. 3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11 . 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. GRAPHICS-38 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Creator Series 1 FFB 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3651 3653 3669 501-4127 67MHz Clock AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-2634-03 D FBC Screen Resolutions 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x1024 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz NTSC Feode D PAL Stereo Stereo D El @:Q] 00 J1101 J1100 DB13W3 STEREO UNIX ID: /dev/ffbO Notes 1. Revisions :::;501-2634-04 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO, E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2634-05 or 501-4127. 2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (7D) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11. 3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-39 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FFB Creator3D Series 1 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 Option 3652 501-2633 67MHz Clock AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-2633 D FBC Screen Resolutions 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1600 1920 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 480 575 680 680 768 768 768 800 900 900 1024 1024 1280 1080 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 72Hz NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo FCode D D D D D El D [QQJ 00 J1101 u _--=D..:.B:.;:.13..:...W..::.3_ _ LI I J1100 y STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Notes 1. Revisions :::;501-2633-05 are not compatible with the E3xOO, E4xOO, E5xOO, or E6xOO. Use 501-2633-06 or 501-4126. 2. The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11. 3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. GRAPHICS-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Creator3D Series 1 FFB 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 3652 501-3129 75MHzClock AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-3129 FBC Screen Resolutions 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1600 1920 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 480 575 680 680 768 768 768 800 900 900 1024 1024 1280 1080 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 72Hz NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo D FCode D D D D DB D 00 J1101 @:Q] J1100 DB13W3 STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 501-3129 was released in May 1996 without an option number. 501-3129 was assigned Option number 3652 in November 1996. I/O Graphics board requires iPOST 3.2.6. Refer to BuglO 1256295. FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11. 3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10 Volume I GRAPHICS-41 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FFB Creator3D Series 1 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3652 3654 501-4126 67MHz Clock AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-2633-04 D FBC Screen Resolutions 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1600 1920 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 x 1280 x 1080 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 72Hz NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo FCode DODD DElD L -__~ 00 ~ J1101 .J1100 01L _ _D_B~13_w_3_---,1 0 -"I L-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ y STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Note: The FFB has a combined framebuffer and graphics clock. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-6682-11. 3. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11 . 4. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-3755-10. 5. Platform Notes: SMCC Frame Buffers, 802-5011-10. GRAPHICS-42 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Creator Series 2 FFB2 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A23 Options 3658 7131 501-4174 FAB 270-4172-04 Stereo Mode Jumper J11 01 3-4 = Stereo Mode Slave R1105 and R1108 Removed R1104 and R1107 Installed This setting is not used c---r- 1-2 = Stereo Mode Master R1105and R11081nstalled R1104 and R11 07 Removed Default jumper setting and resistor installation locations - EJ Screen Resolutions 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1280 1280 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 800 x1024 x 1024 x 1024 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 60Hz 67Hz 76Hz D NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo D IDAC I _0 D ~ J1101 1 PROM 0 D F1101 rot SOl I DB13W3 STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. Volume I GRAPHICS-43 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Creator3D Series 2 FFB2 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3657 3675 7132 7140 501-4173 AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-4173-03 FBC D FCode Screen Resolutions 640 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1440 1600 1600 1600 1920 1920 x 480 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x1024 x 1024 x 900 x 1000 x1000 x 1280 x 1080 x1200 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 72Hz 70Hz NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo D D D D D EJ D UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Notes 1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. The E4000 CPU/Memory Board requires aBP 3.2 Version 9. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. GRAPHICS-44 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Creator3D Series 2 FFB2 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A23 Options 3659 7133 7141 501-4172 FAB 270-4172-04 Stereo Mode Jumper J11 01 3-4 = Stereo Mode Slave R1105 and R1107 Removed R1104 and R1108 Installed This setting is not used r- r- 1-2 = Stereo Mode Master R1105 and R11 07 Installed R1104 and R11 08 Removed Default jumper setting and resistor installation locations 1- Screen Resolutions 640 x 480 60Hz NTSC 640 x 480 60Hz 768 x 575 50Hz PAL Stereo 960 x 680 108Hz Stereo 960 x 680 112Hz 1024 x 768 77Hz 1024 x 768 70Hz 1024 x 768 60Hz 1024 x 800 84Hz 1152 x 900 76Hz 1152 x 900 66Hz 1280 x 1024 76Hz 1280 x 1024 67Hz 1440 x 900 76Hz 1600 xl000 66Hz 1600 x 1000 76Hz 1600 x 1280 76Hz 1920 x 1080 72Hz 1920 x 1200 70Hz B D D I I DAC 0 0 ~ J1101 '--[0 1 "--SOl I PROM DF1101 Pl DB13W3 STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. Volume I GRAPHICS-45 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Creator Series 3 FFB2+ 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A22 A23 Options 3662 3672 501-4789 FAB 270-4174 FBC2+ison 5501-4789-04 Rev 50 FBC2 or FBC2+ is on ;'501-4789-04 Rev 51 B FBC FBC2 = L2B0257 FBC2+ = L2A0791 Screen Resolutions x x x x x x x x x x 480 575 680 680 768 768 768 800 900 900 1?RO • 800 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 60Hz 67Hz 76Hz D NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo IDAC I D PROM n o Fll0l 0 0 DB13W3 STEREO UNIX 10: IdevlffbO Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 2. The FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196. 3. The FFB2+ is not compatible with 300M Hz Module :::;501-4849-02. 4. The 300M Hz Module is not compatible with FFB2+ :::;501-4789-02. 5. Errors may occur using SunVTS 2.1.2 with ;:0:501-4789-04 Rev 51. as References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creatorlnstal/ation Guide, 802-7731-11. GRAPHICS-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Creator3D Series 3 FFB2+ 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 3661 3671 501-4790 AFX UPA Connector FAB 270-4173-03 D FBC FCode Screen Resolutions 640 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1440 1600 1600 1600 1920 1920 x 480 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 x 900 x1000 x1000 x1280 x 1080 x1200 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 72Hz 70Hz NTSC PAL Stereo Stereo DODD DElD L....-_-, DB13W3 STEREO UNIX 10: /dev/ffbO Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 9. FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196. FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-4849-02. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. Volume I GRAPHICS-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Creator3D Series 3 FFB2+ 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A22 A23 Options 3663 3670 501-4788 501-5690 FAB 270-4172 EJ Screen Resolutions 640 640 768 960 960 1024 1024 1024 1024 1152 1152 1280 1280 1440 1600 1600 1600 1920 1920 x 480 x 480 x 575 x 680 x 680 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 1024 x 1024 x 900 x1000 x 1000 x 1280 x 1080 x1200 60Hz 60Hz 50Hz 108Hz 112Hz 77Hz 70Hz 60Hz 84Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 67Hz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 72Hz 70Hz NTSC PAL D Stereo Stereo I I D DAC PROM 0 DF1101 0 0 DB13W3 STEREO I UNIX 10: Idev/ffbO Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The as minimum is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module 501-4196. FFB2+ is not compatible with 300MHz Module :0;501-4849-02. 300MHz Module is not compatible with FFB2+ :0;501-4788-02. References 1. ffbconfig (1 M) and ffb (70) manual pages. 2. Creator Installation Guide, 802-7731-11. GRAPHICS-48 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS PGX 8-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 Options 3660 7128 7138 7148 370-2256 5V 32Bit 33MHz DD DDD J7 Screen Resolutions 1600 1600 1440 1280 1280 1280 1280 1280 1152 1152 1024 1024 1024 800 768 640 x 1000 x 1000 x 900 x1024 x 1024 x 1024 x 1024 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 600 x 575 x 480 79.9KHz 65.5KHz 71.8KHz 81.1KHz xx.xKHz 71.7KHz xx.xKHz xx.xKHz 71.7KHz 61.8KHz xx.xKHz xx.xKHz 48.3KHz 46.8KHz xx.xKHz xx.xKHz 76Hz 66Hz 76Hz 76Hz 75Hz 67Hz 60Hz 76Hz 76Hz 66Hz 75Hz 70Hz 60Hz 75Hz 50Hz 60Hz 3DMG 1 "! I J2 DB13W3 UNIX 10: /dev/fbs/m640 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. The A20/A25 is not compatible with FCode 1.06 on 370-2256-02. 3. The A20/A25 displays black lines with FCode 1.09. Use FCode 1.11. Reference: M641nstallation Guide, 802-5787-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-49 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 PGX32 8/24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 3668 370-3753 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz Screen Resolutions 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1280 1280 1280 1280 1280 1280 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152 1152 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 1024 800 800 800 800 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1200 x 1024 x 1024 x 1024 x 1024 x 1024 x 800 x 900 x 900 x 900 x 900 x 900 x 900 x 800 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 768 x 600 x 600 x 600 x 600 80Hz 76Hz 75Hz 70Hz 65Hz 60Hz 76Hz 66Hz 85Hz 76Hz 75Hz 67Hz 60Hz 76Hz 85Hz 76Hz 75Hz 70Hz 66Hz 60Hz 85Hz 85Hz 77Hz 75Hz 70Hz 60Hz 85Hz 75Hz 72Hz 60Hz Mode 33 Mode 32 Mode 31 Mode 30 Mode 29 Mode 28 Mode 27 Mode 26 Mode 25 Mode 24 Mode 23 Mode 22 Mode 21 Mode 20 Mode 19 Mode 18 Mode 17 Mode 16 Mode 15 Mode14 Mode 13 Mode 12 Mode 11 Mode 10 Mode 9 Mode 8 Mode 7 Mode 6 Mode 5 Mode 4 640 x 480 85Hz Mode 3 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 75Hz 72Hz 60Hz Mode 2 Mode 1 Mode 0 DDD DD •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l. •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l. •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l. •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l. •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l • •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l •..l. D HD15F UNIX 10: /dev/fbs/gfxpO Notes 1. The minimum as is 2.6 with the TSlgfxdrv and TSlgfxOW packages. 2. The TSlpgx package is integrated in Solaris 7 Hardware: 5/99. 3. Testing on Solaris 2.5.1 has not been completed as of 3/26/99. 4. The A20/A25 OBP banner command fails with PGX32 <370-3753-03. 5. The E3000-6000 and E3500-E6500 require PGX32 370-3753-04. 6. Option 3668 includes H015 to OB13W3 Adapter 530-2357 or 530-2917. 7. Resolutions up to 1280 x 1024 default to 8/24-bit mode. 8. Resolutions over 1280 x 1024 default to 8-bit mode. Reference: PGX32 PCI Graphics Card Installation Guide, 805-7770-10. GRAPHICS-50 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunVideo Plus A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A27 Options 1086 1087 1088 1089 370-3278 5V 32Bit 33MHz D Do DD D L -_ _ COMPOSITE IN S-VIDEO ' - - - - - COMPOSITE IN UNIX 10: /dev/olkO Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. SunVideo Plus 1.0 device drivers are on CD-ROM 704-5994-10. 3. Solaris 2.6 requires SunVideo Plus 21.1 (CD-ROM 704-5994-11). 4. Solaris 7 requires SunVideo Plus 21.2 (CD-ROM 704-5994-12). 5. Sun Video Plus uses the SUNWolkpd device driver. 6. SunVideo Plus uses the SUNWolkpu runtime scripts. Reference: SunVideoPlus User's Guide, 805-2682-10. Volume I GRAPHICS-51 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Expert3D 24-Bit Color Frame Buffer A23 A25 A27 A34 Option 3678 370-3987 I ntense3D Wildcat 4110 3.3/5V 64Bit 66MHz J2 Multiview-Out Connector J1 Multiview-In Connector Cable 530-2927 or 530-2989 connects J2 on a Master Expert3D to J1 on a SiaveExpert3D Screen Resolutions 1920 x 1200 75Hz 1920 x 1200 70Hz 1920 x1080 72Hz Composite VESA 1792 x 1344 75Hz 1600 x 1280 76Hz 1600 x 1200 75Hz VESA 1600 x 1000 76Hz Composite 1600 x 1000 66Hz 1440 x 900 76Hz Composite 1280 x 1024 112Hz Stereo 85Hz 1280 x 1024 VESA 76Hz Composite 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 75Hz VESA 67Hz Composite 1280 x 1024 1280 x 1024 60Hz VESA 76Hz 1280 x 800 1152 x 900 76Hz Composite 66Hz Composite 1152 x 900 1024 x 800 84Hz Composite 1024 x 768 77Hz 1024 x 768 75Hz VESA 1024 x 768 70Hz 60Hz Composite 1024 x 768 Stereo 960 x 680 112Hz Stereo 960 x 680 108Hz 768 x 575 50Hz Interlaced 640 x 480 60Hz VESA 60Hz Composite 640 x 480 DJ3 ,,.!,,.!,,.!, ..L,.! ,,.!, ..L,.!,,.!,,.! ,,.!,,.!,,.!,,.!,,.! ,,.!, ..L,.!,,.!,,.! D UNIX 10: Idevlfbs/ifbO References 1. fbconfig and SUNWifb_config manual pages. 2. Expert3D Graphics Card Installation Guide, 806-1859. GRAPHICS-52 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS FIBRE CHANNEL 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fibre Channel SPARCstorage Array Model 100 and Model 200 Series Fibre Channel Host Adapter FC25/S........... ................... Fibre Channel Optical Module FC/OM.... ...... ...... ........... Battery Module .................................................................. SSA Model 101 Array Controller .. ...... ... .... ......... ........... .... SSA Model 102 Array Controller ....................................... SSA Model 112 Array Controller .. ... ........ .......................... Chassis Backplane ............................................................ 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane........................ ...................... SSA Model 200 Array Controller ....................................... SSA Model 210 Array Controller ............ ........................... Differential SCSI Adapter .................... ....................... ....... LCD Assembly................................................................... Chassis Backplane ............................................................ 2 4 5 6 6 8 10 11 12 14 16 17 18 FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/S .......................................... FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/P .......................................... Dual FC-AL Host Adapter..................................................... FC-AL SW-GBIC ................. ................ ... ...... ......... ........... .... FC-AL LW-GBIC .............. ........... ....... ..... ...................... ........ FC-100 Hub StorEdge F100 Hub .. ...... ............... ............... 19 22 23 24 25 26 Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5xOO Interface Board .................................................................. 7 -Slot FC-AL Disk Drive Backplane .................................. 11-Slot FC-AL Disk Drive Backplane .... ............................ Vertical Interconnect Board ............................................... Horizontal Interconnect Board ........................................... 27 28 29 30 31 E3500 FC-AL Interface Board .............................................. 32 StorEdge T3 RAID Controller ................................................................. Interconnect Card .............................................................. 33 34 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATION8 9/18/00 Fibre Channel Host Adapter FC25/S 884 885 8810 8820 88600 881000 8C2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1057 501-2069 501-2553 w 370-1426 FRU w/o 370-1426 SBus Connector DB J0303 J0302 Slot A Slot B Connector 1 o FIBRE-2 J02010 o 0 o o Connector 0 o o Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2069 501-2553 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Filler Panel 340-2895 cannot be installed in Slot B. 3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B. Firmware Notes 1. The FC25/S requires firmware 21.33 to boot the SPARCstorage Array. 2. Firmware 1.33 is on FC25/S 501-2069-07 and 501-2553-03. 3. Use the OBP sccsid command to display the FC25/S firmware level: ok setenv fcode-debug? true ok cd lio-unit@f,e1200000/sbi@O,O/SUNW,soc@3,O ok sccsid type 1.18 94/03/15 ok device-end 4. Use the fc_update command to download the FC25/S firmware, then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array: # Icdrom/ssa_2_1_sparc/fc_update/fc_update 5. The fc_update command is not supported on the SS4 or SS5. Firmware Revisions PART# FCode REVISION 501-2069-05 525-1386-02 1.18 501-2069-07 525-1386-03 1.33 501-2069-09 525-1386-04 1.52 Booting Notes 1. Solaris 2.3 does not support booting from the Array Controller. 2. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 3/95, SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1, and FC25/S firmware 21.33 are required to boot the SPARCstorage Array. References Fibre Channel SBus Card Installation Manual, 801-6313-10. Fibre Channel Optical Module Installation Manual, 801-6326-10. Fibre Channel SBus Card Product Note, 802-3237-10. SPARCstorage Array 2.0 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4793-11. SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Volume I FIBRE-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fibre Channel Optical Module FC/OM Option 595 370-1426 Eldec IBM Vixel Western Digital Fibre Channel Optical Module End View I[ SPARCstorage Array Controller II B A 0 D 0 FIBRE CHANNEL OPTICAL MODULE Optical Channel Host Adapter Optical Cable Connector WHITE PLUG FIBRE CHANNEL OPTICAL MODULE 2 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1004 5 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1020 15 Meter 50/125 Cable 537-1006 YELLOW PLUG Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Install the first card in Slot B on the FC25/S. 3. Install the first card in Slot B on the Array Controller. 4. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Reference Fibre Channel Optical Module Installation Manual, 801-6326-10. FIBRE-4 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Battery Module 501-2028 501-2857 Obsolete 501-2857 501-2028 3V BATTERY CR17335E2P J0101 3VBATTERY CR17335E2P 10 J0101 STANDOFF STANDOFF 240·2079 240-2079 10 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. SPARCstorage Array Software 1.0 and 2.0 do not support fast writes. 3. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1 supports fast writes. 4. The 3V batteries are not field replaceable. 5. The battery provides approximately 72 days of backup power. 6. The low battery warning signal activates when there are 10 to 15 days of battery backup life remaining. References 1. SPARCstorage Array 100 Series Service Manual, 801-2206-12. 2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-10. Volume I FIBRE-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SSA Model 100 Series Array Controller SPARCstorage Array Models 101 and 102 501-2080 501-2552 FRU Top Side w Battery and Optical Module Bottom Side I = = R1601! R1602 1256KX 161 256K x 161 J1401D 1256KX 1611256KX 161 ~ 256K x 16 ~ 256K x 16 I256K x 161 I256K x 161 EJ Battery Module =R1604 I 256K x 1611256KX 161 512K x 72 NVRAM = 4MB = = R1605!R1606 ISP1000 SCSI6 256K x 8 FEPROMs = = R1611!R1612 AMBER LED = = R1607! R1608 NVRAM SWITCH ISP1000 SCSI5 NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG RESET = = R1609!R1610 !40MHZ! ISP1000 SCSI4 microSPARC I BIANCA I ISP1000 SCSI3 . J1702 FIBRE MODULE B 0 II PLCC II U121 0 FEPROM ISP1000 SCSI2 I BIANCA I =R1603 J1701D FIBRE MODULE A ISP1000 SCSI1 FIBRE-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2080 501-2552 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B. Array Controller Firmware Notes 1. Firmware 2':1.9 is required with Solaris 2.3 and SSA 2.0. 2. Firmware 2':1.10 is required with Solaris 2.3 and SSA 2.1. 3. Firmware 2':2.0 is required with Solaris 2.4 and SSA 2.1. Firmware 2':2.1 is recommended. 4. Use the SSA 1.0 or 2.0 ssaeli command to program the firmware, then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array: # ssaeli -s -f lopt/SUNWssallibl1.xlssafirmware download # ssaeli -s -f lopt/SUNWssallibI2.xlssafirmware download 5. Use the SSA 1.0 or 2.0 ssaeli command to display the Array Controller status, Firmware level, and Device status: # ssaeli display 6. Use the SSA 2.1 ssaadm command to program the firmware, then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array: # ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssalssafirmware 7. Use the SSA 2.1 ssaadm command to display the Array Controller firmware level, Controller status, and Device status: # ssaadm display 8. Array Controllers 501-2080-09 and 501-2552-06 contain Firmware 2.0 and Diagnostic PROM 525-1366-06. 9. Array Controllers manufactured after June 1994 use LSI Logic or Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers. Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers are not compatible with firmware :::;1.9. 10. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris 2.5 Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6. 11. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97. Fast Write Notes 1. Fast Writes are not supported in SSA 1.0, SSA 2.0, or Solaris 2.3. 2. Fast Writes are supported in SSA 2.1. 3. Fast Writes require diagnostic PROM 2':525-1366-06 at U1210. 4. Array Controllers 501-2080-09 and 501-2552-06 contain Firmware 2.0 and Diagnostic PROM 525-1366-06. 5. Fast writes require Array Controller Firmware 3.6. References 1. SPARCstorage Array 100 Series Service Manual, 801-2206-12. 2. SPARCstorage Array Installation Manual, 801-2205-12. 3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11. 4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12. 5. SPARCstorage Array 2.0 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4793-11. 6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10. 7. SPARCstorage Array 2. 1. 1 Product Note, 802-2043-11. 8. SPARCstorage Array 2. 1. 1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10. Volume I FIBRE-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SSA Model 100 Series Array Controller 501-2872 SPARCstorage Array Model 112 501-2982 501-4271 Light Grey Light Grey w Battery w Optical Module FRU Top Side Medium Grey 501-4272 Medium Grey w Battery w Optical Module FRU Bottom Side = = R1601/R1602 f1Mx16l ~ ~~ 1Mx16 ~ 1 x16 ~ ~~ ~~ J1401D Battery Module =R1604 2M x 72 NVRAM = 16MB = = R1605/R1606 ISP1000 SCSI6 256K x 8 FEPROMs = = R1611/R1612 NVRAM SWITCH ISP1000 SCSI5 NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG RESET microSPARC II 110MHz I BIANCA I = = R1609/R1610 ISP1000 SCSI4 ISP1000 SCSI3 J1~D FIBRE MODULE B II PLCC II U1210 FEPROM ISP1000 SCSI2 I BIANCA I =R1603 J1ro1D FIBRE MODULE A ISP1000 SCSI1 FIBRE-8 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 501-2872 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2982 501-4271 501-4272 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1.1 is required. 3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B. 4. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0417 (~370-1412-02). 5. The 2.9GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0404 (~370-1695-01). Array Controller Firmware Notes 1. Firmware revision ~3.x is required to support microSPARC II. 2. Use the ssaadm command to program the Array Controller firmware, then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array: # ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssa/ssafirmware 3. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller firmware level, Controller status, and Device status: # ssaadm display 4. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug. The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up: # ssaadm start 3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97. References 1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12. 2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12. 3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11. 4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12. 5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11. 6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10. Volume I FIBRE-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Chassis Backplane SPARCstorage Array Model 100 Series 501-2029 Front View Rear View Ctlr 4 Ctlr 5 J0103 = Right Tray = Right Tray ~ ~ ~ ~Q) c:: c:: 0 u ]l e"E 0 J0301 t5 Q) ~ 0 Ctlr 2 = Middle Tray Ctlr 3 = Middle Tray ~ 0 u >- J0102 c:: c:: U ~ c. ~ C. :> en iii s:0 a.. J0101 Ctlr 0 = Left Tray Ctlr 1 = Left Tray ~ J0401 FIBRE-10 IC)()I---+- Fan Tray Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane SPARCstorage Array Model 100 Series 501-2010 Solenoid Not Installed J02051 Disk 4 aO-Pin SCA Connector J02041 Disk 3 J0203 I Disk 2 J0202 I Disk 1 J0201 I Disk 0 J0105 I Disk 4 J0104 I Disk 3 J0103 I Disk 2 J0102 I Disk 1 J0101 I Disk 0 IIII Volume I Controller 1 = Left Tray Controller 3 = Middle Tray Controller 5 = Right Tray Controller 0 = Left Tray Controller 2 = Middle Tray Controller 4 = Right Tray IIII FIBRE-11 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SSA Model 200 Series Array Controller SPARCstorage Array Model 200 501-2651 501-2786 FRU Top Side w Battery and Optical Module Bottom Side 1256K x 1611256KX 161 J1401D 1256K x 161 1256K x 16 1 Battery Module 1256K x 1611256KX 161 1256K x 1611256KX 161 1256K x 1611256KX 161 512K x 72 NVRAM = 4MB ISP1000 SCSI6 256K x 8 FEPROMs NVRAM SWITCH ISP1000 SCSI5 NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG RESET I 40MHz I microSPARC I B~NCA I IIpLccllU1210 FEPROM ISP1000 SCSI4 ISP1000 SCSI3 J1702 FIBRE MODULE B 0 ISP1000 SCSI2 I BIANCA I J1701D FIBRE MODULE A ISP1000 SCSI1 FIBRE-12 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2651 501-2786 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. SPARCstorage Array Software 2.1 is required. 3. Install the first Fibre Channel Optical Module in Slot B. 4. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0417 (;:::370-1412-02). 5. The 2.9GB Disk Drive requires Firmware 0404 (;:::370-1695-01). Array Controller Firmware Notes 1. Use the ssaadm command to program the Array Controller firmware, then halt the system and power cycle the SPARCstorage Array: # ssaadm download -f lusr/lib/firmware/ssa!ssafirmware 2. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller firmware level, Controller status, and Device status: # ssaadm display 3. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug. The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up: # ssaadm start 4. Array Controllers manufactured after June 1994 use LSI Logic or Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers. Toshiba/QLogic ISP Controllers are not compatible with firmware :::;1.9. Use firmware ;:::1.10. 5. Fast writes require Firmware 3.6. 6. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris 2.5 Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6. 7. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97. References 1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12. 2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12. 3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11. 4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12. 5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1 CD Insert Product Note, 804-4996-10. 6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11. 7. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10. Volume I FIBRE-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SSA Model 200 Series Array Controller SPARCstorage Array Model 210 501-3021 501-3024 FRU Top Side w Battery and Optical Module Bottom Side = = R1601iR1602 ~ ~~ J1401D ~ ~ Battery Module ~~=R1604 ~~ ~~ 2M x 72 NVRAM = 16MB ISP1000 SCSI6 256K x 8 FEPROMs NVRAM SWITCH ISP1000 SCSI5 NORMAUEXTENDED DIAG RESET microSPARC II 110MHz I ""NCA I ISP1000 SCSI4 ISP1000 SCSI3 J1 3. Use the ssaadm display command to display the Array Controller firmware level, Controller status, and Device status: # ssaadm display 4. Use the ssaadm command to spin-up a disk tray after a warm-plug. The differential SCSI disk tray will not automatically spin-up: # ssaadm start 5. Fast writes require Firmware 3.6. 6. Solaris 2.3 Patch 103351-01, Solaris 2.4 Patch 103290-02, or Solaris 2.5 Patch 103017-04 includes Array Controller Firmware 3.6 7. Firmware revisions >3.6 are not supported by Solaris 2.3 as of 7/21/97. References 1. SPARCstorage Array 200 Series Service Manual, 802-2028-12. 2. SPARCstorage Array 200 Installation Manual, 802-2027-12. 3. SPARCstorage Array Configuration Guide, 801-6530-11. 4. SPARCstorage Array User's Guide, 801-2204-12. 5. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 Product Note, 802-2043-11. 6. SPARCstorage Array 2.1.1 CD Product Note, 802-5314-10. Volume I FIBRE-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Differential SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series 501-2670 I PTe I F0801 68-PIN SCSI-2 68-PIN SCSI-2 I PTe I F0701 II II c 68-PIN SCSI-2 I PTe I FIBRE-16 F0601 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 LCD Assembly SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series 501-2781 DISPLAY PCB 501-2671 LCD CABLE 530-2156 ~ LCD 501-2713 LCD CABLE 530-2156 Volume I FIBRE-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Chassis Backplane SPARCstorage Array Model 200 Series 501-2664 Pressfit D FAN POWER J0502 Differential SCSI Adapter Slots Array Controller Slots J0302 J0402 [;] J0501 ~ LCD Display Slot ~ ~ ~ ~ J0301 J0202 ~ ~ ~ ~ J0201 FIBRE-18 J0102 ~ ~ ~ ~ J0101 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/S SS1000E SC2000E E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 6730 501-3060 540-2989 FRU ~540-2989-03 wlo 370-2303 w 501-3060 w 370-2303 SBus Connector I FCode 00 I G DiDiO 0 gg J0501 00 .------, J0503 J0502 Port 1 Port 0 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. 2. The Ultra 2 is not compatible with FC100/S 501-3060. 3. The A3500-FC is not compatible with FC100/S 501-3060. 4. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters References 1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-19 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/S SS1000E SC2000E A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 6730 501-5202 540-2989 FRU w/o 370-2303 540-2989-04 w 501-5202 w 370-2303 SBU5 Connector I FCode 00 I B DiDiO 0 gg J0501 00 ,------, J0503 J0502 Port 1 Port 0 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. 2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters References 1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. FIBRE-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS FC-AL Host Adapter FC100/S SS1000E SC2000E A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 6730 501-5266 540-2989 FRU ~540-2989-05 wlo 370-2303 w 501-5266 w 370-2303 SBus Connector B 00 DiDiO 0 gg J0501 00 r - - - , J0503 J0502 Port 1 Port 0 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. 2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters References 1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-21 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS FC-AL Host Adapter A23 A25 FC100/P A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Option 6729 375-0040 QLogic QLA21 OaF 3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz D D ISP2100 or ISP2200 D 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters 2 Meter Cable 537-1004 5 Meter Cable 537-1020 15 Meter Cable 537-1 006 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. The minimum StorEdge A5000 firmware is 1.05. Reference: Installation Manual, 805-3682. FIBRE-22 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Dual FC-AL Host Adapter Option 6726 375-0099 QLogic 3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz D D D D 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters 2 Meter Cable 537-1004 5 Meter Cable 537-1020 15 Meter Cable 537-1006 Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 7 HW: 11/99 or Solaris 8 HW: 6/00. 2. The minimum StorEdge A5000 firmware is 1.05. 3. Supported systems are not listed in the Installation Manual. as Reference: Host Adapter Installation Manual, 806-4199. Volume I FIBRE-23 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FC-AL SW-GBIC FC100/S FC100/P Option 6731 370-2303-03 370-2303-02 IBM 21H9750 Vixel 00550037-904 CD-ROM laser 830 - 870 nm IBM 21H9870 Vixe100651050-70 VCSEl laser 830-870 nm 370-3975 IBM 21H9750 Relabeled 370-2303-02 CD-ROM laser 830 - 870 nm Internal End View Top View t t 100M5SNIR 100M5SNIT External End View SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters 2 Meter Cable 537-1004 5 Meter Cable 537-1020 15 Meter Cable 537-1006 Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. References 1. GBIC Installation and Removal, 805-3885-10. 2. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 3. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. FIBRE-24 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FC-AL LW-GBIC FC100/S FC100/P Option 6737 370-3722 IBM 21H9154 veSEL laser 1270 - 1350 nm Internal End View Top View t t External End View SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 9/125 Singlemode Fiber up to 10 Kilometers 15 Meter 9/125 Cable 537-1014 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. 2. Sun supplies 15 meter Singlemode 9/125 Fiber Cable 537-1014. 3. The A5xOO Interface Board requires Firmware v1.09. 4. The A5xOO Horizontal Interconnect Board requires Firmware v1.09. References 1. Long Wave GBIC and Cable Specification, 806-1527-10. 2. Long Wave GBIC Installation and Removal, 805-6965-10. 3. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 4. A5000 Installation /Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-25 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 FC-100 Hub StorEdge F100 Hub Option 6732 370-3012 Vixel Corporation IntraLink 1000 Front View Sun Logo o Green LED Rear View - DeVlce . A' ctlve LED (G reen ~~D~8~D~D~D~D~D '- Bypass LED (Yellow) Internal 5x20 mm 2.5A 250V Fuse Notes 1. The Bypass LED is On when a port is not connected. 2. The Device Active LED is Off when a port is not connected. 3. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Reference: Hub Installation and Service Manual, 805-0315. FIBRE-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Interface Board Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200 Option 6734 501-2951 540-2988 FRU wlo 370-2303 w 370-2303 ~o J1301 00 gg (££] B FCode J1 Vitesse VSC7125 -+-----..-----., Vitesse VSC7120 -+--,-------------, Vitesse VSC7121 - - 1 - - - - - ' - - - - - ' J0303 Port 1 J0302 Port 0 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware 8/97. 2. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters References 1. FC-AL SBus Card Installation and Service Manual, 802-7572. 2. A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-27 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 7-Slot FC-AL Disk Backplane Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 501-4372 501-5316 Released 12/98 Inactivated 8199 Not Manufactured I' 71 1, 71 J0901 40-Pin FC-AL 0 01201 0 01202 .. --. - 0 0:1203 0 0:1204 To Interconnect Assembly . D1-20S- -- 0 0:1206 . To Interconnect Assembly 0 0:1207 0 0"1208- _. .-----. 0 [)1209 To Interconnect Assembly 0 D J0902 40-Pin FC-AL " _____ 0 ~ D I' D D 71 J0903 40-Pin FC-AL 1' 71 D I' 71 D 71 J1001 40-Pin FC-AL J1002 40-Pin FC-AL 0:1210 ._---_. .-----0 0 0.1211 1, J1003 40-Pin FC-AL 0 [)1212 D To Interconnect Assembly 0 [)1213 0 0'f~t14- 1, 71 J1101 40-Pin FC-AL -- Note: The minimum configuration is 5 disk drives installed in Front Backplane Slots 3 and 6 and Rear Backplane Slots 0, 3, and 6. Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. FIBRE-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 11-810t FC-AL Disk Backplane StorEdge A5200 501-4158 o 01401 o 01402 o 01403 o 0:1404 : 00:1405 ' o D1406 : To Interconnect Assembly o O:1~?!_ __ o 0:1:19ll_ -: o [)1409 : o 0:1410 : 00:1411 : To Interconnect Assembly o :1:4:1:::: 00:1413 : o D,1414 ,: To Interconnect Assembly -1---'--o D1415 ' o 0:1418 : o 0:1419 ' o [)1420 : To Interconnect Assembly o O:1_4~_1_ __ o 01422 D D D D D D D 1\ J150140-Pin FC-AL 1\ 1\ 71 J1503 40-Pin FC-AL 1\ 71 J1601 40-Pin FC-AL 1\ n J1602 40-Pin FC-AL 1\ 11 J1603 40-Pin FC-AL 1\ 71 J1701 40-Pin FC-AL I\ D D 71 J1502 40-Pin FC-AL II J1703 40-Pin FC-AL I\ II J1801 40-Pin FC-AL 1\ 71 J1802 40-Pin FC-AL Note: The minimum configuration is 7 disk drives installed in Front Backplane Slots 0, 5, and 10 and Rear Backplane Slots 0, 3, 6, and 10. Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Vertical Interconnect Board Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200 540-2864 501-2947 Interconnect Assembly Vertical Board w 501-2947 and 501-2948 Front Rear r.===:;-:.":"':'"--: -:-_": -: - "':-'"- : ' ". 1 - . J0302 J0301 Front Fan Rear Fan ,. I - - . - - . - - . 8: ~~: cil g :~: ! go· 00 [L J0202 (; '"....,0 J0102 J0203 25..:: ro", ",ro 25m 't:~ 't:~ -0 Em -0 Em ro", ",ro To Vertical Interconnect Board Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. FIBRE-30 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Horizontal Interconnect Board Enterprise Network Array A5000 StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 StorEdge A5200 540-2864 501-2948 Interconnect Assembly Horizontal Board w 501-2947 and 501-2948 Guide Pin Receiver J0301 J0204 J0803 J0802 J0302 J0203 J0303 J0202 J0304 J0201 I I PLCC U0703 PROM World Wide Number To Vertical Interconnect Board To Front Disk Backplane To Rear Disk Backplane Reference: A5000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-7573. Volume I FIBRE-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 E3500 FC-AL Interface Board Option 2652 501-4820 595-4739 FRU w/o GBIC Option 2652 w 2 370-2303 GBICs w 1 537-1004 Cable IVSC7121I IVSC7121I IVSC7121I IVSC7121I DDDDDDDD LOOP 1 PORT1 T4T5T6T7 LOOP 1 PORT 0 T4T5T6T7 LOOP 0 PORT 1 TOT1T2T3 LOOP 0 PORT 0 TOT1T2T3 GBICO LA Backpanel and Connectors GBIC3 GBIC2 GBIC1 UB UA LB EJECTOR Reference: Enterprise 3500 Reference Manual, 805-2630. FIBRE-32 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 RAID Controller StorEdge T3 375-0084 w 32MB Processor Memory w 256MB Cache Memory P1 ASsy 16-220-0082 ISP2100 Disk Side DDDD DDDDD i DD DOD! DDD 1_.01 '" '" '" 0 E Q) ::E Q) .r::; 0 Q) .r::; 0 '" '" () OJ ::E OJ ::E ~ ~ ~ 00 t; o 0 E Q) ::E () ITIJD ISP2100 Disk Side 00 ISP2100 Host Side FC. D[] FC.. This connector is on early production controllers 10BASE·T o COM ONLINE RESET LED BUTTON Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. There is no Sun Part Number for the 32MB Processor Memory. 3. There is no Sun Part Number for the 128MB Cache Memory. Reference: T3 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 806-1062. Volume I FIBRE-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Interconnect Card StorEdge T3 375-0085 Noble Loop-9 Assy 16-220-0088 D D D D I 106.25MHz 00"," I D 88C861 DPROM 10088-3041 LED IN. OUT • • 330 mm Cable 530-2842 600 mm Cable 530-2843 Notes 1. Interconnect Card 1 controls Drives 4 to 9. 2. Interconnect Card 2 controls Drives 1 to 3 and the cache mirror. 3. Cache mirroring is disabled when Interconnect Card 2 fails. Reference: T3lnstallation, Operation, and Service Guide, 806-1062. FIBRE-34 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS SCSI CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI SBus SCSI Host Adapters SCSI SCSI/Ethernet Fast SCSI/Ethernet Differential SCSI/Ethernet Single-Ended FastlWide Differential FastlWide Differential UltralWide Single Ended FastlWide 3 4 5 6 7 SSHA ............................. . SBE/S ............................ . FSBE/S .......................... . DSBE/S ......................... . SWIS/S .......................... . DWIS/S .......................... . UDWIS/S ....................... . SunSwift ......................... 9 10 PCI SCSI Host Adapters Single Ended UltralWide SunSwift '" ................. ..... Single Ended UltralWide ................................................... Dual Single-Ended UltralWide ........ ................................... Dual Differential Ultra/Wide ............................................... SCSI RAID Controller SRC/P ............................. 12 13 14 15 16 SCSI Adapters SS4 SS5 SS20............................................................ Ultra 1 ................................................................................ Ultra 30 Ultra 60 ............................................................. Ultra 80 .............................................................................. Netra t 1100 ....................................................................... Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 ............................................... E220R E420R.......................................................... ...... E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO.................................................... MediaCenter 1000E .......................................................... Desktop Storage Pack....................................................... SPARCstorage Unipack .................................................... StorEdge Unipack ............................................................. SPARCstorage FlexiPack ................................................. StorEdge FlexiPack ........................................................... 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 28 29 29 33 33 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 8 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI - Continued SCSI Backplanes MultiPack 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ............................. MultiPack 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ........................... E150 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .................................. E450 Removable Media Backplane .................................. E450 4-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .................................... E450 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .................................... E250 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane ........................ ............ 36 38 39 40 41 42 43 SPARCstorage RSM Operator Panel .................................................................. WD2S SCSI Adapter.......................... ....... ... ..................... Environmental Sensor............................ ..... ......... ............. 7-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .............................................. 44 45 46 47 RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000/A3500/A3500FC RSM Array 2000 Array Controller...................................... StorEdge A3000 Array Controller ...................................... StorEdge A3500 Array Controller ...................................... StorEdge A3500FC Array Controller ................................. Chassis Backpanel ............................................................ 48 48 50 52 54 Disk Cards SS1000 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card SS 1000 4.2-Gbyte Disk Card SS1000 8.4-Gbyte Disk Card E4xOO/5xOO/6xOO Disk Board ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ ............................................ 55 56 57 58 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 A 1000 RAID Controller ...................................................... 01000 Differential SCSI Controller .... ....... ......................... 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane .............................................. 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane.. ..................... ..................... 60 62 64 65 SCSI-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SCSI SSHA Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS5 SS10 SS20 A11 A12 Option 1055 501-1759 501-1850 SS4 FCC-A/VCCI-1 FCC-BNCCI-2 15/30/40/50160165/75 15/30/40/50160165/75 884/885/8810/8820 A14 A11/A12/A14 501-1759 501-1850 32-Bit SBU5 Connector IFCOdeI525-1151-01 525-1151-02 32-Bit SBU5 Connector I ~DMA+ I IFCOdeI525-1151-03 525-1151-04 I=OAI I 53C90A I ~-DMA+ I I D D 2A F0102 150-1174 • Green LED TERMPWR 0 0 H050-PIN SCSI 2A F0102 150-1174 • Yellow LED Blown Fuse Green LED TERMPWR 0 0 Yellow LED Blown Fuse H050-PIN SCSI Power: 0.6Amps @ +5Vdc 3.0 Watts Notes 1. The Sun-4/60 CPU requires Boot PROM 1.3 Version 3. 2. This card is not compatible with Slot-3 of the Sun-4/60/65. 3. Disable the SS 10 on-board Ethernet if two or more SCSI host adapters are installed. Use an SBE/S or FSBE/S for Ethernet. 4. FCode on SSHA 501-1759 is not compatible with the SS 10, SS20, A 11, A 12, and A 14. The 501-1759 was discontinued in March 1991. 5. The SS4, SS5, SSlO, SS20, A 11, A 12, and A 14 require 501-1850-02. Refer to BuglD 1264704. 6. Add the following to /etc/system on Solaris 2.6: forceload: drv/dma. Refer to BuglD 4078972. Reference: SBus SCSI Host Adapter Installation Guide,800-5385-1 O. Volume I SCSI-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI/Ethernet SBE/S SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 Option 1054 501-1869 32-Bit SBus Connector TEST POINTS OJ0101 o J0102 o J0103 o J0104 r=l~ 0° 1001 J0202 J0302g 53C96 ESP236 I.:J L:J F0201 • • F0301 SCSI 0 0 Ethernet 1.5A 150-1383-01 HD50·PIN SCSI JUMPER SETTING J0202 J0302 J0302 In In Out ETHERNET DESCRIPTION Enable SCSI clock Enable 10BASE5 Enable 10BASE-T Power: 1.9 Amps @ +5Vdc 9.5 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements Notes 1. Use Adapter Cable 530-1812 for 10BASE5 Ethernet. 2. Use Adapter Cable 530-1813 for 1OBASE-T Ethernet. 3. The SBE/S does not provide Link Test. Disable Link Test on the HUb. Reference: SBEIS SBus User's Guide, 800-6475. SCSI-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fast SCSI/Ethernet FSBE/S Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1053 501-2015 501-2981 501-2015 501-2981 32-Bit SBus Connector I """,m'B o J0101 o J0102 o J0103 o J0104 ESC-1 IFcodel B 32-Bit SBus Connector I TEST POINTS o J01 01 o J0102 o J0103 ESC-1 IFcodel o J0104 IPALI AM7990 AM79C90 1001 J0202 EJ J0302g r----53FC96 FAS236 D F0201 SCSI PTC '-- . . I This PAL IS attached upside down to one corner of the 79C90 IPALI 1001 J0202 53FC96 FAS236 I AM"C90 J0302g I D F0201 SCSI PTC ~ HD50-PIN SCSI 10BASE-T HD50-PIN SCSI 10BASE-T Power: 1.9 Amps @ +5Vdc 9.5 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1 (SunOS 4.1.3) 2. Open Boot PROM 2.x is required. 3. Install J0202 to enable the SCSI clock. 4. Install J0302 to disable the TPE link integrity test. 5. Remove J0302 to enable the TPE link integrity test. 6. The 501-2015-05 uses a modified AM79C90 Ethernet Controller and a piggyback mounted PAL to make the AM79C90 act like a AM7990. 7. The 501-2981 uses a modified AM79C90 Ethernet Controller. Reference: FSBEIS SBus Card Installation Guide, 800-7508. Volume I SCSI-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Differential SCSI/Ethernet DSBE/S 4/75 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1052 501-1902 I I 32-Bit SBU5 Connector ESC-1 IFeode I AM7990 or MK7990 SCSI PTC F0901 D ~ J0302 L--J 10BASE-T Power: 1.9 Amps 9.5 Watts @ HD6S-PIN SCSI +5Vdc Notes 1. Install J0302 to disable the TPE link integrity test. 2. Remove J0302 to enable the TPE link integrity test. Reference: DSBEIS+ SBus Card Manual, 800-7176-10. SCSI-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Single-Ended Fast/wide SWIS/S SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1063 370-1703 QLogic SP1610402 64-Bit SBU5 Connector IFCode I ISP-1000 140MHZI DD HD68-PIN SCSI Power: 1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 8.0 Watts maximum Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. The SWIS/S supports up to 15 targets on the SCSI bus. 3. Do NOT mix narrow (8-bit) and wide (16-bit) SCSI devices on the same controller under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01. 4. Warning messages are displayed if fast/wide SCSI is enabled under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01. 5. Set scsLoptions=Ox3f8 in /etc/system to enable fast/wide transfers. Reference: SBus Intelligent SCSI Host Adapter, 801-5355-11. Volume I SCSI-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Differential FasVWide SCSI DWIS/S SS5 SS 10 SS20 SS600 SS 1000 SC2000 A 11 A 12 A 14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1062 370-1704 QLogic SP1710401 64-Bit SBus Connector ISP-1000 D 140MHZI SCSI PTCF1 DOD HD68-PIN SCSI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. The DWIS/S supports up to 15 targets on the SCSI bus. 3. Do NOT mix narrow (8-bit) and wide (16-bit) SCSI devices on the same controller under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01. 4. Warning messages are displayed if fast/wide SCSI is enabled under Solaris 2.3. Install Patch 101378-01. 5. Set scsi_options=Ox3f8 in /etc/system to enable fast/wide transfers. 6. The 2.1 GB Disk Drive requires 0420 Firmware (370-1412-03) for optimal performance. Set scsLoptions=Oxf8 in the /etc/system file if older disk drive firmware is used. 7. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 when installing SunSwift and DWIS/S on an E10000 I/O board. Refer to BuglDs 4046986, 4049704, and 4091053. Reference: SBus Intelligent SCSI Host Adapter, 801-5355-12. SCSI-8 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Differential UltralWide SCSI UDWIS/S SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1065 370-2443 QLogic SP71 0401 64-Bit SBus Connector EJ DODD DDD ~~~~~~~ PTC F1 D TERMINATORS HD68-PIN SCSI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. 2. Install Solaris 2.4 Patch 102509-06. 3. Install Solaris 2.5 Patch 103936-01. 4. Install Solaris 2.5.1 Patch 103934-01. 5. The UDWIS/S supports up to fifteen targets on the SCSI bus. 6. FCode 1.26 on 370-2443-02 fixes BuglD 4230719. 7. Install the UDWIS/S and SCion separate E10000 SBus channels. Reference SBus Wide Intelligent Ultra SCSI Differential Host Adapter Guide, 802-7748. Volume I SCSI-9 9/18/00 CONFIGU RATION8 Single-Ended FastlWide SCSI SunSwift 4/1S/30 88S 8810 8820 88600 8S1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 ESOOO E6000 E3S00 E4S00 ESSOO E6S00 E10000 Option 1018 S01-2739 I I 64-Bit SBus Connector I FCode I FEPS D D DD I 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX HD68-PIN SCSI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. 2. The SUNWhmd and SUNWhmdu packages are bundled in Solaris 2.5. 3. Solaris 2.4 packages are on CD-ROM 794-5626-01. 4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26. Refer to BuglD 1228182. 5. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 on E10000 SBus I/O board 501-4349. Reference: SunSwift Installation and User's Guide, 802-6021-10. SCSI-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS This page intentionally left blank. Volume I SCSI-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Single-Ended UltralWide SCSI SunSwift A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 1032 501-2741 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz I_I I U0201 IISP1040 Code I U0301 I Cheerio Code 1"·wl HD68-Pin SCSI 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. Use Auto-negotiation to select ethernet operating mode and speed. Reference: SunSwift PCI Adapter Guide, 802-6628-10. SCSI-12 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Single-Ended UltraIWide SCSI A21 A22 Option 5010 375-0097 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz Symbios SYM8751 SPE (jj () (j) 1 c c:: ~ Upper cO CD o I --, """ [QQ] Lower J3 HD68-Pin SCSI LOWER UPPER DESCRIPTION 1-2 Out - 1-2 Automatic Termination Enabled Lower Byte Termination Disabled Upper Byte Termination Disabled Upper Byte Termination Enabled Out 2-3 Notes 1. The minimum as is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97,2.6 HW: 5/98, or 7 HW: 3/99. 2. The default jumper configuration enables automatic termination. Reference: PCI UltraSCSI Host Adapter Installation Guide, 806-3126. Volume I SCSI-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Dual Single-Ended UltralWide SCSI A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Option 6540 375-0005 375-0013 Symbios SYM22801 w/o FCode 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz U21~~~~1 ~~. J9 Channel B Remote LED Symbios SYM22801 w FCode 3.3/5V 32Bit 33M Hz ----: lB 2B 3B 4B 0 F2D 0 w C ii: 00 <0 Cl I ...,<0 Q; "0 co Q) I c ...J "0 ~ 0 .<:: U) ii: CD LO a. 6 ...,ro ~ E . -- - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - . : : : : 1 Internal 50-Pin Connector 2 Internal 68-Pin Connector 3 Upper Address Bits 4 External 68-Pin Connector: 00 INTAIINTB . - - - - -- - ------- - - -. ~ U11~~~~1 ~~. ----: J5 Channel A Remote LED lA2A3A4A c ii: ffi Cl I ...,C\I J3 J7 o VHDCI 68-Pin VHDCI 68-Pin .8 Meter Cable 530-2452 2 Meter Cable 530-2453 4 Meter Cable 530-2454 10 Meter Cable 530-2455 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. Dip switches enable/disable termination. 3. Ultra 5/10 aBP 3.11 Version 9 fixes BuglD 4114784. 4. VHDCI is the Very High Density Cable Interconnect Standard. Reference: PCI Host Adapter User's Guide, 805-1271-10. SCSI-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Dual Differential Ultra/wide SCSI A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800 Options 6541 6935 375-0006 375-0014 540-3980 Symbios SYM22802 w/o FCode 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz J7 Channel B Remote LED o 0 Netra It 1800 FRU w 375-0006 Symbios SYM22802 w FCode 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz TP5 Term Power Shorted o F1 D DF2 ow ...J c a:: 18o TP1 INTAIINTB 00 :r: ...., L() J4 Channel A Remote LED o 0 TP2 Term Power Shorted o o W ...J c a:: ro CD o :r: N ...., TP3 J3 o o TP6 0 0 J6 VHDCI 68-Pin VHDCI68-Pin .8 Meter Cable 530-2452 2 Meter Cable 530-2453 4 Meter Cable 530-2454 10 Meter Cable 530-2455 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. Ultra 5/10 aBP 3.11 Version 9 fixes BuglD 4114784. 3. Ultra 30 aBP 3.11 Version 2 fixes BuglD 4114784. 4. Ultra 60 aBP 3.11 Version 26 fixes BuglD 4114784. 5. VHDCI is the Very High Density Cable Interconnect Standard. Reference: PCI Host Adapter User's Guide, 805-1271-10. Volume I SCSI-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI RAID Controller SRC/P A25 A26 Options 6542 6602 375-0078 DPT SmartRAID Millennium PM3755U2B w Battery Backup Module BB4050 w SCSI Expansion Module SX4055U2-2 w 64MB ECC EDO DIMM DM4050-64 3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz SRC/P 375-0078 Battery Backup Module SmartRAIO Millennium OPT PM3755U2B No Sun part number L--_---'I J12 to Battery Module LOAD g LOAD g RUN ~ RUN ~ Intel i960 Intel i960 c ECCER c ECCEN J7/J8 to SCSI Expansion Module I I J7 L--_---'I J8 1,",00", 1 1,,,,,,,1 Cll« « 0000 00 c3kO-4> I l J0205 I J0204 Tray 1 Rear Drives c1kO-4> l J J0203 2A 3A I 1A 501-2980 Top Side Daughter Card Connectors .-------~I rl------~ J0201 J0202 J0203 J0204 J0205 1A 2A 3A 501-2070 Top Side J0102 Tray 3 Front Drives Tray 1 Front Drives c6kO-4> c2kO-4> 3B SCSI-26 J0101 2B 1B Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2980 595-3563 501-2070 Assembly 595-3563 Backpanel J0205 I 3A To Sys Bd 3 SBus 1 J0105 I 3B To Sys Bd 3 SBus 2 J0204 2A To Sys Bd 2 SBus 1 J0104 I 2B To Sys Bd 2 SBus 2 J0203 1A To Sys Bd 0 SBus 2 J0103 I 1B To Sys Bd 1 SBus 2 SPARCstorage Array SCSI Disk Trays SCSI Tray 1 Rear SCSI Tray 2 Rear SCSI Tray 3 Rear c1tOdO Data 1A c3tOdO Data 2A c5tOdO Data 3A c1t1 dO Data 1A c3t1dO Data 2A cSt1 dO Data 3A c1t2dO Data 1A c3t2dO Data 2A cSt2dO Data 3A c1t3dO Data 1A c3t3dO Data 2A c5t3dO Data 3A c1t4dO Parity 1A c3t4dO Parity 2A c5t4dO Parity 3A c2tOdO Data 1B c4tOdO Data 2B c6tOdO Data 3B c2t1 dO Data 1B c4t1dO Data 2B c6t1dO Data 3B c2t2dO Data 1B c4t2dO Data 2B c6t2dO Data 3B c2t3dO Data 1B c4t3dO Data 2B c6t3dO Data 3B c2t4dO Parity 1B c4t4dO Parity 2B c6t4dO Parity 3B SCSI Tray 1 Front SCSI Tray 2 Front SCSI Tray 3 Front Notes 1. Sun MediaCenter software is required. 2. Sun MediaCenter software is an integrated extension to Solaris 2.4, incorporating modified device drivers, file system management tools, and networked media management tools. 3. Solstice Backup and Solstice DiskSuite are not compatible with the Media File System because the Media File System uses RAID 4 data striping and parity. References 1. Sun MediaCenter Server Software Manual, 802-3804-10 2. Sun MediaCenter Server Hardware Manual, 802-4680-10. 3. Sun MediaCenter 1000 Installation and Service Manual, 802-4865-10. Volume I SCSI-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter Desktop Storage Pack 540-1776 540-1978 w Switch 150-1338 w Switch 150-1557 w Switch 150-2049 SCSI I/O PCB FAB 270-1468 ~1 o I P2 +5 GND Diode D1 J1'( 0 I P3 Pin-26 TERMPWR Pin-38 TERMPWR I Pin-38 ; TERMPWR I ~ Fuse F1 Notes 1. The 2A Fuse, 150-1174-01, protects the power supply. The peripheral inside the Desktop Storage Pack is not affected if the fuse blows. 2. TERMPWR, Pin-38, from the external SCSI bus is not connected to the peripheral inside the Desktop Storage Pack. 3. TERMPWR, Pin-26, from the peripheral inside the Desktop Storage Pack is not connected to the external SCSI bus. 4. TERMPWR from the power supply is not connected to the peripheral inside the Desktop Storage Pack. 5. TERMPWR from the power supply is connected to Pin-38 on the external SCSI bus. SCSI-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack 501-2790 SO-Pin Disk Options FastlWide SCSI To Next Device From SCSI Host HD6S-Pin Connector HD6S-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 ADDRSWITCH CONNECTOR G- P0403 FAN POWER ---EJ DCPOWER P0401 J0301 LED CABLE SO-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm. 2. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-2694. Termination Notes 3. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination. 4. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination. 5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08. 6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO. Reference SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10. Volume I SCSI-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter StorEdge UniPack 501-4823 80-Pin Disk Options UltralWide SCSI To Next Device From SCSI Host HD68-Pin Connector HD68-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 ADDR SWITCH CONNECTOR G- P0403 FAN POWER C=J -EJ DCPOWER P0401 J0301 LED CABLE 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm. 2. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-3732. Termination Notes 3. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination. 4. The StorEdge Unipack does not require external termination. 5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D15 - D8. 6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO. Reference SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227 -10. SCSI-30 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack 501-2791 CD-ROM Options Narrow SCSI Tape Options To Next Device From SCSI Host HD68-Pin Connector HD68-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 ADDR SWITCH CONNECTOR 8- DC~ER P0401 P0403 FAN POWER C=J P0402 --EJ P0404 ADDR CABLE r;::::::==========:::;-] ---tl P0405 70 mm Ribbon Cable 530-2178 50-Pin Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm. 2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board. 3. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-2674. Termination Notes 4. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination. 5. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination. 6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08. 7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO. Reference SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10. Volume I SCSI-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage UniPack StorEdge UniPack 501-3108 Wide SCSI Tape Options To Next Device From SCSI Host H068-Pin Connector H068-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 ADDR SWITCH CONNECTOR G- P0403 FAN POWER P0402 --EJ P0404 DCPOWER ADDR CABLE P0401 C=J ---f] P0405 r;:::::=========~ 235 mm Ribbon Cable 530-2324 68-Pin Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm. 2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board. 3. The SCSI Adapter is included with Power Supply Assembly 540-3004. Termination Notes 4. The Desktop Storage Pack requires external termination. 5. The SPARCstorage Unipack does not require external termination. 6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D15 - D8. 7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO. Reference SPARCstorage UniPack Hardware Setup Instructions, 802-3227-10. SCSI-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage FlexiPack StorEdge FlexiPack 501-4327 Wide SCSI To Next Device From SCSI Host H068-Pin Connector H068-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 8- DCPOWER FAB 270-3108 P0401 495mm Ribbon Cable 530-2373 HD68-Pin Connector HD68-Pin Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",170 mm. 2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board. 3. Adapter 501-4327 supports two Wide SCSI devices. 4. Narrow 50-Pin devices require HD68-Pin to 50-Pin Adapter 370-2819. 5. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination. 6. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08. 7. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO. Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737. Volume I SCSI-33 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage FlexiPack StorEdge FlexiPack 501-4356 Narrow SCSI To Next Device From SCSI Host H068-Pin Connector H068-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 AD DR SWITCH CONNECTORS 8- DCPOWER FAB 270-2791 P0401 300 mm Ribbon Cable 530-2378 50-Pin Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm. 2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board. 3. Adapter 501-4356 supports one Narrow SCSI device. 4. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination. 5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D1S - D8. 6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits D7 - DO. Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737. SCSI-34 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage FlexiPack StorEdge FlexiPack 501-4357 Wide SCSI To Next Device From SCSI Host H068-Pin Connector H068-Pin Connector J0101 J0201 ADDRSWITCH CONNECTOR 8- DC~ER P0401 FAB 270-3108 235mm Ribbon Cable 530-2324 HD68-Pin Connector Notes 1. The SCSI bus length on the SCSI Adapter is ",,170 mm. 2. The ribbon cable is soldered to the printed circuit board. 3. Adapter 501-4357 supports one Wide SCSI device. 4. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack does not require external termination. 5. The Upper LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 015 - 08. 6. The Lower LED indicates termination of SCSI Data Bits 07 - DO. Reference: SPARCstorage FlexiPack Installation Manual, 802-7737. Volume I SCSI-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane SPARCstorage MultiPack 501-2871 FasVWide SCSI ) T9fT12 Tl0fT13 T11fT14 Tl fT4 T2fT5 T3fT6 LEDS Target Numbers T4fT12 T5fT13 r- r- J0504 T6fT14 ,.- J0505 '- J0506 "- 80-Pin SCA2 Connectors Target Numbers T1fT9 - J0401 T2fT10 T3fT11 r- r- J0402 '- J0403 '- "- 80-Pin SCA2 Connectors DC POWER I J0301 Daughter Card Connector I Daughter Card 501-2893 ......- T1-T6 or T9-T14 Address Switch S0301 ~ 08-015 Termination LED 00-07 Termination LED 68-Pin Connector 1 I J010l I 'V From SCSI Host SCSI-36 68-Pin Connector r J0201 1 To Next Device or FPT Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane SPARCstorage MultiPack 2 StorEdge MultiPack 501-4747 UltralWide SCSI - 5 T9fT12 Tl0fT13 TllfT14 TlfT4 T2fT5 T3fT6 LEDS Target Numbers T41T12 T51T13 T61T14 r- r- ~ J0504 J0505 L- J0506 L- SO-Pin SCA2 Connectors Target Numbers T1!T9 T21T10 ~ T31T11 ~ J0401 ~ J0402 L- J0403 LSO-Pin SCA2 Connectors L- DC POWER I J0301 Daughter Card Connector I Daughter Card 501-2S93 ~ T1-T6 or T9-T14 Address Switch S0301 - OS-015 Termination LED 00-07 Termination LED 6S-Pin Connector 1 I J0101 I 6S-Pin Connector I J0201 I 'V From SCSI Host Volume I No terminator if UltralWide Host No other devices if UltralWide Host SCSI-37 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane SPARCstorage MultiPack 501-2899 FastIWide SCSI T3fT11 T5fT13 T9fT15 T211 0 T4Z12 TSZ14 1 ) 1 1 I"'" LEDS Target Numbers T10 - J0601 T11 T12 T13 T14 r- r- r- r- J0602 - J0603 ~ J0704 ~ J0705 ~ T15 - J0706 - ~ 80-Pin SCA2 Connectors Target Numbers T2 T3 T4 T5 T8 T9 - - r- r- r- - J0401 J0402 - J0403 '- J0504 '- J0505 J0506 - '- 80-Pin SCA2 Connectors DC POWER I J0301 Daughter Card Connector! Daughter Card 501-2893 r--- D8-D15 Termination LED i DO-D7 Termination LED 68-Pin Connector I JOtol I From SCSI Host SCSI-38 68-Pin Connector I J0201 I To Next Device or FPT Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane Netra nfs 150 501-3081 Netra i 150 J0601 T10 J0602 T11 J0603 T12 Enterprise 150 J0704 T13 J0705 T14 J0706 T15 BO-Pin SCA2 Connectors BO-Pin SCA2 Connectors J0401 T2 J0402 T3 J0403 T4 J0302 J0504 T5 J0505 TB J0506 T9 J0301 Power: J0901 50-PIN SCSI EXTERNAL IN J0401 J0402 J0403 J0504 J0505 J0506 Volume I 50-PIN SCSI EXTERNAL OUT J060 1 J0602 J0603 J0704 J0705 J0706 50-PIN SCSI EXTERNAL OUT J0401 J0402 J0403 J0504 J0505 J0506 SCSI-39 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Removable Media Backplane Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450 501-3128 Front View D P0201 SCSI Power ..- - - - ------- - - _.. , J0201 50-Pin SCSI Data J010424-Pin J0202 50-Pin SCSI Data D P0202 SCSI Power J0100 ' DO F0102 F0101 P0101 Floppy Data Floppy Power LED Board Rear View \ / J0103 80-Pin SCSI/Floppy Data J0100 J0100 20-Pin .-------. DC Input Power . - - - - - - - . I ·· - - - - - - - - ---- - - - - - -.. ·. ------ - - - -- - - - -- - - ... . -- - - - - - - - - - . . -----------. Notes 1. The RMA Backplane is controlled by /pci@ H,4000/scsi@2. 2. The external A20/A25 SCSI bus is controlled by /pci@ H,4000/scsi@2. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10. 2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10. SCSI-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 4-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450 501-4148 Front View .- - -- - - -- - -----. " o 00402 SO-Pin SCA2 J0303 1021 / I D " 004030 SO-Pin SCA2 J0302 I \ 1031 / Ventilation Hole ( I \ Ventilation Hole ) ~.------------~ PCF85741 2 C o 00400 SO-Pin SCA2 J0201 1001 / SO-Pin SCA2 J0301 I \ 1011 / 004010 \1 Rear View 0 / P0500 12 c Bus \ J0102 6S-Pin SCSI J0101 20-Pin Power ..- - - . - . -- - -- - . -. ..- - - - - - - - -- - . --." " ( ) Ventilation Hole .--------------. " " C~ _____~_ntil_rui_on_HO_le____~) .- - --- - -- - - - -- -. " " Notes 1. The 4-Slot Backplane is controlled by /pci @1f,4000/scsi @3. 2. Set aBP disk-Ied-assoc 0 to access the 4-Slot Backplane. 3. Hot plugging :::;501-4148-04 causes other disks on the bus to go off-line. 4. Hot plugging operates correctly in 501-4148-05. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10. 2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10. Volume I SCSI-41 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 8-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450 Options 6600 6601 6602 501-4189 501-5274 501-5274 X6600A X6601A X6602A :~ ~Q4.6i~§:fir_S{::~[ : .. .. _______ . o 00502 102 aO-Pin SCA2 J0502 II To J0402 ( J0101 20-Pin Power \ I Ventilation Hole 103 ) aO-Pin SCA2 J0503 II ( 008030 \ To J0402 .!: I ) Ventilation Hole ~ 0<0 0 0.. o 00401 100 aO-Pin SCA2 J0401 II To J0402 ( 008010 aO-Pin SCA2 J0501 \ I Ventilation Hole 101 ) IL To J0402 ( \1 ) Ventilation Hole 6a-Pin SCSI J0102 : 000702 102 aO-Pin SCA2 J0303 Ii To J0102 ( D aO-Pin SCA2 J0302 ~I 103 ) Ventilation Hole IL ( 1001 P0600 12 C Out : : : aO-Pin SCA2 J0201 L To J0102 ) Ventilation Hole PCF85741 2 C 000700 0070qcL ~I To J0102 007010 aO-Pin SCA2 J0301 \1 101 1 L To J0102 ~I Notes 1. The 8-Slot Backplane is split into two SCSI buses. 2. Options 6600 and 6601 include a dual single-ended SCSI Controller, internal SCSI Cable, DC Power Cable, and 12C Cable. 3. Option 6602 includes an SRC/p, internal SCSI cable, DC Power Cable, and 12C Cable. 4. Hot plugging 501-4189 causes other disks on the bus to go off-line. 5. Hot plugging 501-5274-02 operates correctly. 6. Set the disk-Ied-assoc OBP parameter after installing a disk backplane. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0429-10. 2. Ultra 450 Owner's Guide, 805-0430-10. SCSI-42 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 6-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane Enterprise 250 501-4682 J0104 DC Power to RMA Tray J06010n/Off to Keyswitch . - _. -. J0602 -1---£:=:::1 to LEDs O ::-:-----1- J0103 LED/Key/1 2C Orient the LED Cable as shown Tc w "0 "0 I I " ~ E 0 :;;" E 0 c ii: 600 T8 Ta w N « en U to DC Distribution U0801 0 Temp Sensor ~ ~ J0402 J0303 J0301 Tb T9 TO w "0 I " 0 ~ E ~ J0401 J0302 J0201 ..-. - - - - - - - - - - - -.. J0101 a-Pin DC Input Power J0102 aO-Pin SCA SCSI/Floppy Data to System Board Notes 1. Backplane 501-4682-04 with FAB 270-4682-04 is shown. 2. Backplane 501-4682-03 was built with FAB 270-4682-03. 3. Power connector J01 04 is on the right side of FAB 270-4682-03. 4. Keyswitch connector J0601 is on the left side of FAB 270-4682-03. References 1. Enterprise 250 Owner's Guide, 805-5160. 2. Enterprise 250 ShowMe How, 724-2794. Volume I SCSI-43 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Operator Panel SPARCstorage RSM 370-2198 FRU Assembly Q=P 50-Pin Connector 4.5" Cable to Centerplane LEDS Green Red Red - Ala~G OnlOff Switch Yellow Red Red D) D) D) D) D) D) []:::J Power Indicator Pwr Module A Fault Pwr Module B Fault Fan Module Warning Fan Module Failure Over Temperature Alarm Reset Switch Note FRU 370-2198 includes the Chassis, Operator Panel, Operator Panel Cable, and Centerplane. Reference SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062. SCSI-44 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 WD2S SCSI Adapter SPARCstorage RSM 370-2196 370-3375 Programable FPGA w U30 Installed Masked PROM wlo U30 Installed 96-Pin Connector [01000 ~ooo ~ZM~ 0090 I InstalllD3 when the WD2S card is used with the RSM Array 2000 Xylinx FGPA or Unisys PROM XylinxFGPA or Unisys PROM D o D U30 D 20MHz REMOTE/LOCAL HD68-Pin Connector DIFFERENTIAL FASTIWIDE SCSI Notes 1. Do NOT connect the WD2S to single-ended host adapters. 2. The WD2S does not support Ultra SCSI transfer rates. 3. Single-ended SCSI disk drives are installed in the SPARCstorage RSM. 4. The WD2S converts single-ended wide SCSI to differential wide SCSI. 5. Daisy chain operation is not supported by the 370-2196 WD2S card. 6. SCSI addresses are 0 to 7 when ID3 is removed. 7. SCSI addresses are 8 to f when ID3 is installed. Reference SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062. Volume I SCSI-45 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/0C Environmental Sensor SPARCstorage RSM Option 6510 370-2195 IxeM30 I -ONCE g DS1 L:J OPEN S1 1-4 Open (Default) Disable Logic Reset (1) '-------If- Disable RS485 (2) li====t= Enable SCSI Interface (3-4) TARGET O-f ROTARY SWITCH Notes 1. Set the first board to target Oxf on the Rotary Switch. 2. Set the second board to target Oxe when two trays are daisy chained. 3. The maximum number of disk drives is thirteen when two trays and two Environmental Boards are daisy chained. Reference: SPARCstorage RSM SEN Card Installation, 805-0213-10. SCSI-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 7-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane SPARCstorage RSM 370-2198 FRU Assembly J6 I To O[lerator Panel J4 To SCSI Interface Card -- - ----- --..- - - - - - -- - - - - _.. ~ ~ ··- - - - - - - -- - -. _.. J14 SO-Pin SCA2 Connectors JSI '\ 7 I TO J91 '\ · . ._-----------_. 7 I T1 ··- -- - - - - - - - - - _.. J10I '\ J2 Power Module B 7 I T2 J111 '\ 7 I T3 - · . ._-----------_. o J3 Blower Power -:;- J121 '\ 7 I J1 Power Module A T4 J131 ··- -- - - - - - - -- - _.. 7 '\ · . .------------_. I T5 J141 '\ 7 I T6 . - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -. . - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - _. · . ._-----------_. To Environmental Sensor J5 \~====:!.7:...J1 . - - - - - - - - - - - -- - . . - - - - - - - - - - - - - _. LI Note FRU 370-2198 includes the Chassis, Operator Panel, Operator Panel Cable, and Centerplane. Individual parts are not available. Reference SPARCstorage RSM Installation, Operations, and Service, 802-5062. Volume I SCSI-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Array Controller RSM Array 2000 370-2435 StorEdge A3000 540-3600 w/o Memory 16MB MPU w64MB RPA FRU W 0 0 0 PCB 3480031424 53C875 Ol .,.'"co 6r-'" :2 i486DX2 66MHz HOST ~ :2 Ci5 :::> a.. :2 Ol Q) .,.'"co .,.'"C)l .,.6'" .,.'"'"6 .,.'"'"6 6r-- r-- r-- r-- r-'" :2:2'" :2:2'" :2:2'" :2:2'" :2 Ol 0 :2 Ci5 :::> a.. :2 Ci5 0 Ci5 I Ci5 0 Ci5 ...J ...J I i'ta:: i'ta:: i'ta:: i'ta:: 4 3 2 '"co :2'"co :2'" :2'" :2'" :2'" '"'" '"'" '"'" '"'" :2 ISCSI-ol SIMM 6 [ITI ISCSI-11 5 [} IS824231 .,l.J. [} = = LEOS ISCSI21 ISCSI-31 LSB I MSB PWR FLT Ipclsetl SGSI-4 liGON I D B E " O O M48TI8 EI212:£1 iDP38905i SWIll DIAGNOSTIC g: 1 E1300 0 0 0 Alternating Pattern LED Codes On =. = Off 0 .0000000 00000000 O •• 0 ••• 0 • •••••••• ••• 0 • o 0 •• 00 • • SCSI-48 0 • 0 o •• 0 o ••• •• 0 ••• 0 • •• • • ••• • •• 0 • 0 .0 000000 00 000000 o 0 Active - No fault Passive - No fault Controller held in reset Controller in wrong slot MPU SIMM fault RPA SIMM fault Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-2435 540-3600 Notes 1. The Phase I minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. 2. The Phase II minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 3. Phase II software requires Firmware 202.04.04.01. 4. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery. RSM Array 2000 Notes 1. The RSM Array 2000 is a controller and chassis. 2. The RSM Array 2000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted RSM Array 2000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the RSM Array 2000 chassis in an RSM Array 2000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 4. The RSM Array 2000 was renamed StorEdge A3000 in January 1998. 5. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the RSM Array 2000. StorEdge A3000 Notes 1. The StorEdge A3000 is a controller and chassis. 2. The StorEdge A3000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted A3000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3000 chassis in a StorEdge A3000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 4. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the StorEdge A3000. StorEdge A3500 Notes 1. The StorEdge A3500 is a controller and chassis. 2. The StorEdge A3500 is also the name of a rack mounted StorEdge A3500 controller and chassis with StorEdge 01000 disk trays. 3. Before December 1999, a StorEdge A3000 nameplate was on the StorEdge A3500 chassis in a StorEdge A3500 cabinet with StorEdge D1000s. After November 1999, a StorEdge A3500 nameplate is used. 4. Use Array Controller 540-3083 with the StorEdge A3500. Memory Notes 1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory. 2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory. 3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439. 4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number. 5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs. 6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank. 7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank. 8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM. 9. The 540-3600 Array Controller FRU was released October 1997. References 1. RSM Array 2000 System Manual, 802-7603. 2. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602. 3. RAID Manager Controller Replacement Guide, 805-7854. Volume I SCSI-49 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Array Controller StorEdge A3500 370-3656 540-3083 w/o Memory w 16MB MPU w64MB RPA FRU 0 0 0 PCB 3480031424 '" '" co co ..-'l' ..-'l' '"..-6 ..-2: .... .... .... .... :2 '" :2 :2 :2 :2 M 53C875 i486DX2 66MHz ~ M M C\I 0 0 M M M :2 :2 Ui HOST => "- :2 tll :2 co I SCSI-O I SIMM => :2 Ui J: 2: .... 0 .... '"::;;: :2'" :2 Ui 0...J :2 Ui J: rt a:rt a:rt a:rt a: "- :2 tll tll :2 co 6 [1fl ISCSI- 1 1 Ui 0 ...J Ui ..-'"'" ..-'"'" 'l' 5 tll :2 :2 C\I C\I '" M 4 3 tll :2 C\I tll :2 C\I '" '" 2 LSB [} IS824231 ,~,~, I [} MSB LEDS PWR FLT = = I SCSI-2 I ISCSI-3 1 I pClsetl I ICON D 8 E 1 1 0 0 M48T18 SCSI-4 E12@21 I DP3890s1 SW1 DIAGNOSTIC E1300 0 I 0 IIIg: 1 0 Alternating Pattern LED Codes On=. Off = 0 .0000000 000000 o •• • 0 ••• 0 •••••••• •• • •• o. •• •• .0 0 0 00 SCSI-50 0 • 0 • • 0 0 o •• 0 •• • 0 0 0 • 0 • •• • • • • • • •• • 0 000 0 0 0 0 0 000 0 0 00 0 Active - No fault Passive - No fault Controller held in reset Controller in wrong slot MPU SIMM fault RPA SIMM fault Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-3656 540-3083 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97. 2. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery. RSM Array 2000 Notes 1. The RSM Array 2000 is a controller and chassis. 2. The RSM Array 2000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted RSM Array 2000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the RSM Array 2000 chassis in an RSM Array 2000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 4. The RSM Array 2000 was renamed StorEdge A3000 in January 1998. 5. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the RSM Array 2000. StorEdge A3000 Notes 1. The StorEdge A3000 is a controller and chassis. 2. The StorEdge A3000 is also the name of a cabinet mounted A3000 controller and chassis with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 3. An RSM Array 2000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3000 chassis in a StorEdge A3000 cabinet with SSA 214/219 RSM disk trays. 4. Use Array Controller 540-3600 with the StorEdge A3000. StorEdge A3500 Notes 1. The StorEdge A3500 is a controller and chassis. 2. The StorEdge A3500 is also the name of a rack mounted StorEdge A3500 controller and chassis with StorEdge D1000 disk trays. 3. A StorEdge A3000 nameplate is on the StorEdge A3500 chassis in a StorEdge A3500 cabinet with StorEdge D1 000 disk trays if the unit was built before December 1999. Units built after December 1999 have a A3500 nameplate on the A3500 chassis. 4. Use Array Controller 540-3083 with the StorEdge A3500. Memory Notes 1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory. 2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory. 3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439. 4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number. 5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs. 6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank. 7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank. 8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM. References 1. A 1000101000 Installation, Operation, and Service, 805-2624. 2. A3000 Controller Module Replacement Guide, 805-4980. 3. RAID Manager Controller Replacement Guide, 805-7854. Volume I SCSI-51 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Array Controller StorEdge A3500FC Option 6538 540-4026 370-3931 370-3930 Memory Used in 540-4026 Option 6538 WiD w 16MB MPU w64MB RPA D1000 FRU 540-4027 Memory Used in 540-4027 No Option Number w 16MB MPU w64MB RPA SSA214/219 FRU WiD o o PCB 3480031423 53C875 i486DX2 66MHz ~ ~ ISGSI- 1 1 ___ o : 5 1~8~~~31- ---------- JJUJ ___ i ~MM 6 4 3 2 R SGSI-4 PWR LEOS' ~8 I~ liGON D :,' IDP389051 E1100 48T18 E1200 I ~ SW1 I MSB = = Daughter Board LSB FLT , DIAGNOSTIC ~ 1 : .. _. _ .. ---- - _. _. - - -. _. o E1300 o Alternating Pattern LED Codes =. = On Off 0 .0000000 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o •• • • 0 ••• 0 •••••••• • 0 • • • 0 • • • • • • •• ••• 0.0.0 • •• 0 • 00 • • 0 • • 0 o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 • • 0 • • • SCSI-52 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Active - No fault Passive - No fault Controller held in reset Controller in wrong slot MPU SIMM fault RPA SIMM fault Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-3930 540-4026 370-3931 540-4027 Daughter Board No Sun Part Number D U1 Link Module PCB 348-0032834 D SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 MM Fiber up to 500 meters 2 Meter Cable 537-1004 5 Meter Cable 537-1020 15 Meter Cable 537-1006 TACHYON DTPI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. The M48T18 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery. SSA 214/219 RSM Notes 1. Use Controller 540-4027 with the SSA 214/219 RSM disk tray. 2. Controller 540-4027 is not available in a chassis option. 3. Controller 540-4027 is available as Upgrade UG-A3K-A3500FC. StorEdge 01000 Notes 1. Use Controller 540-4026 with the StorEdge 01000 disk tray. 2. Controller 540-4026 is available in Chassis Option 6538. 3. Controller 540-4026 is available in Upgrade UG-A3500-A3500FC. Memory Notes 1. The Main Processor Unit (MPU) SIMMs serve as processor memory. 2. The RAID Parity Assist (RPA) SIMMs serve as cache memory. 3. Use 8MB SIMM 370-2438 and 32MB SIMM 370-2439. 4. The 370-2438 and 370-2439 are not labeled with a Sun Part Number. 5. Memory failures are reported as a pair of two SIMMs. 6. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-2 and SIMM-4 for RPA Low Bank. 7. Install 32MB SIMMs in SIMM-1 and SIMM-3 for RPA High Bank. 8. Install 8MB SIMMs in SIMM-5 and SIMM-6 for MPU DRAM. References Volume I SCSI-53 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Chassis 8ackpanel RSM Array 2000 StorEdge A3000 StorEdge A3500 StorEdge A3500FC 370-2431 Chassis Backpanel J3 I To Host 1 I H068·Pin I DIFF SCSI IN BDI To RSM Drive Tray 1 To RSM Drive Tray 3 To RSM Drive Tray 5 I I I H068·Pin J9 HOS8·Pin J7 H061l-Pin Jll I I 14-Pin I I I DIFF SCSI ARRAY 1 I I :~:::~:~ I HOSTSCSIID DIFF SCSI ARRAY 3 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 5 I 15-Pin I c::J TERMPWR Jumper RS232 BDI PIS INTERFACE I 15-Pin I Terminator I I HOSIl-Pin I ETHERNET BDI J5 DIFF SCSI OUT BDI J4 I To Host 1 I H068·Pin J6 DIFF SCSI IN BD2 I0 0 0 0 I 15-Pin I I I Terminator I H061l-Pin To RSM Drive Tray 2 To RSM Drive Tray 4 I I Jl0 H061l-Pin J8 H068·Pin I I I RS232 BD2 I DIFF SCSI OUT BD2 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 2 DIFF SCSI ARRAY 4 I IS-Pin I ETHERNET B02 0 TERMPWR Jumper I GND+5GNO+5 34-Pin I BATTERY ofOlO 0 ofOlofOl 01210 0 012l012l 2 3 2 2 2 12° 2 3 2 2 2 12° Controller 1 Controller 2 Lower Slot Upper Slot SCSI ID 4 SCSI ID 5 Notes 1. Set Controller 1 to Host-Side SCSI 10 4. 2. Install Controller 1 in the lower slot of the chassis. 3. Set Controller 2 to Host-Side SCSI 10 5. 4. Install Controller 2 in the upper slot of the chassis. RSM Array 2000 Notes 1. The Phase I minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. 2. The Phase II minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. SSA 214/219 RSM Drive Tray Notes 1. Count Drive Trays from the bottom (Tray 1) to the top (Tray 5) of the Expansion Cabinet. 2. Set the Drive Tray to hi-order addressing (8 - f) by installing a jumper at location 103 on the WD2S card. References 1. RSM Array 2000 System Manual, 802-7603. 2. RSM Array 2000 Controller Module Installation Guide, 802-7602. SCSI-54 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card SS1000 disktower 1000 Option 597 501-2066 501-2244 wlo Disks ri 4535MB Disks Disk FRU 540-2403 S- 240-Pin Connector 300-1109-01 or -02 DF1 00 00 r-- 501-2067 ADAPTER BOARD :;c TARGET 1 () (J) c - 0:: 600 ~ - - - :;c () (J) c TARGET 2 0:: 600 ----= i==== :;c TARGET 0 () (J) - c 0:: 600 - () - 0:: - '---- ~ :;c - (J) c TARGET 3 600 ~ r-l ~ LEDS 0-3 SCSI IN HD50-PIN SCSI OUT HD50-PIN Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2. 2. Drive Address selection is preset to Target 0, 1, 2, and 3. 3. An FSBE/S card is required if only one system board is installed. 4. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the SCSI Expansion Board, if disk drives are installed on the SS1000 internal SCSI Bus. 5. Do NOT daisy chain SCSI Expansion Boards. 6. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable. 7; Use Single-Ended SCSI Terminator 150-1785. Reference: 2. 1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11. Volume I SCSI-55 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 4.2-Gbyte Disk Card SS1000 disktower 1000 Options 772 773 501-2588 501-2589 WiD ri Disks 4 1.05GB Disks Disk FRU 540-2568 1- 240-Pin Connector 300-11 09-02 F1 D00 00 - 501-2587 ADAPTER BOARD ;;: u TARGET 1, 9, or 13 (/) - - - - c c:: 600 ~ ;;: u (/) c - c:: TARGET 2,10, or 14 600 --=----> = ;;: TARGET 0,8, or 12 u(/) c c:: 600 ;;: - - (/) - c:: - - u c TARGET 3, 11, or 15 600 - r-l ~ . VJoJoJ_ LEOS 3 o- SCSI IN HD68-PIN SCSI OUT HD68-PIN Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2. 2. Backplane Slot 0 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3. 3. Backplane Slot 1 sets drive addresses to Targets 8, 9, 10, and 11. 4. Backplane Slot 2 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3. 5. Backplane Slot 3 sets drive addresses to Targets 12, 13, 14, and 15. 6. An SWIS/S card is required if only one system board is installed. 7. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable. 8. Use Single-Ended Wide-SCSI Terminator 150-2267. Reference: Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-7671-10. SCSI-56 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 8.4-Gbyte Disk Card SS 1000 disktower 1000 Option 775 501-2588 501-2980 wlo Disks -l 4 2.1 GB Disks 7200 RPM Disk FRU 540-2706 r-- 240-Pin Connector F1 000 00 300-11 09-02 .---- 501-2587 ADAPTER BOARD ::;: TARGET 1, 9, or 13 () rJ) c 0: 6 co ~ ::;: () - - - - rJ) TARGET 2,10, or 14 ~ i=== ::;: ::;: TARGET 0,8, or 12 () rJ) = LEDS - - () rJ) c TARGET 3, 11, or 15 0: 6co '--- b 0-3 - c 0: 6co ~ c 0: 6co SCSI IN HD68-PIN ~ SCSI OUT HD68-PIN Notes 1. Backplane Slot sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3. 2. Backplane Slot 1 sets drive addresses to Targets 8, 9, 10, and 11. 3. Backplane Slot 2 sets drive addresses to Targets 0, 1, 2, and 3. 4. Backplane Slot 3 sets drive addresses to Targets 12, 13, 14, and 15. 5. An SWIS/S card is required if only one system board is installed. 6. The 42W DC-DC Converter 300-1109 is not field replaceable. 7. Use Single-Ended Wide-SCSI Terminator 150-2267. ° Reference: Disk Card Installation Manual, 802-3533-10. Volume I SCSI-57 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Disk Board E4000 501-4168 E5000 E6000 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 5161 5162 5163 5164 501-5137 501-5584 501-5761 2 2.1 GB Disks 7200 RPM OGB FRU 501-3113 Disk FRU 540-2730 Disk FRU 540-2936 24.2GB Disks 7200 RPM OGB FRU 501-3113 Disk FRU 540-2938 2 9.1 GB Disks 7200 RPM OGB FRU 501-3113 Disk FRU 540-3704 2 18.2GB Disks 10000 RPM OGB FRU 501-3113 Disk FRU 540-4177 1-------------1 ------ --- D " 3 30A 32V Fuse (fJ z a: \ J0702 DISK 0 g ENABLEOO A300 A200 A100 AOOO / BRACKET 340-3026 L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J 1-------------"""1 ------ --- " 00 3 (fJ z a: 6co \ J0706 J0703 ENABLE 00 A300 DISK 1 A200 A100 AOOO c::=:::J o o F1 o o o:mn o o o o / BRACKET 340-3026 L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J CJ F800 HD68-PIN SCSI 300-11 09-xx C:::=::::::J E4000/E5000/E4500/E5500 Notes 1. 2. 3. 4. Up to four Disk Boards are supported. Install the Disk Board in any slot. The 4.2GB Disk Drive requires Disk Board ~501-3113-03. Disk Drives may fail to power up on Disk Board :::;501-3113-02. E6000 and E6500 Notes 1. Up to two Disk Boards are supported. 2. Install the Disk Board in Slot 14 and Slot 15 only. 3. The 4.2GB Disk Drive requires Disk Board ~501-3113-03. 4. Disk Drives may fail to power up on Disk Board :::;501-3113-02. 5. Install the Disk Board in Slot 15 if only one board is installed. SCSI-58 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4168 501-5137 501-5584 501-5761 Default Drive Address Settings The default drive address settings are assigned by the centerplane when a jumper is not installed on J0702 and J0703 Pins 1-2. SLOT 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 DISKO DISK 1 ADDRESS ADDRESS 4 6 0 10 2 12 8 14 5 7 1 11 3 13 9 15 SLOT DISKO DISK 1 ADDRESS ADDRESS 10 0 12 2 14 8 0 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 11 1 13 3 15 9 1 11 Jumper Settings Jumpers J0702 and J0703 override the default drive address settings assigned by the centerplane. JUMPER J0702 J0702 J0702 J0703 J0703 J0703 J0705 J0706 PINS SETTING 1-2 Out 1-2 In AO-A3 As required 1-2 Out 1-2 In AO-A3 As required 1-2 As required 1-2 As required DESCRIPTION Disk 0 default address selection Disk 0 manual address selection Disk 0 address select Disk 1 default address selection Disk 1 manual address selection Disk 1 address select Disk 0 delay spin Disk 1 delay spin Notes 1. Disk Board FRU 501-5113 does not include disk drives. 2. 10000 RPM disk drives require Disk Board ~501-5113-05. 3. The normal LED pattern is On-Oft-On prior to Solaris 2.6 HW 5/98. 4. The normal LED pattern is Off-an-Off in Solaris ~2.6 HW 5/98. References 1. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845-11. 2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632-10. Volume I SCSI-59 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Raid Controller 375-0007 StorEdge A 1000 375-0015 375-0016 8MB MPU Memory 16MB RPA Memory W Battery 16MB MPU Memory 64MB RPA Memory FRU w/o Battery 8MB MPU Memory 16MB RPA Memory FRU w/o Battery 375-0134 375-0135 375-0136 8MB MPU Memory 16MB RPA Memory w Battery 8MB MPU Memory 16MB RPA Memory FRU w/o Battery 16MB MPU Memory 64MB RPA Memory FRU w/o Battery Symbios Logic 3240 Array Controller 348-0033621 ~ E7 100MHZ Pentium ~ E5 E4 D D WE6 IICON I g E3 @]::I SIMM4 MPU DRAM SW2 1 -4 CJg~ Processor Memory 4MB or 8MB EDO SIMMs J06 SIMM3 MPU DRAM SIMM2 RPA DRAM RAID Parity Assist Memory 8MB or 32MB EDO SIMMs SIMM1 RPA DRAM 6Vdc Battery 370-3417 DoB 53C875 D 1839051 NVRAM LEDS LOCKING HANDLE D SERIAL 10BASE-T DB-9 g E2 t:=3-- To External Power Switch J11 LEDS SW1 § E1 LEDS HD68-PIN SCSI HD68-PIN SCSI DIFFERENTIAL ULTRA SCSI SCSI-60 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0007 375-0015 375-0016 375-0134 375-0135 375-0136 Switch and Jumper Settings LOCATION PINS E1 E2 E3 E4 E5 E6 E7 SW1 SW2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 O-f 1-4 SETTING In Out In Out In In Out As required Off DECRIPTION Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown Unknown SCSIID Diag Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97. 2. The M48T59 NVRAM uses an M4T28 SNAPHAT battery. Memory Notes 1. The RAID Controller uses Extended Data Out SIMMs. 2. The 32MB RPA SIMM is Sun Part Number 370-2439-01. 3. The 4MB MPU SIMM has no Sun part number. 4. The 8MB MPU or RPA SIMM has no Sun part number. 5. Install 8MB or 32MB RPA SIMMs in slots SIMM-1 and SIMM-2. 6. Install 4MB or 8MB MPU SIMMs in slots SIMM-3 and SIMM-4. Firmware Notes 1. Firmware on 375-0007, 375-0015, and 375-0016 is compatible with RAID Manager 6.0, 6.1, and 6.1.1. This controller firmware is not compatible with RAID Manager 6.22. 2. Firmware on 375-0134, 375-0135, and 375-0136 is compatible with RAID Manager 6.22. This controller firmware is not compatible with RAID Manager 6.0,6.1, and 6.1.1. Reference A 1000 Installation, Operation, and Service Manual, 805-2624-10. Volume I SCSI-61 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Differential SCSI Controller StorEdge 01000 375-0008 Symbios Nighthawk SINGLE ENOEO ULTRA SCSI 5 -1 o Symbios Logic Nighthawk 348-0032581 SW3 E16 00 SW3-1 On GEMI Enabled SW3-2 On GEM2 Enabled E15 g Ell ~ E9 ~ E14 EI3~~EI2 ~ El0 ~ E8 ~ E6 E7 : [I] [I] SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure ICs Single Ended to Differential Ultra SCSI Converters g E3 c:::::J Power Switch Connector Box 10 Configuration Options 0-9 1-5 E2§) Off , - - - - - - , H068-PIN SCSI2-B I LEDS H068-PIN SCSI2-A SW2 SWI H068-PIN SCSll-B I I Fl D El§) o ,------, o "----_ _---' LEDS H068-PIN SCSI I-A I OIFFERENTIAL ULTRA SCSI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 8/97. 2. There are no pins at E3, E6, E7, E8, E9, E10, E11, E12, E13, or E14. SCSI-62 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0008 SW1 Switch Settings SWITCH OIP SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 * Up 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 SETTING OESCRIPTION Up * Down Up Down Up Down Up Down Up/Down Array 1 drive addresses 8-11 (default) Array 1 drive addresses 0-3 Array 2 drive addresses 8-11 Array 2 drive addresses 0-3 (default) Wait for start unit command Use SW1-4 setting (default) Delayed start 12 sec x drive id (default) Start at power-on Reserved for future use =On, Down =Off SW2 Rotary Switch Settings Rotary Switch SW2 sets the Module ID of the StorEdge D1000. StorEdge A3500 1x5 10 Settings 72" Exp Cabinet StorEdge A3500 2x7 10 Settings 72" Exp Cabinet StorEdge A3500 3x15 Configuration 1x8 10 Settings 2x7 10 Settings 72" Exp Cabinet 72" Exp Cabinet 01000105 01000105 01000105 01000104 01000104 01000104 01000105 01000103 01000103 A3000 01000104 01000102 01000102 01000105 01000103 01000101 01000101 01000104 A3000 B A3000 B A3000 C 01000103 A3000A A3000A 01000105 01000102 01000102 01000101 01000104 01000101 01000101 01000102 01000103 Notes 1. The board is installed solder side up in the StorEdge D1000. 2. SW1 switch setting Up is toward the solder side of the board. 3. SW1 switch setting Down is toward the component side of the board. References 1. A 1000 and 01000 Installation, Operation, and Service, 805-2624-10. 2. A3S00 Hardware39 Configuration Guide, 805-4981-10. Volume I SCSI-63 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 a-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 501-4560 Front View .... .... Rear View FAB 270-4560-03 J1403 .--. c:J . ... SO-Pin SCA2 T11 J0602 0 "0 I c: I :-:0 ~ n' E ' , T9 J0705 1 TS J0704 ~O T3 J0402 o· ,--- T2 J0401 T1 J0505 0 o ...... · - _. -- 0 - o· o· .... .. ," TO J0504 a .O! 0 _. o ...: ....... : o ~ o. .--_._---, r 0. .. \ 0 M po, '" \ 1 ___ · - -- - -- _. , , Ol c:J \ :0 --- J1404 o. . . . . ::.~~ 0 T10 J0601 . -- --- - -- 0.·________ .0 - - - - - - _. Q) 0 -- - - - - - - - • ."'. .... a '" .0 i J1401 J1402 c:J c:J StorEdge 01000 Controller Address Settings SWITCH DIP SETTING SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 SCSI-64 1 1 2 2 DESCRIPTION Up Down Array 1 drive addresses 8-11 (default) Array 1 drive addresses 0-3 Up Down Array 2 drive addresses 8-11 Array 2 drive addresses 0-3 (default) Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 12-Slot SCSI Disk Backplane StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 501-4440 Rear View Front View 80-Pin SCA2 r __ T12 J0602 0 I T11 J0601 I ... 0 0 0 .... _.. __ .. 2J O .. __ .... J~ 0'" \ I T8 J0704 0:... ~c- o ·._.---- --- --- - - .. _. 'L ~.':- _-:-: :-EJ :0 ,----, T5 J0403 :0 T4 J0402 :.:0 [J 0 I 0 . ... __ :: O O T3 J0401 \ 0'" • - - - - - - - - -. • Ie ·---------D::~ , 'N · _. ---- - - -. SJ 0 o. ________ ~ \ TO J0504 ,N ,0 D·.-_-_-_____________ \ I , , ,..., D ,"~ T2 J0506 I T1 J0505 ,_ :[: \ I 0 O:':-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:':~nl .--------- U~ , , T10 J0706 T9 J0705 :0 LJ \ :0 I J1404 0·--------·0 ... ' T13 J0603 0 J1403 • - - - - - - - • -. .--. , "-_. .--. .... J1401 • _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J1402 o 0 StorEdge D1 000 Controller Address Settings SWITCH DIP SETTING SW1 SW1 SW1 SW1 Volume I 1 1 2 2 Up Down Up Down DESCRIPTION Array Array Array Array 1 drive addresses 1 drive addresses 2 drive addresses 2 drive addresses 8-13 (default) 0-5 8-13 0-5 (default) SCSI-65 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS DISK 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Disk Single Ended Standard Connector SCSI Disk Drives Quantum 105S 104MB .................................. Quantum 21 OS 207MB .................................. Maxtor LXT-213SY 207MB .................................. Conner CP30200 207MB .......... .......... .............. CDC 94171-327/344 327MB .................................. Seagate ST1480N 424MB. ..... .......... ............ ...... Micropolis 1588-15 669MB .......................... ........ Maxtor XT-8760S 669MB .................................. Seagate ST41600N 1.3G B .................................. 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 14 Single Ended Standard Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives Seagate ST3610N 535MB .................................. Conner CP30540 535MB... ........ ....................... Seagate ST5660N 535MB ............................ ...... Seagate ST11200N 1.05GB........ ............ ......... ..... Seagate ST31200N 1.05GB .................................. 1.05GB........... .......... ............. Conner CFP1 080S Seagate ST12400N 2.1 GB .................................. Conner CFP21 05S 2.1 GB .................................. 2.1 GB ........ ............ ......... ..... Seagate ST32430N Seagate ST32550N 2.1 GB ... ............................... IBM DFHS-32160-S2F 2.1GB .................................. Seagate ST15230N 4.2GB ........... .......... ............. 15 16 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Single Ended Single Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives Mounting Hardware ........................................................... 535MB.......... ................... ..... Seagate ST3500NC Conner CP30548 535MB .................................. Seagate ST5660NC 535MB ........................ .......... 1.05GB .................................. Seagate ST31200WC Conner CFP1 060E 1.05GB .......................... ........ Conner CFP1 080E 1.05GB ......................... ......... IBM DPES-31 080-S1 S 1.05GB .................................. 1.05GB ........ ... .......... ....... ...... Quantum 1080S 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Disk - Continued Single Ended Single Connector Fast SCSI Disk Drives 2.1 GB .................................. Conner CFP21 05E Seagate ST32430WC 2.1 GB .. .......... ...................... Seagate ST32550WC 2.1 GB .................................. 2.1GB .................................. IBM DFHS-32160-S2S Seagate ST15230WC 4.2GB .... ........................ ...... 38 39 40 41 42 Single Ended Single Connector Ultra SCSI Disk Drives Seagate ST32155WC 2.1GB .................................. IBM DORS-32160 2.1 GB .................................. IBM DCAS-32160 2.1 GB .................................. 2.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu M2952 Seagate ST32171 WC 2.1 GB .. .......... ...................... Quantum VK22J05 2.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu M2954 4.2GB ........ ............ .............. 4.2GB .................................. Seagate ST34371WC Quantum VK45J05 4.2GB .................................. Fujitsu MAB3045SC 4.2GB .................................. IBM DDRS-34560 4.2GB .................................. Seagate ST34501 WC 4.2GB ...... .................. .......... Seagate ST34502LC 4.2GB .................................. 9.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu M2949 Seagate ST19171 WC 9.1 GB .................................. 9.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu MAB3091 SC IBM DDRS-39130 9.1 GB .................................. Seagate ST39173WC 9.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu MAE3091 LC 9.1 GB .................................. IBM DNES-309170 9.1 GB .................................. Seagate ST39102LC 9.1 GB .................................. 9.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu MAG3091 LC Seagate ST391 03LC 9.1 GB .................................. Seagate ST39204LC 9.1 GB .................................. Fujitsu MAA3182SC 18.2GB .................................. Seagate ST118273LC 18.2GB .................................. 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 DISK-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Disk - Continued Single Ended Single Connector Ultra SCSI Disk Drives IBM DGHS-18Y 18.2GB .................................. Fujitsu MAG3182LC 18.2GB .................................. Seagate ST318203LC 18.2GB .................................. Seagate ST318404LC 18.2GB .................................. Fujitsu MAJ3182M 18.2GB .................................. Fujitsu MAF3364LC 36.4GB .................................. 36.4GB .................................. Seagate ST136403LC Fujitsu MAJ3364M 36.4GB ....... ........................... 36.4GB....... .................. ......... Seagate ST336704LC 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 Differential SCSI Disk Drives Seagate ST42400ND Seagate ST43401 ND Seagate ST43402ND Seagate ST41 0800WD ATAIIDE/EIDE Disk Drive Seagate ST34342A Seagate ST34321 A Seagate ST34312A Seagate ST38420A Seagate ST3841 OA Seagate ST39140A IBM DJNA-370910 Seagate ST39120A Seagate ST39111A Seagate ST315320A Volume1 2.1GB 2.9GB 2.9GB 9.0GB .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. 79 80 82 83 4.3GB 4.3GB 4.3GB 8.4GB 8.4GB 9.1GB 9.1GB 9.1GB 9.1GB 15.3GB .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 DISK-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Disk - Continued FC-AL Disk Drives Seagate ST19171 FC Seagate ST39102FC Seagate ST391 03FC Seagate ST118273FC Seagate ST118202FC Seagate ST318203FC Seagate ST318304FC Seagate ST136403FC Seagate ST336704FC Seagate ST173404FC DISK-4 9.1GB 9.1GB 9.1GB 18.2GB 18.2GB 18.2GB 18.2GB 36.4GB 36.4GB 73.4GB .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. .................................. 95 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Quantum 1058 31/2" 104MB 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Sun-4/60/65 Option 550 370-1200 1 5/8" Height DD Power ss 00 EP WS 00 AO A1 00 A2 00 00 00 I 1L-_----'-5-'-o-'-'Pi"-nD.....;;a=ta;....:;C~on""-n-'-'ec;.;.;:to-'-r_------' In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into AO A 1 A2. JUMPER SETTING SS EP WS AO,A1,A2 AO A1 AO,A1 Out Out Out Out In In In DESCRIPTION Spindle sync Parity Wait spin Drive 10 Drive 10 Drive 10 Drive 10 USAGE Not used Not used Not used Target 0 Target 1 TarQet 2 Target 3 Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.5 Amps @ + 12Vdc 9.5 Watts Reference: Sun-3/80 Internal Disk Drive Installation Manual, 813-1064. Volume I DISK-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Quantum 21 OS 31/2" 207MB 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Sun-4/40/50/75 SS10 Options 552 553 370-1327 370-1376 1 5/8" Height 1 5/8" Height D PO 00 Ct 00 CO 00 ss 00 EP @:£J "'Mew~ D WS 00 AO 00 At A2 00 [f o _ v._ _ -e:::J- 00 00 00 TERMINATORS - - - Removed - - 2.54 mm Flex Cable 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into AO A 1 A2. JUMPER SETTING SS EP WS AO,A1,A2 AO A1 AO,A1 Out In Out Out In In In DESCRIPTION Spindle sync Parity Wait spin Drive ID Drive 10 Drive ID Drive ID USAGE Not used Enable parity Not used Target 0 Target 1 Target 2 Target 3 Power: 0.7 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.7 Amps @ +12Vdc 11.9 Watts Notes 1. Remove the TERMPWR fuse when installing the drive in an SS10. 2. The Sun-4/60 or Sun-4/65 chassis does not provide adequate cooling for the 207MB Disk Drive. References 1. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5037-10. 2. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5565-10. 3. Installing SPARCstation 2 Internal Disk Drives, 800-5661-10. DISK-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Maxtor LXT-213SY 31/2" 207MB 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Sun-4/40/50/75 SS10 Option 553 370-1327 1 5/8" Height TERMPWR Fuse -e::::J00 TP AO 00 A1 A2 00 00 ws[QQJ EP~ DD _"".TERMINATORS Removed I Power I 1'---_....::5-=-O-.;....;Pi'-'..nD::.:a=ta;,..:C,-,-on",-n.;;.;ec:..:..:t0c....r_----' JUMPER SETTING AO,A1,A2 AO A1 AO,A1 WS EP TP Out In In In In In Out DESCRIPTION Drive 10 Drive 10 Drive 10 Drive 10 Wait spin Parity TERMPWR USAGE Target 0 Target 1 Target 2 Target 3 Spin with power Enable parity Disable TP Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.6 Amps @ + 12Vdc 10.2 Watts Notes 1. The Sun-4/60/65 chassis does not provide adequate cooling for the 207MB Disk Drive. 2. This drive is not supported inside the Desktop Storage Pack due to the orientation of the address jumpers. 3. The SS10 requires minimum Firmware 4.22,370-1327-04 Rev 52. References 1. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5037-10. 2. SPARCstation IPC Installation Guide, 800-5565-10. 3. Installing SPARCstation 2 Internal Disk Drives, 800-5661-10. Volume I DISK-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Conner CP30200 31/2" 207MB 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Sun-4/15/30/40/50 SS10 Option 552 370-1417 1" Height o I 1111 II I J6 Not Used LED j o 00 00 00 E1 AO 00 00 E2 A1 E3 A2 o E4 Wait Spin 0 2 mm Flex Cable TERMPWR Fuse -Do 1 II Power 0 E5 TERMPWR 1 49 11r-'---,5:-::0--;:.P::-in--=D:-:at-a-:::-Co-n-ne-,ct,-or----.:."I In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into E1 E2 E3. Power: 0.410 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.215 Amps @ +12Vdc 4.63 Watts Notes 1. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1, E2, E3, E4, and E5. 2. The 370-1417 Disk Drive requires 35W Power Supply 300-1090-02 or 300-11 05-xx, Flex Cable 530-1894, and Mounting Bracket 340-1966-04 when installed in the Desktop Storage Pack. 3. The Conner CP30200 is not supported in the Sun-4/75. The drive does not provide adequate loading of the DC power supply. References 1. Desktop Storage Pack Service Manual, 800-4895-10. 2. Installing Drives in a SPARCstation 2, 800-6398-10. DISK-8 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS CDC 94171-327/344 327MB 51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Options 526 527 530 539 555-1 005 370-1153 370-1230 w Bracket wlo Bezel wlo Bracket wlo Bezel wlo Bracket 77777107 77777107 w Bezel 77777126 3 1/4" Height 3 1/4" Height i i ~ iii ~I~ 0._ "0 c3-g 7-8 Out 9-10 In 555-1005 9-10 In 555-1005 9-1 0 Out 370-1230 Terminator ",0 J3 Setting ~ 1-2/3-4In370-1153 J::.Ql 1·213-4 In 555-1005 () C/) 1-2/3-4 Out 370-1230 -Ci) - gj 49 50-Pin Data Connector In the External Storage Module, orient the Address Switch Cable as shown and plug it into J4. ~ ~ 2.54 mm Pins Notes 1. Remove the terminators from the underside of the drive. 2. Terminate the SS630MP SCSI-Out PCB with terminator 120-1608-01. Format Utility Notes 1. The 94171-327 has fewer cylinders than the 94171-344. 2. Solaris 2.x includes an entry for the 94171-327 in format.dat. Remove the comment symbol "#" to use the entry. 3. The SunOS 4.x format utility fails if the 94171-327 is used with the standard format.dat entry on any system other than a Sun386i. 4. Use the following format.dat entry for the 94171-327 on SunOS 4.x. disk_type = "CDC Wren IV 94171-327" \ : ctlr = SCSI: fmt time = 4: cache = Ox11: trks zone = 9 \ : asect = 3 : ncyl ~ 1520 : acyl = 2 : pcyl = 1549-: nhead = 9 \ : nsect = 46 : rpm = 3600 : bpt = 20833 References 1.327MB Embedded SCSI Configuration Procedures, 814-1015-01. 2. 5 114-lnch Disk Drive Installation Manual, 813-1055-10. 3. Sun 327 Mbyte SCSI Disk Configuration Manual, 813-2048-03. Volume I DISK-9 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST1480N 424MB 3 1/2" 4400 RPM Single Ended SCSI Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10 Option 540 595-2965 370-1392 540-2165 3 1/4" Height FRU o LED 1 0 0 J6 ~ o 0 Factory Use Motor Enable Delay Spin @:i ~;~~~ Protect o 0 X540A Assembly SS10 Assembly J7°001Ol0 000121 0 1 9 Reserved TERMPWR TERMPWR r'l TERMPWR ~ Fuse o [f o 00 00 50-Pin Data Connector 2 mm Flex Cable In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.9 Amps @ + 12Vdc 14.8 Watts Operating Maximum References 1. Desktop Storage Pack Service Manual, 800-4895-10. 2. Installing Drives in a SPARCstation 2, 800-6398-10. DISK-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Micropolis 1588-15 669MB 51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Options 561 563 565 566 370-1319 370-1326 555-1151 FS0013-03-5 Black Bezel Green LED 31/4" Height FS0019-01-6 w/o Bezel w/o LED 3 1/4" Height FS0019-01-6 w/o Bezel w/o LED w Bracket Bottom View All other jumpers on this board are set by the manufacturer. Do NOT change these settings. W28 Frame Ground - In for External Storage Module Only o W11 TERMPWR o o o W1 TERMPWR ~ W2 TERMPWR 0 TERMINATOR Removed J1 J3 W5 W4 Motor Parity Enable 00 00 J2 End View 00 HDA GROUND CONNECTOR J4 FRAME GROUND CONNECTOR J5 MULTI-FUNCTION CONNECTOR J2 1 ~ I 0000000000000000000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I~oo 00 .1 ~ u U U I. SIGNAL CONNECTOR POWER J1 J3 p....::...-=-=-=-;::"";::""::"";:"'::"'..::..J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 In the External Storage Module, orient Pin-1 of 102 of J2. ~ the Address Select Switch Cable with References 1. 5-1/4" SCSI Disk Drive Installation and Configuration for Sun Office Pedestals, 813-2048-11. 2. Revised Removal/Replacement Procedures for Sun ESM and EEM Storage Units, 814-3044-01. Volume I DISK-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Maxtor XT-8760S 669MB 51/4" 3600 RPM Single Ended SCSI Options 561 563 565 566 370-1319 370-1326 555-1151 1098618-B Black Bezel Green LED 3 1/4" Height FS0019-01-6 w/o Bezel w/o LED w Bracket 1098778-B w/o Bezel w/o LED 3 1/4" Height Bottom View All other jumpers on this board are set by the manufacturer. Do NOT change these settings. JP14 Motor Enable JP35 AO JP36 AI JP37 A2 ~ 0 0 0 o o o JP40 JP39 Parity JP38 Delay Start ~ ~ ~ TERMINATORS - - - Removed - - - .. Fl M'iI'il _ . _ 1115i1_ JP34 D J2 J6 0 0 TERMPWR JP41 [QJU TERMPWR 50-Pin Data Connector AUXILLIARY CONNECTOR End View ) 1 1 111000000000000000000°1000000 0 1110000000000000000000 0000000 J1 SIGNAL CONNECTOR DISK-12 J6 J2 AUXILLIARY CONNECTOR I~I J3 POWER Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-1319 370-1326 555-1151 Address Description The address is set on the J2 Adapter installed in the J2 Auxiliary connector, the Address Select switch on the External Storage Module, or on Jumpers JP35, JP36, and JP37. Set the address at only one location. J2 Adapter Circuitry ADDRESS SELECT PINS SCSI ID External Storage Module [~~ A2 Pin-1 Orient Pin-1 of Address Select Switch Cable 530-1659 with 104 on the J2 2.54 mm Cable Adapter. I ~ GND 1D-PIN CONNECTOR [ND AD A1 WPRT A2 +LED GND -LED Notes 1. Drive address selection cannot be set on Auxiliary Connector J2 unless the adapter is installed. 2. The J2 Adapter must be installed in order for the 10 Select Switch on the External Storage Module to function. 3. The Maxtor drive does not fit into the lower drive position of External Storage Modules manufactured prior to October 1990. Remove the vertical stop block with 1Q-lnch End Cutter 250-1074-01. References 1. 5-1/4" SCSI Disk Drive Installation and Configuration for Sun Office Pedestals, 813-2048-11. 2. Revised Removal/Replacement Procedures for Sun ESM and EEM Storage Units, 814-3044-01. Volume I DISK-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST41600N 51/4" 1.3GB 5400 RPM Single Ended SCSI SS630MP SS670MP Option 571 370-1377 3 1/4" Height 976002-012 Elite-1 Top View J01 TERMPWR 4 3 J4A J5 TFilT F1 c:=J ~m 2 1 I TERMINATOR Removed I J4B OTID 50-Pin Data Connector End View J4A J06 J5 J15 J4B 000000000°1°00000000000000000°11100001110100101 00000 000 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Il JI lQloolQI 1 ~ 2.54 mm Pins In the Desktop Storage Module, orient Pin-1 of the Address Select Switch Cable with 102 on J5. Remove all jumpers from J4A. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1. 2. SunOS 4.1.1 Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (esp.o, sd.o, and format.dat). 3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o). 4. SunOS 4.1.1 Sun-4 requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (format.dat) . 5. The 1.3GB Disk Drive is not supported inside Sun 12-Slot Office Pedestals that use SCSI Interface PCBs 501-1493 and 501-1496. 6. The 1.3GB Disk Drive is not supported inside SCSI Peripheral Trays that use SCSI Interface PCB 501-1496. References 1. Desktop Storage Module Service Manual, 800-6219-10. 2. Desktop Storage Module Service Manual, 800-7236-10. 3. Sun SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-6402-11 . 4. Sun SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-7285-10. 5. 12-Slot Office Pedestal with Single Peripheral Tray, 800-6497-10. DISK-14 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST361 ON 31/2" 535MB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS1000 Options 580 581 582 370-1424 1 5/8" Height 952002-030 12 o LED J6 DPTC Reserved o 0 Delay Spin [Q:Q] Motor Enable 00 J2 @i ~:~~~ ~~!~f! 00 Spindle Sync TERMPWR 00 o TERMPWR 0 0 AO Al A2 J5 2 [[lex Cable 00 00 00 49 Power 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc 1.6 Amps @ +12Vdc 23.2 Watts Peak Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install shunts in both locations. 4. The Seagate drive is not supported in the 4/15/30/50/75 or SSlO. Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10. Volume I DISK-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Conner CP30540 31/2" 535MB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS1000 Options 580 581 582 370-1424 1" Height O I IIIIII I J6 Serial Port is Not Used LED D j 0D o 00 00 o 00 00 00 E1 AD E2A1 E3A2 E4 TERMPWR o0 @::::2] E5 Wait Spin 2 mm Flex Cable TERMPWR Fuse 1 I Power 1 -D- 0 0 E6 TERMPWR 49 11"":---5::':OC-:-P:-:-in-=D'-'at'-'a~Co-n-ne-ct'-'or--':":;1 In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into E1. Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.3 Amps @ + 12Vdc 6.6 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1 through E6. Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10. DISK-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Conner CP30540 31/2" 535MB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10 Option 581 370-1684 1" Height O I IIIIII I J6 Serial Port is Not Used LED D 0D o 00 00 00 o0 @:::2:] E1 AO E2A1 E3A2 E4 TERMPWR E5 Wait Spin TERMPWR Fuse 1 I 1 -D- 0 0 E6 TERMPWR 49 Power 11r------5-0--P-in---O-at-a-,-Co-n-ne-ct-or--"""1 Power: 0.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.3 Amps @ + 12Vdc 6.6 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. Use 2 mm shunts on Jumpers E1 through E6. 4. Part number 370-1684 is only a Conner drive. 5. Part number 370-1424 is either a Seagate or Conner drive. 6. The Seagate drive is not qualified for use in the 4/15/30/50/75. Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10. Volume I DISK-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST5660N 31/2" 535MB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/15/30/50/75 SS10 Options 580 581 370-1843 3/4" Height 9A2002-0301031/032 Decathlon 545 J8 Exploded View 34 2 oooooooo~ooooooo oooooooo~ooooooo 33 1 2 34 J8 LED AO A1, A2', J5 I I~~ '00 ~_ _ _ _~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~ Power 50-Pin Data Connector 2 mm Flex Cable to 00 00 In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. This drive was not qualified for use in the SS1 000. Reference: 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-10. DISK-18 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST11200N 1.05GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/15/30/75 SS10 Options 545 546 547 595-2996 370-1546 540-2420 1 5/8" Height 947001-033 X546A 5510 12 o LED o PTe Reserved o 0 Delay Spin [l[Q] Motor Enable J2 0 0 Write Protect [l[Q] Parity Enable 00 ~ ~ f~i~~~W~C 00 TERMPWR ~ t 2 mm Flex Cable J5 o 00 00 Power 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc 1.0 Amps @ +12Vde 11.0 Watts Typical Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o). 4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install in both locations. Reference: 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2349-10. Volume I DISK-19 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST31200N 3 1/2" 1.05GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/15/30/75 SS10 SS1000 Options 545 546 771 773 370-1710 1" Height 950001-035 12 o LED J6 o 0 Spindle Sync o 0 Delay Spin [QJD Motor Enable J2 @i ~:~~~ ~~!~f! 00 00 TE 00 TP TP DpTC o 2 mm Flex Cable l o J5 Power 00 00 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Power: 0.73 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.40 Amps @ + 12Vdc 8.45 Watts Typical Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.X. 3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o). 4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install shunts in both locations. Reference: 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6131-10. DISK-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Conner CFP1 080S 31/2" 1.05GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/15/30/75 SS 10 SS 1000 Options 545 546 771 773 370-1963 1" Height Antigua IIII J6 I" II II c::J ~~<~ ~ c .5. en I J3 I Not Used dc/) ~(J) I J1 o D o@ 2 mm Flex Cable D AOA1 A2 ~o ~ 0 0 E~ E~ ~2 ~3 ~\\ 1 II 1 Power II J4 L Spin Disable c:::I F1 @:£l E1 TERMPWR 49 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J4. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B. 2. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.X. 3. SunOS 4.1.1 Rev B Sun-4c requires the 1.3GB Disk Drive Enhancement (esp.o and sd.o). 4. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J4 and J6. Do NOT install shunts in both locations. References 1. 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6131-10. 2. 1.05 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2704-10. Volume I DISK-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST12400N 3 1/2" 2.1 GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/75 SS10 Options 567 568 569 570 370-1709 1 5/8" Height 949001-033 12 o LED J6 o 0 Spindle Sync o 0 Delay Spin [Q]2] Motor Enable J2 ~ ~:::: ~~!~~! 00 00 00 TE TP TP DpTC o 2 t mm Flex Cable o J5 Power 00 00 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into J5. Power: 0.72 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.60 Amps @ +12Vdc 10.8 Watts Typical Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. The 2.1 GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 3. The Target 10 is the Boolean OR of J5 and J6. Do NOT install shunts in both locations. References 1. 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6118-10. 2. Multi-Disk Pack Installation and Service Guide, 801-6119-10. 3. 2.1 Gbvte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2703-10. DISK-22 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Conner CFP21 05S 31/2" 2.1 GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/75 SS10 Options 567 568 569 570 370-1929 1" Height Cayman IIII J5 II III II c:J I I fil~<~ J3 Not Used en wen Cl ...J I J1 ...J t 2 mm Flex Cable o 00 00 AO= E1 A1 =E2 00 00 00 A2=E3 Reserved = E4 Motor Start = E5 Delay Spin = E6 Parity =E7 0 0 Il!J!I 0 0 0 0 F1 I 1 0 a 0 TERMPWR = E8 1 49 Power 11"":"'--"""'5=O-=.P"'-in-=D-at-a""'Co-n-ne"""'ct-or--:";I In the Desktop Storage Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into E1-E3. Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2703-10 Volume I DISK-23 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST32430N 31/2" 2.1 GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Sun-4/75 SS10 Options 567 568 569 570 370-2070 1" Height Hawk-2LP PLUG D D D EJ LED D D DS SS D TP TP 0015 00 = : ; J2 00 00 00 1 D D TE ME WP PE J6 Exploded View 0 0 D J5 AD A1 A2 50-Pin Data Connector Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. Using the smaller J2 jumpers on J5 or J6 will distort the jumper. DISK-24 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST32550N 31/2" 2.1 GB 7200 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS1000 Options 735 737 738 739 774 370-2067 1" Height Barracuda-2LP J4 Exploded View 0000000000 D D Reserved Reserved Reserved Delay Spin Motor Enable Write Protect Parity Reserved Reserved D 00 00 00 00 D 17 100 00 500 J1 D D 49 50-Pin Data Connector Power: 1.06 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.57 Amps @ + 12Vdc 12.14 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. Field Change Order A0069 is recommended. 3. Patch 103451-04 includes drive Firmware 0420. Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-3527-10 Volume I DISK-25 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DFHS-32160-S2F 31/2" 2.1 GB 7200 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS1000 Options 735 737 738 739 774 370-1957 1" Height Starfire J1 Exploded View 01 2 0000 00000000000 0000000000000000 2 32 1 111111111111111 32 II 2.54 mm Pin Spacing J11 I J20 2 mm Pin Spacing D PTC D D o LED DOD DOD I Power: o 1 Power 1 49 11r----s=O-=-P"'""in-=D,-at-a-=-Co-n-ne-ct-or---,1 1.1 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.75 Amps @ +12Vdc 14.5 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. This drive was not shipped. Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-3527-11. DISK-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST15230N 31/2" 4.2GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Options 5211 5212 5210 370-2153 1 5/8" Height Hawk-4 PLUG D D EI J6 Exploded View LED D D D D TE DS ME WP PE SS TP TP D D 0015 00 = ~ 00 00 00 J2 1 PTC D 0 D D AD J5 A1 A2 50-Pin Data Connector Power: 0.8 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.62 Amps @ + 12Vdc 11.5 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 1.x does not support the 4.2GB Disk Drive. 3. Using the smaller J2 jumpers on J5 or J6 will distort the jumper. Reference: 4.2Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-4223-10. Volume I DISK-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Mounting Hardware Single Connector Assembly (SCA) Disk Drives Jiffy Bracket Systems Left 330-1951 and Right 330-1952 Screw and Bracket Kit 540-2767 Ultra 1 Model 140/170 Ultra 1 Model 140E/170E/200E Ultra 2 Ultra Enterprise 150 Netra nfs 150 and Netra i 150 SPARCstorage MultiPack Spud Bracket Systems 1.0" 540-3024 Bracket Kit 560-2442 1.6" 540-3025 1.6" 540-3925 Ultra 1 Ultra 2 Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 80 E250 E450 E220R E420R Sun Blade 1000 E150 nfs 150 i 150 MultiPack E3000 E3500 A1000 01000 A3500 A5000 A5100 A5200 A7000 Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800 st 0130 st A1000 st 01000 ~ Shield 340-3462 Shield 340-5928 Shield 340-6640 , Aurora Bracket Systems 540-2570 SPARCstation 4 SPARCstation 5 SPARCstation 20 DISK-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Mounting Hardware Single Connector Assembly (SCA) Disk Drives SSA Bracket 540-2764* SSA Model 100 Series SPARCserver 1000 Disk Card • Bracket 540-2764 replaced Seagate bracket 540-2412 and Conner bracket 540-2413 RSM Bracket 370-2304 RSM Filler Bracket 370-2305 SSA Model 214/219 RSM Not included with Filler Bracket 370-2305 Volume I DISK-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST3500NC 3 1/2" 535MB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI Options 589 597 370-1550 540-2403 1" Height ST3600 SSA FRU 2.1 GB Disk Card FRU W Bkt 540-2413 o LED o POWER· DATA - SCSI ID aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector Notes 1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066. 3. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives are installed on the internal SS1 000 SCSI Bus. 4. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between the Seagate and Conner disk drives. References 1. 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11. 2. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-11. 3. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11. DISK-30 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Conner CP30548 535MB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended Fa8t SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Option8 589 597 540-2631 540-2403 540-2443 370-1425 1" Height 2.1 GB Disk Card FRU 885/8820 FRU 885/8820 FRU W Bkt 540-2412 W Bkt 540-2570 W Bkt 540-2570 o LED I I III II I J6 Serial Port is Not Used D o DO POWER - DATA - SCSI ID aO-Pin 8CA 1 Connector Notes 1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066. 3. The addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 4. The addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14. 5. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives are installed on the internal SS 1000 SCSI Bus. 6. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between the Seagate and Conner disk drives. 7. System upgrades to A11, A12, and A14 may use this drive. References 1. 2.1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11. 2. 535 Mbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11 Volume I DISK-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST5660NC 535MB 31/2" 4500 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 589 597 540-2443 370-1844 540-2403 3/4" Height Decathlon 545 2.1GB Disk Card FRU W Bkt 540-2413 11111111111111111 8S5/SS20 FRU W Bkt 540-2570 ... LED J8 Not Used POWER _DATA _SCSI ID Not Used J5 00 80-Pin SCA 1 Connector gg Notes 1. The 535MB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. The addresses are preset to 0, 1, 2, and 3 on Disk Card 501-2066. 3. The addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 4. The addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14. 5. Do NOT daisy chain System Board 0 to the disk card if disk drives are installed on the internal SS1000 SCSI Bus. 6. The disk card mounting brackets are not interchangeable between the Seagate and Conner disk drives. 7. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive. References 1. 2. 1-Gbyte Disk Card Installation Manual, 801-2196-11. 2. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-5402-11. 3. 535 MByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-6559-11. DISK-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST31200WC 1.05GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14 Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773 370-1753 540-2560 540-2568 540-2733 1" Height SS5/SS20 FRU W Bkt 540-2570 W SSA FRU SS4 FRU 4.2GB Disk Card FRU W Bkt 540-2570 Bkt 540-2413 or 540-2764 o LED o POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA 1 Connector Notes 1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the SPARCstorage Array. 4. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive. References 1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10. 2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. Volume I DISK-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Conner CFP1 060E 1.05GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14 Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773 540-2568 370-1822 540-2560 1" Height Barbados SS5/SS20 FRU w Bkt 540-2570 o LED I SSA FRU 4.2GB Disk Card FRU w Bkt 540-2412 or 540-2764 IIIIII I J6 Serial Port is Not Used D o DO POWER - DATA· SCSI ID aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector Power: 0.7 Amps 0.4 Amps 8.3 Watts @ @ +5Vdc +12Vdc Notes 1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with 80laris 2.x. 2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the 884, 885, and 8820. 3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the 8PARCstorage Array. 4. This drive was disqualified for use in the 884. 5. 8ystem upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive. References 1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10. 2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. DISK-34 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Conner CFP1 OBOE 1.05GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 SSA-101 A11 A12 A14 Options 649 651 652 653 654 655 772 773 5101 5102 5103 370-1964 540-2560 540-2568 SS5/SS20 FRU 1" Height Antigua W Bkt 540-2570 W 540-2733 W 540-2729 SS4 FRU Bkt 540-2570 I A12 FRU W R Bkt 330-1951 W L Bkt 330-1952 II11II111 SSA FRU 4.2GB Disk Card FRU Bkt 540-2412 or 540-2764 540-2875 W SS4 FRU Bkt 540-2570 I POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector Notes 1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 3. Addresses are preset to 0 through 4 in the SPARCstorage Array. 4. System upgrades to A 11 and A 14 may use this drive. References 1. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2207-10. 2. 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. Volume I DISK-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DPE8-31 080-81 8 1.05GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 649 51 04 540-2765 540-2560 370-2072 3 1/2" 1" Height Deskstar A11 FRU R Bkt 330-1951 W L Bkt 330-1952 555/5520 FRU Bkt 540-2570 W W D ~ ~ ~ ~ J3 DO "5"5'5 000 DO J2 POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA 1 Connector Power: 0.4 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.28 Amps @ +12Vdc 5.56 Watts Notes 1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 3. Addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14. 4. This drive does not support wide SCSI transfers. 5. This drive is not used in the SPARCstation 4. 6. This drive is not used in the SPARCstorage UniPack. 7. This drive is not used in the SPARC Storage Array Model 100. 8. System upgrades to A 12 and A 14 may use this drive. Reference: 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. DISK-36 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Quantum 10808 1.05GB 5400 RPM Single Ended Fast SCSI SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Option 5104 370-2168 540-2560 540-2765 540-2875 31/2" 1" Height Fireball SS5/SS20 FRU Skt 540-2570 A 11 FRU R Skt 330-1951 W L Skt 330-1952 W W \ W SS4 FRU Skt 540-2570 / I-I D D D DD 00 00 00 AD Not Used 00 A1 00 A2 POWER - DATA - SCSI ID I aO-Pin SCA 1 Connector r Notes 1. The 1.05GB drive supports Tagged Queuing with Solaris 2.x. 2. Addresses are preset to 3 and 1 in the SS5 and SS20. 3. Addresses are preset to 0 and 1 in the A 11, A 12, and A 14. 4. This drive does not support wide SCSI transfers. 5. The SS4 requires Standoff 240-2308. 6. Standoff 240-2308 is only on SS4 Model 110 CPU 501-3134. 7. This drive is not used in the SPARCstorage UniPack. 8. This drive is not used in the SPARC Storage Array Model 100. 9. System upgrades to A 12 and A 14 may use this drive. Reference: 1.05Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. Volume I DISK-37 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Conner CFP21 05E 2.1 GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended Fa8t1Wide SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Option 659 540-2699 370-1930 540-2770 885/8820 FRU w Bkt 540-2570 1" Height Cayman El LED I IIII II SS4 FRU w Bkt 540-2570 I J3 00 ~~ J1 1 - 1_ _- - - - ' l'l., ~:g ~~ D D D@D D POWER· DATA - SCSI ID BO-Pin 8CA1 Connector Note: 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. SPARCstation 4 2.1 GB configurations were removed from the Price List in October 1995 because the drive failed qualification testing. 3. System upgrades to A 11, A 12, and A 14 may use this drive. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. DISK-38 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST32430WC 2.1 GB 3 1/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 659 5175 540-2699 370-2071 540-2782 SS5/SS20 FRU w Skt 540-2570 1" Height Hawk-2LP A11/A12/A14 FRU w R SkI 330-1951 w L Skt 330-1952 LED D D D 00 00 00 00 17 ~ - D Motor start upon Start Unit command 00 00 00 00 1 J2 D D POWER· DATA· SCSI 10 80-Pin SCA 1 Connector Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. SPARCstation 4 2.1 GB configurations were removed from the Price List in October 1995 because the drive failed qualification testing. Reference: 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 802-2702-10. Volume I DISK-39 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST32550WC 2.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI A12 A14 A20 A25 E150 E3000 Options 765 766 768 769 770 775 790 791 792 5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513 6590 6591 6592 370-2040 540-2706 540-2730 1" Height Barracuda-2LP SSA FRU AxxlE 150/E3000 FRU W R Skt 330-1951 8.4GB Disk Card FRU W Skt 540-2413 or 540-2764 W L Skt 330-1952 El LED Do D D o D o POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Power: 1.06 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.57 Amps @ + 12Vdc 12.14 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1. 2. Field Change Order A0069 is recommended. DISK-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS IBM DFHS-32160-S2S 2.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended FasVWide SCSI A12 A14 A20 A25 E150 E3000 Options 765 766 768 769 770 775 790 791 792 5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513 370-1956 540-2706 540-2730 1" Height Starfire SSA FRU AxxlE150/E3000 FRU S.4GB Disk Card FRU w R Bkt 330-1951 w Bkt 540-2413 or 540-2764 w L Bkt 330-1952 1 1111111111111111 32 I I J1 o POWER - DATA - SCSI ID SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector Power: 0.96 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.36 Amps @ + 12Vdc 9.1 Watts Reading/Writing Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Salaris 1.1. 2. This drive was disqualified. Approximately 200 were shipped. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 RPM Disk Drive Specifications, 802-4058-10. Volume I DISK-41 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST15230WC 31/2" 4.2GB 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI Options 5203 5204 370-2152 1 S/S" Height Hawk-4 PLUG D D El LED D D D D POWER· DATA· SCSI ID SO-Pin SCA 1 Connector Power: 0.85 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.62 Amps @ + 12Vdc 11.7 Watts Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.3. 2. The Solaris 1.1.2 maximum partition size is 2.1 GB, 1940 cylinders, or 4190400 blocks. 3. Solaris 1.1.2 requires editing format.dat and building a new kernel. 4. Using the smaller diameter J2 jumpers on J6 will distort the jumper. 5. Do NOT install jumpers on J6 Pins 13 -20. Reference: 4.2 Gbyte Disk Drive Product Note, 802-4495-10. DISK-42 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST15230WC 4.2GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended FastlWide SCSI Options 5203 5204 5225 5501 5502 5503 6503 6504 6506 6530 6531 540-2815 370-2286 540-2784 1 5/S" Height Hawk-4 W D D MultiPack FRU w R Bkt 330-1951 w L Bkt 330-1952 RSM FRU Bkt 370-2304 IJ LED D D D D POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 SO-Pin SCA2 Connector Power: 0.85 Amps 0.62 Amps 11.7 Watts @ @ +5Vdc + 12Vdc Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.3. 2. The Solaris 1.1.2 maximum partition size is 2.1 GB, 1940 cylinders, or 4190400 blocks. 3. Solaris 1.1.2 requires editing format.dat and building a new kernel. 4. Using the smaller diameter J2 jumpers on J6 will distort the jumper. 5. Do NOT install jumpers on J6 Pins 13 -20. Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 5400 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-5302-10. Volume I DISK-43 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST32155WC 2.1GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 659 5175 540-2782 370-2314 540-2699 1" Height Hawk-2'XL SS5/SS20 FRU A11/A12/A14 FRU w R Bkt 330-1951 w L Bkt 330-1952 w Bkt 540-2570 o LED Plug Pins 13-20 BlIIIIII J6 I 842,1 ID D D D D D D TERM Enable Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved TP from Drive TP to Bus TP from Bus D POWER - DATA - SCSi ID aO-Pin SCA2 Connector Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. DISK-44 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS IBM DORS-32160 2.1GB 31/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Option5 659 5175 370-2315 540-2782 540-2699 1" Height 555/5520 FRU A11/A12/A14 FRU Ultrastar E5 W Bkt 540-2570 W R Bkt 330-1951 W L Bkt 330-1952 D 111111111111 J1 - D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 1 aO-Pin 5CA2 Connector I Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. Volume I DISK-45 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DCAS-32160 2.1GB 3 1/2" 5400 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI SS5 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 659 5175 370-2842 540-2699 540-3171 1" Height Ultrastar 2ES SS5/SS20 FRU Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Bkt 540-2570 0 D I " 111111111 L.....J 1 J1 L D D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID I aO-Pin SCA2 Connector D I Note: The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. DISK-46 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu M2952 3 1/2" 2.1 GB 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI Options 5151 5152 370-2366 1" Height Allegro 3 o LED D D D 0010] eN6 o 0i.QJ D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID BO-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The Ultra SCSI capability of this drive is not qualified by Sun. 2. The M2952 operating current exceeds the capability of the SSA 100. Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. Volume I DISK-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST32171 we 2.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150 E3000 Options 765 766 768 769 770 790 791 792 5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513 6520 6590 6591 6592 370-2365 540-2706 540-2936 1" Height Barracuda 2LP SSA FRU Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Bkt 540-2764 o LED Plug Pins 13-20.""" J6 I 842/ ID D D D D D D TERM Enable Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved TP from Drive TP to Bus TP from Bus D POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 aO-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. DISK-48 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Quantum VK22J052.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150 E3000 Options 765 766 768 769 770 790 791 792 5151 5152 5153 5161 5511 5512 5513 6520 6590 6591 6592 370-2808 540-2706 540-2936 1" Height Viking W SSA FRU Bkt 540-2764 W Spud Bracket FRU 1" Bracket 540-3024 D D D D D POWER - DATA· SCSI ID I SO-Pin SCA2 Connector I Reference: 2.1 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7743-10. Volume I DISK-49 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu M2954 4.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI Options 5209 5213 6507 6508 6509 6532 6533 370-2368 540-2939 1" Height Allegro 3 RSM FRU w Bkt 370-2304 D LED D D D D o o!Ol eN6 00121 DOD POWER· DATA· SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Note: The operating current exceeds the capability of the SSA 100. Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11. DISK-50 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST34371 we 4.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150 Netra t 1100 E3000 Options 5162 5206 5207 5209 5213 5214 5514 5515 5516 6507 6508 6509 6517 6518 6519 6532 6533 370-2367 540-2937 540-2938 540-2939 1" Height Barracuda 4LP W SSA FRU Bkt 540-2764 OLEO Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W RSM FRU Bkt 370-2304 l1li111111 J6 1 8421 1 Plug Pins13-20 10 D D D D D D TERM Enable Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved TP from Drive TP to Bus TP from Bus D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11. Volume I DISK-51 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Quantum VK45J05 4.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/wide SCSI A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150 Netra t 11 00 E3000 Options 5162 5206 5207 5209 5213 5214 5514 5515 5516 6517 6518 6519 370-2809 540-2937 540-2938 1" Height Viking W SSA FRU Bkt 540-2764 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 D D D D D POWER· DATA· SCSI ID I 80-Pin SCA2 Connector I Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11. DISK-52 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu MAB3045SC 4.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 E150 Netra t 1100 E3000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5162 5214 5514 5515 5516 370-3412 540-2938 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 1" Height Aliegro4L D LED D D D D D D DDD POWER· DATA· SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11. Volume I DISK-53 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DDRS-34560 4.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI SS5 SS20 A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 E150 Netra t 1100 E3000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5162 5206 5207 5214 5514 5515 5516 5911 6517 6518 6519 540-2937 370-3403 540-2938 540-3988 1" Height Draco 4 W SSA FRU Bkt 540-2764 D D Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 0 " 1111111111 L.J 1 D POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 I SS5/SS20 FRU Bkt 540-2570 W 80-Pin SCA2 Connector J4 D I Notes 1. Support for 4.2GB Disks in the SS5 was announced in September 1998. 2. Qualification of 4.2GB Disks in the SS20 was completed in Nov. 1998. 3. The 4.2GB Disk was not qualified in Ultra 1 Models 140 or 170 (A 11). 4. Solaris 1.x supports a maximum disk drive size of 2.1 GB. 5. Label the 4.2GB Disk Drive as Sun2.1 G to use the drive on Solaris 1.x. 6. A root partition >2GB is not supported by Sun-4c, 4m, or 4d systems. References 1. 4.2 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7744-11 2. Disk Drive Product Notes for Solaris 1.x, 805-7623-10. 3. BuglD 4035259 filed against root partition >2GB. DISK-54 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGU RATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST34501 we 3 1/2" 4.2GB 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI StorEdge A1000 StorEdge 01000 Option 5228 370-3338 540-3594 1" Height Cheetah 4LP o 12-Slot Al01 000 FRU W 1" Skt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 LED 1111111111 J6 I 3210 1 ID 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Reserved Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved Reserved Reserved J2 POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3619-10. Volume I DISK-55 9/18/0( CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST34502LC 31/2" 4.2GB 10000 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 Option 5228 390-0003 540-3594 12-810t AID 1000 FRU w 1" Skt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 1" Height Cheetah 9LD o 1111111111 LED J6 I 3210' ID 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Reserved Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved Reserved Reserved J2 POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin 8CA2 Connector Reference: 4.2 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3619-10. DISK-56 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu M2949 9.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI Options 5253 5254 6514 6515 6516 6534 6535 370-2370 540-2942 1 5/8" Height Allegro 3 RSM FRU w Bkt 370-2304 D LED D D CN6 00101 00121 POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 I 80-Pin SCA2 Connector I Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7745-10. Volume I DISK-57 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/0C Seagate ST19171WC 9.1GB 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A 16 A23 A26 Netra t 11 00 E3000 Options 5251 5253 5254 5504 5505 5506 5506 651 L. 6515 6516 6534 6535 6995 6596 370-2369 540-2942 540-2951 31/2" 1 5/8" Height Barracuda 9 RSM FRU Spud Bkt FRU w Bkt 370-2304 w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 o D LED J6,!!!!!!!!!!, Do D D D D D D TERM Enab,e Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved TP from Drive TP to Bus TP from Bus POWER· DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector . Notes 1. Install four 230-1545 dampers per drive location, to reduce the soft error rate of the 8T19171 we in the 88A Model 219 R8M Tray. 2. Damper Kit 565-1421 includes 35 dampers. Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 802-7745-10. DISK-58 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu MAB3091SC 9.1GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1 000 StorEdge A7000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956 370-3413 1" Height Allegro 4L 540-2942 540-3704 540-3720 540-4004 RSM FRU w Skt 370-2304 Spud Sracket FRU w 1" Skt 540-3024 12-Slot ND1 000 FRU A7000 FRU w 1" Skt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 Netra ft 1800 FRU Cl LED D D D D o D D DDD POWER· DATA - SCSI ID J Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB Drive Drive Drive Drive aD-Pin SCA2 Connector I is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10. Volume I DISK-59 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DDRS-39130 9.1GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge A7000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956 370-3404 540-3704 540-3720 540-4004 1" Height Draco 9 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 D D 12-Slot AID 1000 FRU A7000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 0 11111111 " II J4 L.J 1 D POWER· DATA· SCSI ID I Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB Drive Drive Drive Drive Netra ft 1800 FRU 80-Pin SCA2 Connector D I is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10. DISK-60 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST39173WC 9.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra ft 1800 Netra t1 E3000 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 6956 370-3595 540-3704 540-3720 540-4004 1" Height Barracuda9LP Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 o 12-Slot AlD1000 FRU A7000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 Netra ft 1800 FRU 11111 l1li1 LED J6 I 32101 10 D D D D D O O!l D Reserved Delay Motor Start Motor Start Write Protect Parity Disable Reserved Reserved Reserved J2 POWER· DATA· SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB Drive Drive Drive Drive is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3935-10. Volume I DISK-61 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu MAE3091 LC 9.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra t1 E3000 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 390-0004 540-3704 540-3720 1" Height Allegro 5 12-810t ND1000 FRU A7000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 8pud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 D LED D D D D o D D DDD POWER· DATA· SCSIID I Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB 9.1 GB Drive Drive Drive Drive SO-Pin SCA2 Connector I is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10. 01SK-62 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS IBM DNES-309170 9.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 Netra t1 E3000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5163 5229 5230 6288 390-0007 540-3704 1" Height Neptune D D Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 0 LJ lLLlUUUIl D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID I 1 J4 D SO-Pin SCA2 Connector Note: The StorEdge UniPack requires I ~390-0007-05. Reference: 9 Gbyte Disk Drive Specification, 805-3935-10. Volume I DISK-63 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 8eagate 8T391 02LC 9.1 GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single-Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 Options 5234 5235 540-3966 540-3881 370-3649 12-Slot ND1 000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 1" Height Cheetah 9LP .""11 I J6 I D D D D D D POWER· DATA· SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10. 01SK-64 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu MAG3091 LC 9.1 GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single-Ended UltraiWide SCSI A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 Options 5234 5235 390-0005 540-3881 540-3966 1" Height Allegro 5 12-Slot AlD1000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 LED D D D D D o D D DDD POWER· DATA· SCSI ID I aD-Pin SCA2 Connector Note: The StorEdge UniPack requires I ~390-0005-05. Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10. Volume I DISK-65 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST39103LC 9.1GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single-Ended Ultra/wide SCSI A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 Options 5234 5235 390-0009 540-3881 540-3966 1" Height Cheetah 18LP 12-Slot ND1 000 FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 .111111 J6 I D D D I D D D POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10. 01SK-66 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST39204LC 9.1 GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single-Ended UltraiWide SCSI A 16 A20 A23 A25 A26 Netra t1 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 Options 5234 5235 390-0037 540-3881 540-3966 1" Height Cheetah 18XL 12-Slot AlD1 000 FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 .111111 J6 I D D D I D D D POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5637-10. Volume I DISK-67 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu MAA3182SC 18.2GB 31/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A23 A26 A27 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 E3000 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge A7000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Options 5232 5233 370-3414 540-3719 540-3721 1 5/8" Height Allegro 4 8·Slot ND1 000 FRU A7000 FRU W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W D LED D D D D D D DDD POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 18GB Drive 18GB Drive 18GB Drive 18GB Drive is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10. DISK-68 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST118273LC 31/2" 7200 RPM 18.2GB Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI 370-3596 1 5/8" Height Barracuda 18 ""1"1 J6 I D D I D D D D D D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Notes 1. The 370-3956 was released in February 1999. 2. The 370-3956 is not used in any assembly. Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10. Volume I DISK-69 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 IBM DGHS-18Y 18.2GB 3 1/2" 7200 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge A7000 Option 5233 370-3716 540-3721 1 5/8" Height Marlin D D 8-Slot AID 1000 FRU A7000 FRU W 1.6" Bkt 540-3925 W Plate 340-4288 0 111111111111 L....J 1 D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID I Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The 18GB Drive 18GB Drive 18GB Drive 18GB Drive 80-Pin SCA2 Connector J4 D I is not compatible with A7000 Option 9652. is not compatible with A7000 Disk Array 540-3666. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis Option 9656. requires A7000 Disk Array Chassis 540-3841. Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-3936-10. DISK-70 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu MAG3182LC 18.2GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 StorEdge MultiPack Options 5164 5237 5238 390-0006 540-4177 540-4178 1" Height Allegro 5 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 12-Slot AlD1 000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 o POWER - DATA - SCSI 10 J 80-Pin SCA2 Connector l Note: This drive is not NEBS Level 3 qualified in the Netra st 0130. References 1. 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057. 2. StorEdge Mu/tiPack Product Note, 806-1102. Volume I 01SK-71 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST318203LC 18.2GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltraiWide SCSI A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1400/1405 StorEdge A 1000/01000 StorEdge MultiPack StorEdge UniPack Netra st A 1000 Netra st 01000 Netra st 0130 Options 5164 5237 5238 5239 6957 390-0002 1" Height Cheetah 18 540-4077 540-4177 540-4178 540-4401 Netra ft 1800 FRU w Bkt 540-4884 w Plate 340-4288 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 12-Slot ND1 000 FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 Netra 8t D130 FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 D LED 111111111 J6 I I D D D D OD POWER - DATA - SCSI ID D 80-Pin SCA2 Connector References 1. 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057. 2. StorEdge MultiPack Product Note, 806-1102. 01SK-72 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST318404LC 18.2GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack Options 5164 5237 5238 390-0038 540-4177 540-4178 1" Height Cheetah 18XL Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 o LED 12-Slot ND1000 FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 _111111 J6~ I D D D D 0 8 POWER - DATA - SCSIID D 80-Pin SCA2 Connector References 1_ 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057_ 2_ StorEdge Mu/tiPack Product Note, 806-1102_ Volume I DISK-73 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Fujitsu MAJ3182M 18.2GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended Ultra/Wide SCSI A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 E3000 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ct 400/800 StorEdge A 1000/01000 Netra st 0130 StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack Options 5164 5237 5238 390-0043 390-0060 1" Heighl Allegro 6lE 1" Heighl Allegro 6lE UniPack Drive 540-4177 540-4178 540-4401 540-4620 Spud Bracket FRU w Drive 390-0043 w 1" Bkt 540-3024 12-Slol AID 1000 FRU w Drive 390-0043 w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 Neira 51 D130 FRU w Drive 390-0043 w 1" Bkl 540-3024 w Plale 340-4288 cl 400/800 FRU w Drive 390-0043 w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plale 340-4288 o D o Do o POWER· DATA - SCSIID I 80-Pin SCA2 Conneclor I Notes 1. Drives 390-0043 and 390-0060 are the same Fujitsu model number. 2. Drives 390-0043 and 390-0060 respond to an Inquiry command with different values. Reference: 18 Gbyte Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1057 and 806-6395. 01SK-74 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu MAF3364LC 3 1/2" 36.4GB 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 Options 5239 5240 390-0014 540-4263 1 5/8" Height Allegro 5 8-Slot AID 1000 FRU W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W Plate 340-4288 D D POWER· DATA· SCSI ID I 80-Pin SCA2 Connector I Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492. Volume I 01SK-75 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST136403LC 3 1/2" 36.4GB 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge D1000 Options 5239 5240 390-0020 540-4263 8-Slot AlD1 000 FRU w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 w Plate 340-4288 1 5/8" Height Cheetah 36 D LED -111111 J6 I I D D D D 0'0 POWER· DATA· SCSI ID D 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492. DISK-76 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Fujitsu MAJ3364M 36.4GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A23 A25 A26 A27 A33 A34 StorEdge A1000 StorEdge 01000 Netra st 0130 StorEdge UniPack StorEdge MultiPack Options 5242 5243 5244 390-0051 390-0059 1" Height Allegro 6 540-4520 1" Height Allegro 6 540-4521 12-Slot AID 1000 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 W W Drive 390-0051 1" Bkt 540-3024 540-4689 Netra st 0130 FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-4288 D D DB D POWER - DATA - SCSI ID I 80-Pin SCA2 Connector I Notes 1. Drives 390-0051 and 390-0059 are the same Fujitsu model number. 2. Drives 390-0051 and 390-0059 respond to a SCSI Inquiry command with different values. Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492. Volume I 01SK-77 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST336704LC 36.4GB 31/2" 10000 RPM Single Ended UltralWide SCSI A23 A25 A26 A27 A33 A34 StorEdge A 1000 StorEdge 01000 Netra st 0130 Options 5239 5240 5244 390-0050 540-4520 540-4521 540-4689 1" Height w 1" Bkt 540-3024 12-Slot ND1000 FRU w 1" Skt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 o LED Netra st D130 FRU w 1" Skt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 .111111 J6 I I D D D D OD POWER· DATA - SCSI ID D 80-Pin SCA2 Connector Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1492. 01SK-78 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST42400ND 2.1 GB 5 1/4" 5400 RPM Differential Fast SCSI Options 573 574 575 576 370-1412 3 1/4" Height 990002-002 Elite 2 Top View 00 IS@] 00 00 00 00 J01 TERMPWR ~~ TERMINATOR J4A J5 I Removed I ~~ TERMINATOR I Removed I ~ ~~ r----:---~:-:-:-::-:-:=-____, IIIII J06 50-PIN CONNECTOR J15 J4B ,------, OTID End View J4A 00000 00 0 0 0 J5 000 00 0 J15 J06 50-PIN CONNECTOR 00100000000000000000001 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 lro Il J4B 00011 10100101 JI lQIo 0 [QI Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.3. 2. Jumpers J01, J4A, and J4B use 2 mm shunts. 3. The J5 spindle synchronization connector is not used. 4. The DWIS/S requires 2.1 GB drive Firmware 0420 (370-1412-03) for optimum performance. If the firmware is less than 0420, disable fast/wide transfers by adding "set scsLoptions=Oxf8" to /etc/system. References 1. SCSI Expansion Pedestal Service Manual, 800-7286-11 . 2. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-10. 3. 2. 1Gbyte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 800-7007-11. Volume I DISK-79 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST43401 NO 51/4" 2.9GB 5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI Options 583 584 585 586 370-1695 3 1/4" Height 992004-005/6 Elite 3 Top Vie'vv TERMINATORS Removed J4A ITII J7 '111111 I f Removed Removed 4 3 J01 ~ TERMPWR J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR J15 r-----, J15 0 ~~ ano J4B End View J4A J7 J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR 0000 0000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000000000 0000000000000000000 Orient Address Cable 530-2097 as shown, and plug it into the left side of J7. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101378-xx. 3. The firmware on 370-1695-02 is level 0407. References 1. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-11. 2. 2.9GByte Disk Drive Installation Manual, 801-2066-10. 3. Product Note, 801-6582-12. DISK-80 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST43401 NO 5 1/4" 2.9GB 5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet 370-2766 420-6113-001 3 1/4" Height 992004-001 Elite 3 BSD Part Number Top View TERMINATORS Removed J4A '111111 I Removed 4 3 J01 J7 Ti1T Removed i' o~ ~~ TERMPWR J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR J4B J15 .------, []TIT End View J4A J7 J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR 0000 0000 00000000 00000000 0000000000000000000 Blu Yel Red ~~~ I" 999 °0 00 00 J15 0000000000000000000 0000 I" Orient Address Cable 530-2097 as shown, and plug it into the left side of J7" Grn Orn 8rn Power: 2.85 Amps @ +5Vdc 1.85 Amps @ + 12Vdc 36.45 Watts Note: The firmware on 370-2766-01 is level 0105. Volume I DISK-81 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST43402ND 5 1/4" 2.9GB 5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet 370-2765 420-6063-001 3 1/4" Height BSD Part Number 992006-002 Elite 3 Top View J4A J4B nIT nIT o=rn 68-PIN CONNECTOR End View J4A Not Used 0000 0000 0000 0000 68 PIN CONNECTORS \ 4 3 0000000000000000000 0 0 0 J01A 2 1 TERMPWR PORTB IL 0 JI ~~ 0 0 0000 4 3 RIBBON CABLE g~ J01B 0 J4B 0000000000000000000 / g~ TERMPWR 2 1 \ 0000000000000000000 / 0000000000000000000 000000000 000000000 J10 Not Used ggggggggt J9 3210321 0 Port B PortA 0 PORT A Port A assigned same ID as Port B SCSIID Brown ~ Plug the Address Cable into the left side of J9 with the wire colors oriented as shown. Blu Yel Red Note: The firmware on 370-2765-01 is level 0111. DISK-82 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST41 0800WD 5 1/4" 9.0GB 5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI Options 783 784 785 786 370-1868 540-2646 31/4" Height 9A7004-021 Elite 9 9.0GB Disk Drive FRU W Bkt 340-2612 Top View TERMINATORS 4 3 J01 TERMPWR 0 ~ ~ ~ Removed Removed Removed J4A J4B '111111 III f []Til J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR End View J4A J15 J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR \ 0000000000000000000/ 0000000000000000000 J4B 1~I[g]ggg J4A Adapter Cable Used on 370-1868-01, 370-1868-02, and 540-2646-01 1000000 1000000 I Orient Address Switch Cable 530-2097 as shown, and plug it into J4A or the J4A Adapter Cable. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2_3. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires Patch 101378-xx. 3. The firmware on 370-1868-03 and 540-2646-02 is level 0407. 4. The maximum operating altitude is 6000 feet. 5_ The adapter is required on 370-1868-01 and 370-1868-02. 6. The adapter is not used on 370-1868-03 or 540-2646-02. References 1. Differential SCSI Disk Tray Service Manual, 800-7341-11 . 2. Product Note, 801-6582-12. Volume I DISK-83 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST410800WD 5 1/4" 9.0GB 5400 RPM Differential FastlWide SCSI CS6400 Peripheral Cabinet 370-2770 420-6117-001 9A7004-001 Elite 9 BSD Part Number 370-2771 420-6117-002 9A7004-025 Elite 9 BSD Part Number Top View 4 3 J01 o~ TERMPWR ~ ~ TERMINATORS Removed Removed Removed J4B J4A '111111 III f om J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR End View J4A gggggg ggg gI J15 J06 68-PIN CONNECTOR \ 0000000000000000000/ 0000000000000000000 J4B II 0 000 II 101000 IL JI lQIoo 0 I Wht Blu Yel Red ~ ~ Plug the Address Switch Cable into the wire colors oriented as shown. Grn GrnOrnBrn Note: The firmware on 370-2771-01 is level 0002. DISK-84 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18100 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST34342A 3 1/2" 4.3GB 4500 RPM Ultra ATA-3 A21 A22 Option 5227 370-3176 Medalist 4342 Bottom View D D o D I D oD o J4 : J5 o 40-Pin Data Connector o I End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuitej Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite Reserved (Out References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I DISK-85 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST34321A 31/2" 4.3GB 5400 RPM Ultra ATA-3 A21 370-3692 Medalist 4321 Bottom View J6 I_111111 I o o o o o D J3 : J5: D J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Reserved (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold as a standalone option. 2. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold in the Ultra 10. References 1. Ultra 5110 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. Ultra 5110 CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085. DISK-86 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST34312A 31/2" 4.3GB 5400 RPM Ultra ATAl66 A21 370-3692 Medalist 4312 Bottom View J6 I.11 II II I o o o o o D J3 : J5 D J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold as a standalone option. 2. The 4GB 5400RPM drive was not sold in the Ultra 10. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I DISK-87 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST38420A 3 1/2" 8.4GB 5400 RPM Ultra ATA-4 A21 370-3863 Medalist 8420 Bottom View J6 Il1li111111 I D o o o o D J3 : J5: D J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. The 8.4GB Disk Drive shipped in the 360M Hz Ultra 5. 2. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not shipped in the Ultra 10. 3. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not sold as a standalone option. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. DISK-88 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST38410A 8.4GS 5400 RPM Ultra ATAl66 A21 370-3863 3 1/2" U88410 Bottom View D o o o o D J3 : J5: D J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. The 8.4GB Disk Drive shipped in the 360M Hz Ultra 5. 2. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not shipped in the Ultra 10. 3. The 8.4GB Disk Drive was not sold as a standalone option. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I DISK-89 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST39140A 9.1 GB 3 1/2" 7200 RPM Ultra ATA-4 A21 A22 Options 5226 5236 370-3693 Medalist Pro 9140 Boiton-I View D o o o o D J3 : J5: D J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5. 2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket. 3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number. 4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236. 5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. DISK-90 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS IBM DJNA-370910 31/2" 9.1 GB 7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66 A21 A22 Options 5226 5236 370-3693 Deskstar 22GXP Bottom View o o o o 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000 0 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Out 16 Logical Heads (In) Notes 1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5. 2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket. 3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number. 4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236. 5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I DISK-91 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST39120A 31/2" 9.1 GB 7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66 A21 A22 Options 5226 5236 370-3693 Barracuda ATA !=ll"\+tt"\r'r'\ \/in"" v ....,"" .. L""III IV"VV o D D o J3 : J5: D o J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5. 2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket. 3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number. 4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236. 5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. DISK-92 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST39111 A 31/2" 9.1 GB 7200 RPM Ultra ATA/66 A21 A22 Options 5226 5236 370-3693 Barracuda ATA II Bottom View o D D o J3 : J5: D o J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector Master (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Cable Select (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) Notes 1. Either a Floppy or a front Disk Drive can be installed in the Ultra 5. 2. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket replaces the Floppy Bracket. 3. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket has no Sun part number. 4. The Ultra 5 front Disk Mounting Bracket is included with Option 5236. 5. The Ultra 10 primary/rear drive requires Mounting Bracket 370-3721. References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I DISK-93 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST315320A 31/2" 15.3GB 7200 RPM Ultra ATAl66 A36 370-4154 Barracuda ATA II Bottom Vie'vv o D D o J3 : J5: D o J4 40-Pin Data Connector End View 40-Pin Data Connector 00000000000000000000 00000000000000000000 Master (Out) Cable Select (In) Remote LED (Out) Alternate Capacity (Out) DISK-94 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST19171FC 9.1GB 3 1/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL StorEdge A5000 Option 6708 370-2875 540-3249 1 5/8" Height Barracuda 9FC Spud Bracket FRU 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W Shield 340-3462 W IIIlI III II J6 I I Plug Pins13-20 Do D o L2A0228 = 170-2 L2A0550 = 170-3 00 POWER - DATA -10 40-Pin Connector D Notes 1. The 370-2875 was manufactured with an Aurora 170-2 or 170-3 ASIC. 2. The E3500 cannot boot from CD-ROM if there is one drive on the fibre channel loop and that drive has an Aurora 170-2 ASIC. 3. The 370-2875 and 540-3249 are not supported in the E3500. Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-1679-10. Volume I DISK-95 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST19171 Fe 9.1 GB 31/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL E3500 StorEdge A5000 Option 6709 370-3602 540-3852 1 5/8" Height Barracuda 9FC Spud Bracket FRU w 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 w Shield 340-3462 Plug Pins13-20 _111111 J6 I I Do D o L2A0550 = 170-3 00 POWER· DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector D Note: The 370-3602 is manufactured with an Aurora 170-3 ASIC. Reference: 9 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-1679-10. DISK-96 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST39102FC 9.1GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL E3500 StorEdge A5200 Option 6710 370-3647 540-3869 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-4288 1" Height Cheetah 9LP D D D D D D D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5638-10. Volume I DISK-97 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST391 03FC 9.1 GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3 Option 6710 390-0016 390-0026 540-3869 540-4366 1" Height Cheetah 9LP IA~ssy 540-3869 1" Height Cheetah 9LP Ass,' 540-4366 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 'vV Plate 340-4288 D D T3 FRU w Bkt 540-4303 D D D D D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. Drives 390-0016 and 390-0026 are the same Seagate model number. 2. Drives 390-0016 and 390-0026 are not interchangeable because they have different firmware. Reference: 9 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-5638-10. DISK-98 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST118273FC E3500 18.2GB 3 1/2" 7200 RPM FC-AL StorEdge A5000 StorEdge A51 00 Option 6711 370-3678 540-3923 1 5/8" Height Barracuda 18 Spud Bracket FRU 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W Plate 340-4288 W _111111 J6 I D D I D D D D D D POWER· DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. The E3500 requires 2.5.1 Patches 103346-19, 104708-16, and 105310-08. 2. The E3500 requires 2.6 Patches 103346-19,105356-08, and 105375-10. 3. The E3500 on Solaris 7 is not supported as of 6/15/99. 4. A5000 Interface Board Firmware 1.08 fixes BuglD 4190846. Reference: 18 Gbyte 7200 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 805-6524-10. Volume I DISK-99 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST118202FC 18.2GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL StorEdge T3 390-0017 540-4287 1 5/8" Height Cheetah 18 T3 FRU w Enclosure 540-4303 Early Production .111111 J6 D D 1 I D D D D D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Reference: 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10. DISK-100 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST318203FC A28 18.2GB 3 1/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3 Options 6716 6720 6782 390-0011 390-0022 1" Height Cheetah 18LP Assy 540-4191 Assy 540-4673 1" Height Cheetah 18LP Assy 540-4440 540-4191 540-4440 540-4673 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-5928 or Plate 340-6640 T3 FRU w Bkt 540-4303 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-6640 -111111 J6~ D D I D D D D D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. Drives 390-0011 and 390-0022 are the same Seagate model number. 2. Drives 390-0011 and 390-0022 are not interchangeable because they have different firmware and different mode sense data. 3. Plate 340-5928 is not compatible with the Sun Blade 1000 (A28). Reference: 18 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10. Volume I DISK-101 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST318304FC A28 18.2GB 31/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL E3500 StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3 Options 6720 6782 390-0034 390-0053 1" Height Cheetah 36LP Assy 540-4191 Assy 540-4673 1" Height Cheetah 36LP Assy 540-4440 540-4191 540-4440 540-4673 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-5928 or Plate 340-6640 T3 FRU w Bkt 540-4303 Spud Bracket FRU w 1" Bkt 540-3024 w Plate 340-6640 -111111 J61 DO o D I 0 D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. Drives 390-0034 and 390-0053 are the same Seagate model number. 2. Drives 390-0034 and 390-0053 are not interchangeable because they have different firmware and different mode sense data. 3. Plate 340-5928 is not compatible with the Sun Blade 1000 (A28). Reference: 18 GbYteR)OOO rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1493-10. DISK-102 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST136403FC 36.4GB 3 1/2" 390-0012 1 5/8" Height Cheetah 36 Assy 540-4192 10000 RPM FC-AL StorEdge A51 00 Options 6714 6722 390-0023 540-4192 1 5/8" Height Cheetah 36 Assy 540-4367 Spud Bracket FRU W 1.6" Bkt 540-3025 W Plate 340-5928 D D 540-4367 W T3FRU Bkt 540-4303 D D D D D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. Drives 390-0012 and 390-0023 are the same Seagate model number. 2. Drives 390-0012 and 390-0023 are not interchangeable because they have different firmware. Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1491-10. Volume I DISK-103 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Seagate ST336704FC A28 390-0035 1" Height Cheetah 36LP Assy 540-4525 36.4GB 31/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL StorEdge A5200 StorEdge T3 Option 6724 390-0056 540-4525 540-4367 1" Height Cheetah 36LP Assy 540-4367 Spud Bracket FRU W 1" Bkt 540-3024 W Plate 340-6640 W T3FRU Bkt 540-4303 -111111 J6~ DO o D I 0 D D POWER - DATA -10 40-Pin Connector Notes 1. Drives 390-0035 and 390-0056 are the same Seagate model number. 2. Drives 390-0035 and 390-0056 are not interchangeable because they have different firmware and different mode sense data. Reference: 36 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-1491-10. DISK-104 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Seagate ST173404FC 73.4GB 31/2" 10000 RPM FC-AL StorEdge T3 Option 6717 390-0036 540-4519 1 5/8" Height Cheetah 73 W T3 FRU Enclosure 540-4303 DO o D 0 D D POWER - DATA -ID 40-Pin Connector Reference: 73 Gbyte 10000 rpm Disk Drive Specifications, 806-4800-10. Volume I DISK-105 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS REMOVEABLE MEDIA CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Removable Media Floppy Disk Drives Dual Density Floppy .......................................................... Triple Density Floppy......................................................... 3 4 SCSI CD-ROM Drives SunCD ............................................................................... SunCD Plus ...... ....... ................ ............... ................. ... ....... SunCD 2Plus ........................................................ ............. SunCD 4 ............................................................................ SunCD 12 StorEdge CD12 .... ...................... ................... SunCD 32 StorEdge CD32 ............................................. 10X DVD-ROM .................................................................. 9 10 11 12 14 15 16 ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM Drive 24X CD-ROM .................................................................... 32X CD-ROM .................................................................... 17 18 4 mm Tape Drives 5GB DDS-1 ....................................................................... 4-8GB DDS-2 .............................................................. ...... 12~24GB DDS-3 ........... ............... ................... ................... 20-40GB DDS-4 ................................................................ 20 22 26 27 4 mm Autoloaders 20GB DDS-1 ..................................................................... 16-32GB DDS-2 ........ ........................................................ 72-144GB DDS-3 ...... ........... ........................ ..................... 28 32 36 1/4" Tape Drives 150MB ............................................................................... 2.5GB ................................................................................ 4-8GB SLR .................. ........................................ ........ ...... 25-50GB MLR ................................................................... 38 39 40 41 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Removable Media - Continued 8 mm Tape Drives 2.3GB ................................................................................ 5.0GB ................................................................................ 10GB ................................................................................. 7-14GB .............................................................................. 20-40GB ............................................................................ 42 44 46 48 52 1/2" DLT Tape Drives 20-40GB DLT 4000 20-40GB DLT 4000 20-40GB DLT 4700 35-70GB DLT 7000 ........................................................... ........................................................... ........................................................... .... ......................................... .............. 54 55 55 56 1/2" DLT Tape Libraries ETL 4/1000 20-40GB DLT 4000 ........................... ............. ETL 4/1800/StorEdge L 1800 35-70GB DLT 7000 ........ ..... ETL 7/3500/StorEdge L3500 35-70GB DLT 7000............. StorEdge L280 35-70GB DLT 7000 .................................. StorEdge L 1000 35-70GB DLT 7000 ....................... ......... StorEdge L 11000 35-70GB DLT 7000 .............................. StorEdge L20/40/60 35-70GB DLT 7000 .......................... StorEdge L9 40-80GB DLT 8000 ...................................... 57 58 58 59 60 61 62 63 REMOVABLE MEDIA-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Dual-Density Floppy A21 A22 370-3159 NEG FD1231 w/o Bezel Top View I I I I II I I II I I I I I I I I n Rear View Power 100001 0 II 34-Pin Data Connector II Notes 1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws. 2. This drive supports 744KB and 1.44MB formatted capacities. 3. This drive supports 1MB and 2MB unformatted capacities. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-3 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Triple Density Floppy Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 Options 554 556 560 370-1420 370-1419 540-2509 Sony MPF420-6-D10 8un-4/60/65/75 SS10 4 mm Black Bezel Sony MPF420-6-A10 8un-4/15/30/40/50 SS4 SS5 SS20 8 mm Black Bezel Sony MPF420-6-A10 S84 SS5 S820 FRU Assembly Bottom View D 1 8W4D. o Rear View Notes 1. Use #6-32 mounting screws. 2. Set the drive to Unit 0 on switch SW4. 3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities. Reference: Floppy Installation Manual, 801-6197-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Triple Density Floppy Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 A11 A12 A14 Options 554 556 560 6001 6003 370-2151-01 370-2252 Sony MPF520-7-D10 Black Bezel Sony MPF520-7-D10 Light Grey Bezel Top View Unit ~ = 1-2/ Unit 1 = 2-3 o o~ o 1 IiTITl lll!lJ U 11111111111111111 1 D Rear View o Power 10000 1 0 rr=====:=::=:=:===::==91 II 34-Pin Data Connector II Notes 1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws. 2. The default drive address is Unit O. 3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities. 4. SPARCstation 20 and Ultra 2 multi-processor systems require DC Power Filter Cable 530-2316. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Triple Density Floppy S84 885 8820 Option 6002 370-2302 540-2854 Sony MPF720-4 FRU Assembly I - - - Bracket 340-3401 E I--- M2.5 Screw 240-2318 I - - - Grommet 330-2036 1Ht-- M3 Screw 240-1530 [ II=-------=(~! Power TIff Ribbon cable} 1111. I II. 34-Pin Connector Notes 1. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities. 2. This drive is not compatible with Chassis 340-2915. 3. This drive is compatible with Chassis 340-3397. 4. Chassis 340-3397 was phased into production in July 1996. 5. Chassis 340-2915 was phased out of production in Nov/Dec 1996. REMOVABLE MEDIA-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Triple Density Floppy A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 Options 6004 6005 370-2729 370-2730 Sony MPF920E Light Grey Bezel Sony MPF920E Medium Grey Bezel Top View U ITTITI I~I LUUnlllllll1 Rear View o Power 10000 1 II 34-Pin Data Connector II Notes 1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws. 2. The default drive address is Unit O. 3. This drive does not support auto ejection. 4. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-7 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Triple Density Floppy A11 A12 A14 E150 Options 6001 6003 370-3212 Sony MPF920E Black Bezel Top Vie'vv ~ U fiTITI 11111111111111111 lill!J I n Rear View 1 o Power 10000 1 II 34-Pin Data Connector II Notes 1. Use 3 mm diameter mounting screws. 2. The default drive address is Unit o. 3. This drive supports 1MB, 1.6MB, and 2MB unformatted capacities. REMOVABLE MEDIA-8 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunCD Su n-4/330/370/390/470/490 SS600MP SS1000 SC2000 Options 558 559 370-1312 370-1347 Sony CDU-B012 Light Grey Bezel Sony CDU-B012 Black Bezel Front View I] I] VOLUME CONTROL AUDIO OUTPUT ACTIVITY LED EJECT MANUAL EJECT Rear View OOO ~11=2=======50=-p=in~a._a~ta=c=0=nn=ec=to=r====50~1.I~ 5V GND 12V DC INPUT F.GND -2- ~ ETIl1 000 ~ SunCD Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray, and SC2000 Remote Address Cable Orientation JUMPER SETTING DESCRIPTION 1,2 Parity In In SCSIID 6 Enable parity Power: 0.5 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.5 Amps @ +12Vdc 8.5 Watts Notes 1. The Sun CD-ROM requires 1.0 SunCD for SunOS 4.0.3c. 2. Use 370-1347-03 when mounted on-end in the SS630MP. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunCD Plus SS 1000 SC2000 Options 557 557 -KDK 370-1573 370-1584 370-1615 Sony CDU-561 Option 557-KDK Sony CDU-561 Light Grey Bezel Sony CDU-561 Black Bezel Front View I] [I VOLUME CONTROL AUDIO OUTPUT ACTIVITY LED EJECT MANUAL EJECT Rear View 100000001 GND 0000 091 I II 50-Pin Data Connector .. kl. . ~g,========="'==========2::L1 I ~EST 012 PREV ID SELECT PARITY ~ 0 0 0 0 5V GND 12V DC INPUT ~Afill ~ 000 SunCO Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray, and SC2000 Remote Address Cable Orientation JUMPER SETTING DESCRIPTION Parity 0,1,2 PrevenVAliow Test Mode In Out In Out Enable parity 10 Select 20, 21 , 22 Enable eject button Power: 0.5 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.5 Amps @ +12Vdc 8.5 Watts References 1. Sun CD Plus Desktop Pack Installation Manual, 801-4537-10. 2. SunCD Plus User's Guide, 801-5332-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-10 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunCD 2Plus SS4 SS5 SS20 SS1000 SC2000 Options 578 579 661 370-1679 370-1682 540-2500 Toshiba XM-41 01 B 1" Purple Bezel Toshiba XM-41 01 B 1.6" Light Grey Bezel Toshiba XM-41 01 B SS4/SS5/SS20 FRU 370-1679 w Bracket Front View D AUDIO OUTPUT I I EJECT ACTIVITY LED VOLUME CONTROL MANUAL EJECT Rear View IliiiiJl 50 1 1 1..=11=2====50:::-p=in=D:::ai;i!.i;ic:::o=nn:::6=ct=or==== =.J 0000 0001 0001 1000 I SS5 AUDIO CABLE 530-2079 -'-1! I I1 10 SELECT 4I 2 TERM . TEST : PRV/ALW : PARITY SunCD Plus Pack, Multi-Tape Backup Tray, and SC2000 Address Cable Orientation JUMPER SETTING 421 Parity Prevent!Allow Test TERMPWR 4 and 21n Out Out Out In (g gge::J ~ ~ DESCRIPTION 10 Select 22 21 20 Enable parity Enable eject button Disabled Enable TERMPWR Notes 1. The default setting is Target 6. 2. The 10 Select silkscreen is backwards on early production units. 3. The last order date for this drive was September 30, 1996. 4. This drive is not compatible with SS4, SS5, or SS20 chassis 340-3397. Reference: SlimeD User's Guide, 801-5963-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-11 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunCD 4 Options 6151 6152 370-2082 Toshiba XM-5301 B 1 5/8" Height Light Grey Bezel SPARCstorage UniPack Front View o DO j[j II II IWI @ I T I I I ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL LED EJECT VOLUME CONTROL AUDIO OUTPUT Rear View ID SELECT J008 tYJl L tTl I: : :~~ J007 0 0 ~I II 50 - 50-Pin Data Connector 2111~1 , , , RCH GND TERMPWR TEST PRV/ALW EJECT : : : PARITY ~ Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The UniPack Remote Address Cable Orientation minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. drive is not supported in the SC2000. SPARCstorage UniPack requires Ferrite 150-1480. drive does not function on its left side with the Eject button up. References 1. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10. 2. Specification Sheet, 802-4064-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-12 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunCD 4 SS4 SS5 SS20 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 Options 6151 6152 6153 6154 6155 6156 370-2101 370-2102 Toshiba XM-5401 B 1 5/8" Height Black Bezel Toshiba XM-5401 B 1 5/8" Height Light Grey Bezel 370-2103 370-2203 540-2852 Toshiba XM-5401 B 1 5/8" Height S81000 Bezel Toshiba XM-5401 B 1 5/8" Height Medium Grey Bezel Toshiba XM-5401 B 884 8S5 S820 FRU Assembly Front View o @ DO 1UillliliUl T I AUDIO OUTPUT VOLUME CONTROL I I I ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL LED EJECT Rear View ID SELECT J008 J ~ iT] I~ ~ ~ro I LCH RCH GND JOO? 0 ~~I II 50 I - 50-Pin Data Connector 2111~1 TERMPWR TEST PRV/ALW EJECT , : : PARITY ~ UniPack Remote Address Cable Orientation Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 1.1.1 or 80laris 2.3. 2. The 881000 uses a custom sized bezel. 3. Use Bezel Kit 555-1334 to change bezel types. 4. This drive is not compatible with 884, 885, or 8820 chassis 340-2915. Reference: SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunCD 12 StorEdge CD12 SS5 A11 A12 A14 A20 A23 A25 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 Options 6157 6158 6159 6160 6161 6162 6163 370-2816 370-2817 Toshiba XM-5701 B 1 5/8" Height Light Grey Bezel 6165 Toshiba XM-5701 B 1 5/8" Height Medium Grey Bezel Front View o @ T DCJ I I iLLllllllIUl I I AUDIO OUTPUT VOLUME CONTROL ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL LED EJECT Rear View ID SELECT AUDIO IYfl I LCH RCH GND 1T1 1:::OOo~~1 ' " , " II so POWER pM 50-Pin Data Connector 2111r 000011 I TERMPWR (Oul) TEST (Oul) PRV/ALW EJECT (Oul) , TERMPWR ON/OFF (Oul) , : : : PARITY (Oul) ' ,' " " " " " ~~ Backup Pack, UniPack, and FlexiPack ~ l.J..Q..£M' Remote Address Cable Orientation Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4. Reference: Sun CD 12 Installation and User's Guide, 805-0940-10 REMOVABLE MEDIA-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunCD 32 StorEdge CD 32 SS5 A11 A12 A14 A16 A20 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ct 400/800 E220R E420R E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO Options 6166 6167 6911 6929 6930 Netra S220 370-3415 370-3416 540-4016 Toshiba XM-6201 B 1 5/8" Height Light Grey Bezel Netra It 1880 FRU RMM Tray With CD-ROM + DDS-3 Toshiba XM-6201 B 1 5/8" Height Medium Grey Bezel 540-4017 540-4399 540-4539 Netra It 1800 FRU RMM Tray W CD-ROM Netra ct 400/800 FRU RMM Tray W CD-ROM Netra S220 FRU RMM Tray W CD-ROM Front View o @ 1KilllillUi I AUDIO OUTPUT VOLUME CONTROL DO I T I I I II ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL LED EJECT Rear View ID SELECT AUDIO [ ~ I LCH RCH GND iT1 POWER 1~~~oOO~~1 1150 50-Pin Data Connector 2111[000011 I TERMPWR (Out) TEST (Out) PRV/ALW EJECT (Out) TERMPWR ON/OFF (Out) PARITY (Out) Notes 1. SunCD 32 is not ql.Jalified in the UniPack or FlexiPack. 2. SunCD 32, Option 6166, for the FlexiPack was price listed in error. Reference 1. SunCD 32 Installation and User's Guide, 805-4237. 2. StorEdge CD 32 Installation and User's Guide, 805-4237-10 Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-15 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS StorEdge 10X DVD-CDROM A25 A26 A28 A36 Netra ct 800 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 5883 6168 Netra S220 540-4684 390-0025 540-4683 Toshiba SO-M1401 1 5/8" Height Medium Grey Bezel Netra 5220 FRU Netra ct 800 FRU Front View o DO I I I ACTIVITY EJECT MANUAL LED EJECT Rear View POWER 11 50 50-Pin Da;-Connector 2111~1 Notes 1. The minimum CD-ROM mode operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum DVD-ROM mode operating system is Solaris 8. Reference: Installation and User's Guide, 806-5518 REMOVABLE MEDIA-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 24X CD-ROM A21 A22 Option 6170 370-3319 Goldstar CRD-8240B ATAPI/IDE Interface 1 5/8" Height Front View o DOD @ I T HEAD~HONE VOLUME I LED PLAY SKIP MANUAL EJECT I OPEN CLOSE Rear View DIGITAL AUDIO @:2] ANALOG AUDIO roooJ [~~ II POWER 40 40-Pin Da:-Connector 1111~1 i IMaster (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) LCH GND Slave (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) RCG Cable Select (Out) (805-3085 is superseded by 805-7115) The boot cdrom command will not work with the default device alias when the drive is set to slave. Change the asp device alias to boot from CD-ROM. CD-ROM Connected to the Primary Channel nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@1,O:f CD-ROM Connected to the Secondary Channel nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@3,O:f References 1. Ultra 5110 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 32X CD-ROM A21 A22 Option 6171 370-3694 370-3694 Goldstar CRD-8322B ATAPI/IDE Interface 1 5/8" Height Goldstar CRD-8324B ATAPIiIDE Interface 1 5/8" Height Front View o @ !1ITTTIlTtIJ ! HEAD~HONE VOLUME oDD I I I I T LED PLAY SKIP MANUAL EJECT OPEN CLOSE Rear View DIGITAL AUDIO ~ ANALOG AUDIO [ ~ [Oci'O] Lu.lJ II POWER 40 40-Pin Data Connector 1111~1 I IMaster (In) (Out when used with Solstice DiskSuite) LCH GND Slave (Out) (In when used with Solstice DiskSuite) RCG Cable Select (Out) (805-3085 is superseded by 805-7115) The boot cdrom command will not work with the default device alias when the drive is set to slave. Change the OBP device alias to boot from CD-ROM. CD-ROM Connected to the Primary Channel nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1lide@3/cdrom@1,O:f CD-ROM Connected to the Secondary Channel nvalias cdrom Ipci@1f,O/pci@1,1/ide@3/cdrom@3,O:f References 1. Ultra 5/10 Service Manuals, 805-0423, 805-7763, and 805-7764. 2. CD-ROM and Hard Drive Installation Guides, 805-3085 and 805-7115. REMOVABLE MEDIA-18 Field Engineer Handbook This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 5GB 4 mm DDS-1 Tape Drive SS1000 Options 821 822 823 6251 6252 370-1571 370-2088 Archive 4324RP Light Grey Bezel Backup Pack Archive 4324RP Light Grey Bezel UniPack Front View TAPE SLOT LEDS D D c::::::J I I I YELLOW = DRIVE BUSY I EJECT BUTTON GREEN = TAPE INSTALLED Rear View l.!:1!5::0==5=o=-p=in:::D=at:=a=co::n::ne::ct::or==1::!.j11 fOOOl JP6~ 3 2 1 SW1 F1 -c:::J- 0 0 JP4 Off I~ftft~~ftftftl 1Gi3ll'--___on_8_---I Address Select Switch Cable Pin-1 I ~ gg g': I, In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6. In the SPARCstorage UniPack, orient the Address Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6. Power: 0.63 Amps 0.38 Amps 7.7 Watts @ @ +5Vdc +12Vdc REMOVABLE MEDIA-20 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-2088 370-1571 Jumper and Switch Settings Jumper JP4 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 Out In DESCRIPTION Disable TERMPWR to bus Enable TERMPWR to bus Jumper JP6 SCSIID 3 2 0 1 2 3 4 Out Out Out 1 Out In In In Out Out In Out In Out In Out Out Out Out In In In 5 6 Switch SW1 SWITCH SETTING 1 Off 2 3 4 Off Off On On Off Off On 5 6 7 8 DESCRIPTION Enable SCSIID 0 = 20 Enable SCSI ID 1 = 21 Enable SCSI ID 2 = 22 Enable SCSI-2 mode Enable parity Enable data compression Reserved for factory use Enable power-on self test Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.1. 2. Solaris 2.1 writes in high-density mode only. 3. Solaris 2.1 reads in low-density or high-density mode. 4. Solaris 2.2 reads and writes in low-density or high-density mode. 5. The Blank Tape part number is 370-1612-01. 6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. 7. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDA-24 is part number 370-3006-01. 8. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDB-24 is part number 370-3269-01. Reference 5Gbyte 4mm Backup Tape Drive Server Installation Manual, 801-4623. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 4-8GB 4 mm DDS-2 Tape Drive SS1000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 6253 6254 6255 6256 6259 6260 370-2176 370-2177 370-2178 Conner CTD8000 Light Grey Bezel Conner CTD8000 Medium Grey Bezel Conner CTD8000 881000 Bezel Front View TAPE SLOT LEOS D D c:::::::::::J EJECT BUTTON GREEN; TAPE INSTALLED Rear View JP5501 1150 III 210 JP5526 0000 000 Pin-1 00000000 50-Pin Data Connector 1 Illr 000011 1 I SW5501 SW5501 is located on the bottom of the drive. Off On I~~~~~~~~I 8 Address Select Switch Cable In the SPARCstorage UniPack, orient the Address Cable as shown and plug it into JP5526. Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01. Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. Bezel Kit part number is 555-1339. Reference: DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-5324-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-22 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-2176 370-2177 370-2178 Jumper and Switch Settings JP5501 PIN SETTING 1-2 Out Out 2-3 DESCRIPTION Not used Not used JP5526 PIN 1-2 3-4 5-6 8-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 SETTING DESCRIPTION As required Enable SCSI 100 = 20 As required Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21 As required Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22 Out Self test Active termination Out Out Reserved Out TERMPWR SW5501 SWITCH SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Volume I Off Off Off On On Off Off On DESCRIPTION Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20 Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21 Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22 Enable SCSI-2 mode Enable parity Enable data compression Reserved for factory use Enable self test REMOVABLE MEDIA-23 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 4-8G8 4 mm DDS-2 Tape Drive Options 6261 6262 6263 6264 6265 TAP4MM-010A TAP4MM-020A 370-2375 Seagate STD18000N Light Grey Bezel Front View TAPE SLOT LEOS D c::::= D EJECT BUTTON YELLOW = DRIVE BUSY GREEN = TAPE INSTALLED Rear View CP8001 210 0000 000 Pin-1 OOOOOO?O 11 50 III JP2201 50-Pin Data Connector lJ Ilf 0 0 0011 1 I SW0801 FlexiPack Address Cable Orientation On Off I~~~~~~~~I 8 SW0801 is located on the bottom of the drive. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. 2. The Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. Reference: DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-7790-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-24 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-2375 Jumper and Switch Settings JP2201 PIN SETTING 1-2 Out Out 2-3 DESCRIPTION Not used Not used CP8001 PIN 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 9-10 11-12 13-14 15-16 SETTING DESCRIPTION As required Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20 As required Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21 As required Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22 N/A Reserved Out Reserved Out Active termination disabled Out Reserved Out TERMPWR disabled SW0801 SWITCH SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Volume I Off Off Off On On Off On On DESCRIPTION Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20 Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21 Enable SCSI 10 2 = 22 Allow non-MRS tapes Enable parity Enable data compression Enable datmon upon power on Enable self test REMOVABLE MEDIA-25 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 12-24GB 4 mm DDS-3 Tape Drive A11 A12 A14 A20 A25 A26 A27 E150 E220R E420R Netra ft 1800 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ct 400/800 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 6280 6281 6282 6283 6284 6286 6912 6930 TAP4MM-011 A TAP4MM-021 A 540-4016 370-2376 370-2377 540-4409 HP C1537-00626 Medium Grey Bezel Netra It 1800 FRU RMM Tray with CD-ROM + DDS-3 HP C1537-00625 Light Grey Bezel ct 400/800 FRU RMM Tray with 370-2376 Front View TAPE SLOT LEOS c::J c::J c:::::::::J TAPE CLEAN EJECT BUTTON Rear View cr: :s: ":;; ffi ~ Address Connector - 1150 50-Pin Data Connector S2 C\I .-- 0 999 &0&0&0&0 0 1111r 0 00011 I S2 is located on the bottom of the drive. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4. 2. Switch S2 is disabled by the Sun firmware. 3. An adapter cable is attached to the Address Connector. 4. The adapter cable is provided by the drive manufacturer. 5. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-2378-01. 6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. 7. Firmware Update Tape L706 is part number 370-3376-01. Reference: DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-7791-12. REMOVABLE MEDIA-26 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 20-40GB 4 mm DDS-4 Tape Drive A14 A23 A27 E250 E450 E220R E420R E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 6295 TAP4MM-012A 390-0028 390-0027 HP C5683-00625 Wide SCSI Enabled Medium Grey Bezel StorEdge Unipack HP C5683-00625 Wide SCSI Disabled Medium Grey Beze Front View TAPE SLOT Tape Clean LE DS c:::> c:::::> c:::> Eject Button Rear View Manual Eject Motor Shaft Address Connector Turn counterclockwise. Use a :::;;2 rnm rc: wide screwdriver bit with a s3 mm diameter shaft ~30 mm long. ~ ~~QgQ~ t.==='=HO==6:=:=s-==P=in==o=at=a7Co=n=ne=c=to=r::::::;, S 1 is on the bottom of the drive S 1 370-0027 On Off I~~~~~~~~I 1 8 Setting = Ox2b S 1 370-0028 On Off 5gg U'IE4=o =0=0=0""'1 UniPack Address Cable Orientation I~~~~~~~~I 1 8 Setting = Ox6b Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 with Patch 103857. 2. The Narrow SCSI 68-50 Pin Adapter Cable is part number 540-4484. 3. Use the Address Cable or 2 mm shunts on the Address Connector. 4. Solaris only supports S1 switch settings Ox2b and Ox6b. 5. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-4083-01. 6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. Reference: DDS-4 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 806-3313-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-27 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader SC2000 Options 825 826 827 370-1616 370-1617 Archive 4584NP Light Grey Bezel -...,-'-"'_ Archive 4584NP Black Bezel _. ()nAr:::ltnr............ P<:>nol Cassette = = Warning Open / Close = = = = Compress Write Protect Step LMJB0153 PCB 50-Pin Data Connector 3 2 1 [OO"Ol l.2..£.2.J JP6 SWI F1 -c::::J- 00 JP4 JP3 Address Select Switch Cable ~ ~ In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6. Note Remove the mylar sheet from the bottom of the drive before installation. Reference: Product Note 801-6234-12. REMOVABLE MEDIA-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-1617 370-1616 Jumper and Switch Settings JP4 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 Out In DESCRIPTION Disable TERMPWR to bus Enable TERMPWR to bus JP6 SCSIID 3 2 1 0 1 2 Out Out Out Out In In In Out Out In In Out Out In Out In Out In Out In Out 3 4 5 6 SW1 SWITCH SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Volume I Off Off Off On On Off Off On DESCRIPTION Enable SCSI 10 0 = 20 Enable SCSI 10 1 = 21 Enable SCSI 102 = 22 Enable SCSI-2 mode Enable parity Enable data compression Reserved for factory use Enable power-on self test REMOVABLE MEDIA-29 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader 370-1616 370-1617 Switch Settings LMJB0178 PCB EPROM 81 S1 SWITCH SETTING DESCRIPTION 1 Off* Off* Off On On On On Off Off On* On* Off On* Off Off English language display English language display French language display French language display Spanish language display Spanish language display German language display German language display Stop after last tape Restart at Tape 1 after last tape High intensity display Low intensity display Enable power-on self test Not used Not used 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 * Default settings REMOVABLE MEDIA-30 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 20GB 4 mm DDS-1 Autoloader 370-1616 370-1617 Switch Settings Auto-Loader Off On 1@ 4~ S5 S5 SWITCH SETTING DESCRIPTION 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 Off* On Off On* Off On* Off Horizontal character display Vertical character display Do NOT load tape on power up Load tape on power up Stop after last tape Restart at first tape after last tape Not used * Default settings Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.2. 2. Solaris 2.2 reads and writes in low-density or high-density mode. 3. The 4-Tape Magazine part number is 370-1683-01. 4. The Blank 90 Meter Tape part number is 370-1612-01 5. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. 6. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDA-424 is part number 370-2867-01. 7. Firmware Update Tape 4.CDB-424 is part number 370-3270-01. References 1. 20 Gbyte 4mm Tape Auto-Loader Installation Manual, 801-4976-12. 2. 20 Gbyte 4mm Tape Auto-Loader User's Guide, 801-4977-13. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-31 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader Options 6271 370-2179 SC2000 6272 6273 6274 370-2180 Conner 71300105 Light Grey Bezel 6275 6276 370-2201 Conner 71300107 Black Bezel Conner 71300106 Medium Grey Bezel Operator Panel Cassette = Warning Open / Close = = = = = Compress Write Protect Step LMJB0259 PCB 50-Pin Data Connector 3 2 1 J P6503 [<5C5Cil ~ SW6501 00 JP6501 Off On I~~~~~~~~I 8 Address Select Switch Cable In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown, and plug it into JP6503. Note Remove the mylar sheet from the bottom of the drive before installation. REMOVABLE MEDIA-32 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-2179 370-2180 Jumper Settings 370-2201 JP6501 PINS SETTING 1-2 1-2 Out In DESCRIPTION Disable TERMPWR to bus Enable TERMPWR to bus JP6503 SCSIID 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 Out Out Out Out In In In Out Out In In Out Out In Out In Out In Out In Out SW6501 SWITCH SETTING 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Volume I Off Off Off On On Off Off On DESCRIPTION Enable SCSI ID 0 = 20 Enable SCSI ID 1 = 21 Enable SCSI ID 2 = 22 Enable SCSI-2 mode Enable parity Enable data compression Reserved for factory use Enable power-on self test REMOVABLE MEDIA-33 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader 370-2179 370-2180 370-2201 Jumper Settings LMJB0178 PCB EPROM S1 SWITCH SETIING 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 3 4 4 5 6 7 Off* Off* Off On On On On Off Off On' On Off On' Off Off DESCRIPTION English language display English language display French language display French language display Spanish language display Spanish language display German language display German language display Stop after last tape Restart at Tape 1 after last tape High intensity display Low intensity display Enable power on self test Not used Not used , Default settings REMOVABLE MEDIA-34 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 16-32GB 4 mm DDS-2 Autoloader 370-2179 370-2180 370-2201 Jumper Settings Auto-Loader Off On 1~ 4~ 85 S5 SWITCH SETTING 1 1 2 2 3 4 Off* On Off On* Off Off DESCRIPTION Horizontal character display Vertical character display Do NOT load tape on power up Load tape on power up Reserved Reserved * Default settings Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. 2. Fan Assembly 540-2607 is required when the drive is installed in the SC2000 SCSI Tray. 3. The 4-Tape Magazine part number is 370-1683-01. 4. The Blank DDS-2 120 Meter Tape part number is 370-2181-01. 5. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. References 1. DDS-2 Tape Drive Specification, 802-5324-10 2. DDS-2 Autoloader Installation Manual, 802-5324-10 Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-35 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 72-144GB 4 mm DDS-3 Autoloader Options 6292 6293 TAP4MM-031 A 370-2379 370-2380 HP C1557-00626 Medium Grey Bezel HP C1557 Light Grey Bezel Front View TAPE MAGAZINE SLOT B LCD §O §] 0 50 Rear View Off On OPTION SWITCH Li 1 r= 0 0 Address Connector - 00000000 0 11 50 50-Pin Data Connector S2 82 is on the bottom of the drive Off On REMOVABLE MEDIA-36 I Iyyyyyyyyl 1 lilt 0 00011 I -- 1 DC Y Cable 180-1715 8 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-2379 370-2380 Option Switch Settings VALUE 1 2 3 4 Ox1h Ox2h* Ox6h Ox7ht On Off Off On Off On On On Off Off On On Off Off Off Off * Circular mode. Requires firmware U709. t Default setting Options OPTION Ox1h Ox6h Ox7h* Auto-Stack Auto-Eject Allow Resequencing LUN 1 Magazine Ready LUN 0 Drive Inquiry Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Disabled * The default setting is Ox7h Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4. 2. Switch S2 is disabled by the Sun firmware. 3. The Option Switch is read at power on. 4. An adapter cable is attached to the Address Connector. 5. The adapter cable is provided by the drive manufacturer. 6. The Blank Data Tape part number is 370-2378-01. 7. The Magazine part number is 370-2381-01. 8. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-1613-01. 9. Firmware Update Tape U709 is part number 370-3377-01. Reference: DDS-3 Autoloader Installation and User's Guide, 802-7791-12. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-37 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 150MB 1/4" Tape Drive Su n-4/330/370/390/470/490 SS630MP SS670MP SS690MP SC2000 Options 539 565 660 370-1205 370-1206 370-1218 370-1246 Archive 2150S Half-Height Black Bezel Archive 2150S Full-Height Black Bezel Archive 2150S Half-Height Custom Bezel Archive 2150S Full-Height Light Grey Be7el Rear View DC Power llliOi.iiJl TERMINATING RESISTORS o o[Q:Qioo o 0 I2:QI 0 0 o RXO OIAG PARITY 0 I2:QI 00 0 0 0 0 0 0 111========:.1 50-Pin Cata Connector ______ L!::. TXO JUMPER 10 01 10 01 10 01 CF2 CF1 CFO 0 0 0 0 0 0 SETTING RXDITXD DIAG Parity CF2 CF1 CFO 102 101 100 As Out Out Out In required 102 101 100 DESCRIPTION Serial Port Normal/Diag Parity (in for 370-1246) Disconnect Transfer Size = 32K SCSI 10 Flex Cable 0 ( 00 00 In the Desktop Tape Pack, plug the Flex Cable into the SCSI 10 jumper block. Address Select Switch Cable In the External Storage Module, plug the Address Select Switch Cable into the SCSI 10 jumper block. Note: The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-1203-01. Reference: 50MB 1I4-lnch Tape Drive Configuration Manual, 813-2076. REMOVABLE MEDIA-38 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 2.5GB 1/4" Tape Drive SC2000 A14 E3000 E4000 Options 6101 6102 6103 370-2017 370-2018 Tandberg TDC4220 Black Bezel Tandberg TDC4220 Light Grey Bezel E5000 E6000 6104 6105 370-2202 Tandberg TDC4200 Medium Grey Bezel Front View DOOR BUTTON II o GREEN LED II = TAPE INSTALLED Rear View JIlfI 0 000 Ii )110000 pj00001 100000gO(!)(!)0150 ~ 50-Pin Data Connector UniPack Address Cable Orientation Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. 2. The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-2019-01. 3. The 2.5GB Data Tape part number is 370-2039-01. 4. The 2.5GB Tape Drive requires M3 mounting screws. 5. The drive can read, but not write, OIC-24. 6. The drive can read and write OIC-2GB, OIC-1000, OIC-525, OIC-150, and OIC-120. References 1. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10. 2. 2.SGbyte 1/4 Inch Tape Drive Specifications, 802-3615-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-39 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 4-8G8 1/4" SLR Tape Drive A16 A20 A25 A26 A27 Options 6106 6107 6108 6109 6110 TAPSLR-010A TAPSLR-020A 370-3279 370-3280 Tandberg SLR5 Light Grey Bezel 6111 Tandberg SLR5 Medium Grey Bezel Front View DOOR SUDON II o GREEN LED II = TAPE INSTALLED Rear View J2 Jlr o 000 J3 II )110000 pj00001 ooooo!QI(!)(!)(!>oI50 ~ 50-Pin Data Connector UniPack Address Cable Orientation Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4. 2. The Cartridge Tape part number is 370-3282-01. 3. The Cleaning Tape part number is 370-3281-01. 4. The drive can read and write QIC-4GB, QIC-2GB, QIC-1000, QIC-525, QIC-150, and QIC-120. References 1. 4.0 GByte 114" Tape Drive Specifications, 805-2449-12. 2. SPARCstorage UniPack User's Guide, 802-3228-10. REMOVABLE MEDIA-40 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 25-50G8 1/4" MLR Tape Drive Options 6120 6122 TAPMLR-310A TAPMLR-320A 370-3371 370-3372 Tandberg MLR3 Light Grey Bezel Single-Ended Wide Tandberg MLR3 Medium Grey Bezel Single-Ended Wide Front View c:::> EJECT TAPE SLOT LEDS I' J GREEN; READY GREEN; ACTIVITY AMBER; FAULT/CLEANING Rear View J~ Iggggggggg~ggggggi I HD68-Pin Data Connector I l ~ Test Connector Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The MLR3 Cartridge Tape part number is 370-3373-01. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-3513-01. 4. The 68-50 Pin Adapter Cable is part number 370-3548-01. 5. The drive can read and write OIC-16GB and OIC-25GB. 6. The drive can read OIC-4GB, OIC-2GB, OIC-1000, OIC-525, OIC-150, and OIC-120. Reference: 25GB MLR3 Tape Drive, 805-3752-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-41 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 2.3GB 8 mm Tape Drive Sun-4/370/390/470/490 SS670MP SS690MP Options 566 802 804 370-1297 370-1405 Exabyte EXB-8200 Black Bezel Exabyte EXB-8200 Light Grey Bezel Rear View TERMINATORS 120-1206-01 Pin 1 Ii P2~ 000 P25 50 Pin 1 --)23 1 50-Pin Data Connector II ~ f DC Power Ilo 000 JI u:u:i:! Jumper P2 SCSI 10 (MSB) 1 4 5 In In Out Out Out Out 3 2 1 0 2 Out Out In In Out Out (LSB) 3 Out In In Out In Out Address Select Switch Cable ~ ~ Power: In the Desktop Storage Module and External Storage Module, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown and plug it into P2_ 4.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 1.2 Amps @ +12Vdc 34.4 Watts REMOVABLE MEDIA-42 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-1297 370-1405 MX Card U32 On I~~~~~~~~I Off 1 8 B D Dip Switch U32 SWITCH SETTING 1 2 3 4 On On On Off On Off Off Off 5 6 7 8 DESCRIPTION Bypass memory test Enable parity checking Even byte disconnect Report busy status Variable block mode on power up No disconnect during data transfer Not used P6 cartridge type Manual Eject Switch Side View ~Fronl VIew Push Forward to Open Tape Door Notes 1. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01. 2. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01. 3. ECO WO_01575 enabled Parity checking on the MX card. Parity checking is disabled on drives shipped prior to December 1991. Reference Sun 2.3-Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Configuration Procedures for 56-Inch Data Center Cabinets, 813-2081. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-43 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 5.0GB 8 mm Tape Drive SS670MP SS690MP SC2000 Options 811 812 814 816 370-1415 370-1416 Exabyte EXB·8500 Black Bezel Exabyte EXB-8500 Light Grey Bezel Rear View 1 [0'001 212...£...2J P3 1 2 4 I~~ ~I II 1001 P5 49 U2 1E31 50 Pin Data Connector 50 P4 ---c:::JFl II 2 DC Power Address Select Switch Cable In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray, Desktop Storage Module, and SC2000, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown and plug it into P3. Manual Eject Switch Side View ~ Front V;ew Push Forward to Open Tape Door Power: 2.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.7 Amps @ +12Vdc 18.4 Watts REMOVABLE MEDIA-44 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-1415 370-1416 Jumper Settings Jumper P3 SCSIID 4 5 3 2 1 0 1-2 In In Out Out Out Out 3-4 Out Out In In Out Out 5-6 Out In In Out In Out 1 Off On On Off On Off 2 Off Off On On Off Off 3 On On Off Off Off Off Switch U2 SCSIID 4 5 3 2 1 0 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.2. 2. Use 54000 as the d(bp/), argument to the dump command in the high-density 8500 compatibility mode. 3. Use 13000 as the s(size), argument to the dump command in the high-density 8500 compatibility mode. 4. Use 6000 as the s(size), argument to the dump command in the low-density 8200 compatibility mode. 5. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01. 6. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01. References 1. 5.0 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 800-7008. 2. Product Note 5.0 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive, 800-7303. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-45 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 10GB 8 mm Tape Drive SS 1000 SC2000 Options 831 833 834 836 370-1808 370-1809 Exabyte EXB-8505 Light Grey Bezel Exabyte EXB-8505 Black Bezel Front Vie\A./ r- :Q ~ ~ TAPE SLOT ~ UNLOAD SWITCH GREEN LED GREEN/AMBER LED AMBER LED Rear View o 0°00000000000000 o 0 II 50-Pin Data Connector REMOTE ADDRESS CONNECTOR Address Select Switch Cables Pin-1 I ~ ~ In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable as shown and plug it into the remote address connector. In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray and SC2000, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown and plug it into the remote address connector. Power: 1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.6 Amps @ +12Vdc 15.2 Watts REMOVABLE MEDIA-46 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-1809 370-1808 Jumper Settings and LED Codes Remote Address Connector SCSIID 3 2 1 SCSIID 3 2 1 Target 0 Target 1 Target 2 Target 3 Out Out Out Out Out Out In In Out In Out In Target 4 Target 5 Target 6 In In In Out Out In Out In Out LED Codes Top On Middle* On Bottom On LEDs READY TAPE IN NORMAL MOTION Off On Fast Off Random Random Random Random On Off Off Off t Off Random Slow POST PART 1 LEDs POST PART 2 Hi-SPEED MOTION SCSI RESET Top Off On Middle* Random Random Bottom Fast On POST FAILED ERROR READY NO TAPE CLEANING NEEDED Fast Slow Random Random Fast Off CLEANING TAPE IN Off Random Slow * Green - tape is in uncompressed format. * Amber - tape is in compressed format. * OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus. t Flashing slow and then fast if a tape is loaded. Slow LED = 1 flash per second (0.96Hz) Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz) Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1. 2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01. 4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01. 5. Firmware 07TO Update Tape is part number 370-3235-01. Reference: 10Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 801-7651-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-47 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 7-14GB 8 mm Tape Drive SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E5500 E6500 Options 841 843 844 845 846 6201 6202 6203 6204 6205 6206 6207 370-1856 370-1857 370-1881 Exabyte EXB-8505XL Rectangu!ai LED Black Bezel Exabyte EXB-8505XL Round LED Backup Pack Bezel Exabyte EXB-8505XL Rectanguiar LED EXB-210 Bezel 370-1922 370-2200 Exabyte EXB-8505XL Rectangular LED Light Grey Bezel Exabyte EXB-8505XL Rectangular LED Medium Grey Bezel Front View r-r- -= ~ ~~ ~ TAPE SLOT UNLOAD SWITCH with raised diamond pattern (except 370-1857) GREEN LED GREEN/AMBER LED AMBER LED Rear View o 0°00000000000000 REMOTE ADDRESS CONNECTOR o 0 ~ Ii MONITOR PORT 50-Pin Data Connector In the Desktop Backup Pack, orient the Flex Cable ~ as shown and plug it into the Remote Address Connector. Pin·1 ~, lJ..£.Q..M' Power: In the Multi-Tape Backup Tray, SC2000, and SPARCstorage UniPack, orient the Address Select Switch Cable as shown and plug it into the Remote Address Connector. 1.6 Amps 0.6 Amps 15.2 Watts @ @ +5Vdc +12Vdc REMOVABLE MEDIA-48 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 370-1856 370-1857 370-1881 370-1922 370-2200 Jumper Settings and LED Codes Remote Address Connector 3 2 1 SCSI 10 3 2 1 Out Out Out Out Out Out In In Out In Out In Target 4 Target 5 Target 6 In In In Out Out In Out In Out SCSI 10 Target Target Target Target 0 1 2 3 LED Codes LEOS POST PART 1 On Top Middle* On Bottom On LEOS POST PART 2 POST FAILED READY TAPE IN NORMAL MOTION On Fast Off Off Random Random Random Random Off Off On Off t Off Random Slow Hi-SPEED MOTION SCSI RESET Top Off On Middle* Random Random Bottom Fast On ERROR READY NO TAPE CLEANING NEEDED Slow Fast Random Random Off Fast CLEANING TAPE IN Off Random Slow * Green - tape is in uncompressed format. * Amber - tape is in compressed format. * OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus. t Flashing slow and fast if a tape is loaded. Slow LED = 1 flash per second (O.96Hz) Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz) Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1. 2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01. 4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01. 5. The 160 Meter XL Tape part number is 370-1858-01. 6. Firmware 07TO Update Tape is part number 370-3235-01. 7. The E3000 and E4000 Option 6213 replaced 6206 in March 1997. 8. The E3500 and E4500 were introduced in April 1998. 9. Option 6206 is not price listed for the E3500 and E4500. Reference: 14Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 802-1849-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-49 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 7-14GB 8 mm Tape Drive A11 A12 A14 A20 A25 A26 A27 E220R E420R E3000 E4000 E3500 E4500 Options 6208 6209 6210 6211 6212 6213 6227 6228 6229 TAP8MM-010A TAP8MM-020A 370-2881 370-2882 370-3128 Exabyte EXB-8705DX Light Grey Bezel Exabyte EXB-8705DX rviediurn Grey Bezei Exabyte EXB-8705DX EX8-2iO Bezel Front View ~ ~h~===========~=P=ES=L=m===========u~ L UNLOAD SWITCH GREEN LED GREEN LED AMBER LED Rear View 2 1 0 Ell I"" 50-Pin Data Connector o~C)C)C)C)C) II" I~I I POWER 000 @221 \ 0:0,0_ _-' '\ :C) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) C ) :C) 0 Backup Pack, UniPack, and FlexiPack ~~ Remote Address Cable Orientation ~ llHJ:Y REMOVABLE MEDIA-50 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-3128 370-2881 370-2882 Jumper Settings and LED Codes Remote Address Connector SCSIID Target Target Target Target 0 1 2 3 2 1 0 SCSIID 2 1 0 Out Out Out Out Out Out In In Out In Out In Target 4 Target 5 Target 6 In In In Out Out In Out In Out LED Codes Top On Middle* On Bottom On LEDS READY TAPE IN NORMAL MOTION Off Off On Fast Random Random Random Random Off Off On Off t Off Random Slow POST PART 1 LEDS POST PART 2 Hi-SPEED MOTION SCSI RESET Top Off On Middle* Random Random Bottom Fast On POST FAILED ERROR READY NO TAPE CLEANING CLEANING NEEDED TAPE IN Fast Slow Random Random Fast Off Off Random Slow * OFF - drive is not connected to the SCSI Bus. t Flashing slow and fast if a tape is loaded. Slow LED = 1 flash per second (0.96Hz) Fast LED = 4 flashes per second (3.76Hz) Random LED = flash rate varies with SCSI Bus activity Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. 2. Cleaning is required after every 30 hours of tape motion. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2344-01. 4. The 112 Meter Tape part number is 370-1298-01. 5. The 160 Meter XL Tape part number is 370-1858-01. 6. Firmware 8HC-0098 Update Tape is part number 370-3639-01. Reference: 14Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Manual, 802-1849-10. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-51 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 20-40GB 8 mm Tape Drive E3000 E4000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 6225 6226 6230 6231 6232 6233 6234 6235 6236 6237 6238 TAP8MM-011 A TAP8MM-021 A TAP8MM-400G L1B8MM1-400G TAP8MMB-400G TAP8MMC-400G 370-2401 370-2183 370-2184 EXB-8900 Single-Ended Light Grey Bezel W LCD Display EXB-8900 Differential EXB-220 Bezel w/o LCD Display EXB-8900 Single-Ended Medium Grey Bezel w/o LCD Display Front View Ik==~ = =====!..I~ fOl ==TAPE=SLOT UNLOAD SWITCH-.SJ LCD DISPLAY GREEN LED GREEN LED AMBER LED Rear View o I C)C)C) I " H" 0 " 68- PIn 1- enslty I SINGLE-ENDED FASTIWIDE SCSI DATA CONNECTOR Power: C) c)c)c)o C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C)C) I 3210 000000 000000 I REMOTE ADDRESS CONNECTOR II 0000 11 1c...:::....::..1 I OC) OC) fOOOI 0 ,...---, '----' I DC POWER CONNECTOR 1.6 Amps @ +5Vdc 0.6 Amps @ +12Vdc 15.2 Watts REMOVABLE MEDIA-52 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 370-2183 370-2184 Jumper Settings 370-2401 Remote Address Connector LOCATION 0 1 2 3 SETTING As As As As required required required required DESCRIPTION SCSI 10 0 (20) SCSI 10 1 (21) SCSI 10 2 (22) SCSI 10 3(23) Drive Configuration Guidelines SCSI HOST ADAPTER COMPRESSION FastlWide FastlWide Narrow Narrow Narrow FastlWide Not enabled Not enabled Not enabled Not enabled Enabled Enabled MAX # OF DRIVES OTHER DEVICES PER HOST ADAPTER ON THE BUS No Yes No Yes Yes or No Yes or No 6 4 3 2 1 1 Library Configuration Guidelines COMPRESSION MAX # OF LIBRARIES PER HOST ADAPTER Not Enabled Enabled 3 2 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The 170 Meter AME Tape part number is 370-2395-01. 3. The Cleaning Kit part number is 370-2396-01. 4. Firmware 37F Update Tape is part number 370-3367-01. 5. Firmware 37F is not compatible with EXB-8900 370-xxxx-02 Rev 52. 6. The E3000 requires internal SCSI Cable 530-2381. 7. The E4000 requires internal SCSI Cable 530-2382. 8. The E5000 does not provide adequate cooling for the EXB-8900. 9. The E6000 does not provide adequate cooling for the EXB-8900. References 1. 20-40 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-7712. 2. 20-40 Gbyte Bmm Tape Drive Installation Guide, 805-0416. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-53 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive Options 6053 6054 6055 6056 6057 6058 6059 TAPDLT-020A 370-2187 370-2255 370-2848 Quantum DLT4000 Single-Ended SCSI Medium Grey Bezel Quantum DLT4000 Single-Ended SCSI Black Bezel Quantum DLT4000 Single-Ended SCSI Light Grey Bezel Front View D Rear View I - 50-Pin Data Connector DC Power Not Used I Ilo 000)1 I 14-Pin I Left Side View ID Select Enable ID Notes 1. The 2. The 3. The 4. The select~g ~ Loader Connector 00000 00000 minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. DLT4700 Autoloader requires drive 370-2264. Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2255 is 370-2333. Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2848 is 530-2372. References 1. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-5054-11. 2. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-6378-12. 3. DLT4700 Auto-Loader Installation and User's Guide, 802-5688-11. REMOVABLE MEDIA-54 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive Options 6051 540-2780 Quantum DLT4000 Single-Ended SCSI Desktop Assy/FRU w Drive 370-2848 6052 6071 540-2781 Quantum DLT4700 Single-Ended SCSI Library Assy/FRU w Drive 370-2264 Front View Rear View I - DC Power Not Used I Il 0 0 00)1 I 14-Pin I - Left Side View ,..... ID Select Enable ID Select~~ ill Loader Connector 00000 00000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.4. 2. The DLT4700 requires drive 370-2264. 3. The Address Select Switch Cable for 370-2848 is 530-2372 References 1. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-5054-11. 2. DLT4000 Tape Drive Installation and User's Guide, 802-6378-12. 3. DLT4700 Auto-Loader Installation and User's Guide, 802-5688-11. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-55 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive Options 6060 6061 370-2329 370-3331 Quantum DLT7000 Single-Ended SCSI Medium Grey Bezel 4MB Internal Cache Quantum DLT7000 Single-Ended SCSI Medium Grey Bezel 8MB Internal Cache 6062 TAPDLT-021A 370-2847 370-3330 Quantum DLT7000 Single-Ended SCSI Light Grey Bezel 8MB Internal Cache Quantum DLT7000 Single-Ended SCSI Light Grey Bezel 4MB Internal Cache Front View L TAPE SLOT HANDLE I ~ I ------ Rear View DC Power I HD68-Pin Data Connector I Il 0 000 JI Left Side View ...... 10 Select Enable 10 select~~~ Loader Connector 00000 00000 FlexiPack Remote Address Cable Orientation Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The SPARCstorage FlexiPack Address Switch Cable is 530-2372. REMOVABLE MEDIA-56 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 20-40GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive ETl4/1000 Option 6072 370-2865 Quantum DLT4000 Differential SCSI ETL 4/1000 FRU Front View Rear View I .. 50-Pin Data Connector Not Used I Il 0 0 00)1 I 14-Pin I Left Side View r--. Loader Connector 00000 00000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The ETL 4/1000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The ETL 4/1000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT 4000. 00000 00000 - References 1. ETL Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-01. 2. ETL 411000 Service Manual, 875-1809. 3. ETL 411000 Planning and Installation Guide, 875-1808. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-57 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive ETL 4/1800 StorEdge L1800 ETL 7/3500 StorEdge L3500 Options 6063 6073 6074 6075 6076 6079 6080 370-3272 370-3332 Quantum DLT7000 Differential SCSI 4/1800 & 7/3500 FRU 4MB Internal Cache Quantum DLT7000 Differential SCSI 4/1800 & 7/3500 FRU 8MB Internal Cache Front View L TAPE SLOT I I Rear View DC Power I HD68-Pin Data Connector I Il 0 000 JI - Left Side View ...... 00000 00000 00000 00000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The ETL 4/1800 and 7/3500 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The ETL 4/1800 and 7/3500 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000. - References 1. ETL 4/1000 and 4/1800 Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-02. 2. ETL 4/1000 and 4/1800 Service Manual, 875-1809. 3. ETL 4/1000,4/1800 and 7/3500 Service CD-ROM, 704-5683-03. 4. ETL 7/3500 Service Manual, 805-1038. REMOVABLE MEDIA-58 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive StorEdge L280 370-3423 Quantum DLT7000 Differential SCSI Stepper Motor Front View r [ TAPE SLOT [J [ I 0 0 0 0 III III r-l ,--, ,---, ,...-----, Rear View 7 HD68-Pin Data Connector HD68-Pin Data Connector Notes 11. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The 370-3423 includes address and data cables, fan, mounting bracket, stepper motor, and stepper motor circuit board. 3. To remove the tape drive, slide the drive 2.5" (65 mm) out of the chassis. Disconnect the DC Power, Fan Power, Stepper Motor, and SCSI Address cables, and remove the drive from the chassis. Reference: StorEdge L280 User's Guide, 805-3957. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-59 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 35-70GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive StorEdge L 1000 370-3516 Quantum DLT7000 Differential SCSI Front View IL TAPE SLOT I I Rear View I HD68-Pin Data Connector Il I DC Power 0 000 )1 - Left Side View r--. 00000 00000 00000 00000 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The StorEdge L1000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The StorEdge L1000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000. 4. The DLT 7000 includes an Address Cable, Fan, Interface Board, Magnetic Interlock, Mounting Bracket, and Stepper Motor. References 1. StorEdge L 1000 Service CD-ROM, 704-5684. 2. StorEdge L 1000 User's Guide Manual, 805-4823. REMOVABLE MEDIA-60 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive StorEdge L 11 000 370-3723 Quantum DLT7000 Differential SCSI Front View IL TAPE SLOT I I Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5. 2. The StorEdge L 11000 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The StorEdge L11000 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000. 4. Part number 370-3723 includes a DLT7000, Interface Board, and Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier. 5. Install drives in consecutive order from position 0 to position 15. 6. Set the Drive Sideboard Switch to the address on the left/right door. References 1. StorEdge 2. StorEdge 3. StorEdge 4. StorEdge 5. StorEdge Volume I L 11000 User CD-ROM, 704-6526. L11000 User's Guide, 805-7275. L 11000 User's Guide Addendum, 6311627-01. L 11000 Service CD-ROM, 704-6527. L 11000 Service Manual, 704-7276. REMOVABLE MEDIA-61 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 35-70G8 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive StorEdge L20 StorEdge L40 StorEdge L60 380-0346 390-0032 FRU Assembly HP C7202-80007 Quantum DLT7000 HV Differential SCSI Front View ~ ___________ Th_P_E_S_LO_T__________ ~1 --- Stepper Motor ,-- SCSI r- Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. The StorEdge L20/40/60 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The StorEdge L20/40/60 requires a Differential SCSI DLT7000. 4. Part number 380-0346 includes a DLT7000, Interface Board, and Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier. References 1. StorEdge L20 User CD-ROM, HP C7200-90025. 2. StorEdge L20 User's Guide, HP C7200-90009. 3. StorEdge L20 User's Guide Addendum, HP C7200-90014. 4. StorEdge L20 FRU Replacement, HP C7200-90005. 5. StorEdge L20 Service Manual, HP C7200-90031. REMOVABLE MEDIA-62 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 40-80GB 1/2-lnch DLT Tape Drive StorEdge L9 380-0383 FRU Assembly HP C7202-80008 HV Differential SCSI Front View I TAPE SLOT I~ Stepper Motor .-- SCSI r-- ~ Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6. 2. The StorEdge L9 requires a Differential SCSI Controller. 3. The StorEdge L9 requires a Differential SCSI DLT8000. 4. Part number 380-0383 includes a DLT8000, Interface Board, and Stepper Motor mounted in a Drive Carrier. References 1. StorEdge L9 FRU Replacement, HP C7145-90020. 2. StorEdge L9 Service Manual, HP C7145-90050. Volume I REMOVABLE MEDIA-63 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS ETHERNET 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Ethernet SBus Ethernet Controller ............................................................ SQEC/S ............................ Quad Ethernet Controller SunFastEthernet 1.0 ............................. ... .... ..... ................ SunFastEthernet 2.0/2.1 ....................... ....... ....... .... ... ....... Sun Quad FastEthernet 1.0 SQFE/S ...... ..... .................. Sun Quad FastEthernet 2/0 SQFE/S ............................. GBE/S .... .... ..... ......... ......... GigabitEthernet 1.0 GigabitEthernet 2.0 GBE/S .... ....... ... ...... ........... 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 PCI SunFastEthernet FE/P ....... ......... ....... ........... Sun Quad FastEthernet QFE/P ......... ........ ........ ...... GigabitEthernet 1.0 GBE/P ... .... .......... .... .......... GigabitEthernet 2.0 GBE/P ... .... ....... ....... ... ....... GigabitEthernet FC-AUP ................................................... 10 11 12 13 14 cPCI Rear Access Quad FastEthernet ..... ...... ................ ............ Rear Access Quad FastEthernet Transition Board ........... Front Access Quad FastEthernet .......... .................. .......... 15 16 17 Miscellaneous Mil to AUI Converter .......................................................... SunSwitch Gigabit Ethernet Switch ..... ............ ...... ............ TP4 Hub ............................................................................ SuperStack II Entry Hub .................................................... 18 19 20 21 Field Engineer Handbook Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Ethernet Controller Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 Options 450 453 501-1450 501-1881 X450A 40/50/60/65/75 SS5 X450A and X453A 15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 32-Bii SBus Connecior S4DMA -f-- 501-1450 or S4DMA+-f-- 501-1881 501-1450 Switch Settings SWI 1-8 1-8 SETIING DESCRIPTION Off Ethernet On Thin Ethernet 501-1881 Switch Settings SWI 8 Fuse Fl o• 2A 150-1174-01 1 Off 1 •••••••• 1 On DDDDDDIJD t Ethernet • Thin Ethernet SW1 DB15 SETIING DESCRIPTION Off Ethernet 1-6 On Thin Ethernet 7-8 On +12Vdc on 7-8 Off +12Vdc off 1-6 BNC Power: 1.0 Amps @ +5Vdc 5.0 Watts not including MAU + 12Vdc power requirements Notes 1. The Sun-4/75 supports one internal 207MB or 424MB disk drive if the Ethernet MAU draws current from the + 12Vdc output to Pin-13. 2. Do NOT install this card in Slot-3 of the Sun-4/60 or Sun-4/65. 3. The 501-1881 replaced 501-1450 in September 1991. 4. Option X453A replaced X450A in September 1992. 5. Option X450A included 501-1450 or 501-1881. 6. Option X453A included 501-1881. References 1. Installing the SBus Ethernet Card, 800-5161-10 2. Installing the SBus Ethernet Card, 800-6682-10. ETHERNET-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Quad Ethernet Controller SQEC/S Sun-4/15/30/40/50/60/65/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1058 501-2062 32-Bit SBus Connector QEC-1 BB BB -- Power: 2.0 Amps 10.0 Watts @ 10BASE-T - - 0123 +5Vdc Notes 1. The minimum operating system is SunOS 4.1.3 or Solaris 2.3. 2. The minimum OS for an SS4 with SQEC is Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94. 3. The minimum OS for an SS5 with SQEC is Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 5/94. 4. The minimum OS for an SS20 with SQEC is Solaris 2.3. 5. The final OS for the BEC device and the be driver is Solaris 2.6. 6. SunOS 4.1.3 requires Quad Ethernet Controller 1.1 software. 7. SQEC device drivers are bundled in Solaris 2.3. 8. SunOS 4.x device drivers support Sun-4m architecture only. 9. Open Boot PROM 2.x is required. 10. The Link Integrity Test is enabled/disabled through the OBP. Reference: SBus Quad Ethernet Controller (SQEC) Manual, 800-7123-11. Volume I ETHERNET-3 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunFastEthernet 1.0 Sun-4/15/30 501-2450 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS 1000 SC2000 Option 1056 501-2646 501-2655 SBus Card I [en,,,, I I Fcodel B D ~ D 0 "0 I 32-Bit SBus Connector [en,,,, I ~ FRU Assembly Transceiver Card ["'""",1 ["'C""" iWilW Ii$MfuHM I I [M'"~"I DC DC DD 1798661 1798651 1832231 LL_~~!ID !1Jil!;HU!_~m@l.!!lM~illl! I I I I I 40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR I 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX Notes 1. The minimum OS is SunOS 4.1.3 or Solaris 2.3 Hardware 5/94. 2. SunOS 4.1.3 requires SunFastEthernet 1.1 software. 3. Solaris 2.3 Hardware: 5/94 requires Patch 101820-01. 4. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94 requires Patch 102001-01. 5. SunOS 4.x device drivers support Sun-4m architecture only. 6. The final software release is Solaris 2.6. 7. SS1 000 and SC2000 require Solaris 2.4 Patch ;:::102001-08 if the SM81 is installed. Reference: SunFastEthernet Adapter User's Guide, 801-6109-10. ETHERNET-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SunFastEthernet 2.0/2.1 Sun-4/15/30 SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E150 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1059 501-2919 I I 64-Bit SBU5 Connector B D DD FEPS D I PTe I I 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX 40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR Notes 1. The minimum as for SunFastEthernet 2.0 is Solaris 1.1.2 or Solaris 2.4. 2. The minimum as for SunFastEthernet 2.1 is Solaris 1.1.1 or Solaris 2.3. 3. The SUNWhmd and SUNWhmdu packages are bundled in Solaris 2.5. 4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26 due to BuglD 1228182. 5. Install SunFastEthernet in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1 on E10000 SBus I/O board 501-4349. Reference: SunFastEthernet Adapter User's Guide, 802-6022-10. Volume I ETHERNET-5 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Sun Quad FastEthernet 1.0 SQFE/S SS5 SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A11 A12 A14 E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO Option 1042 501-4302 I I 64-Bit SBus Connector ffiI J0907 Serial PROM Enable Jumper 1889151 QFESB FCode Dserial PROM 525·1717 525·1702 525·1752 FEPS FEPS PORTO PORT - 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 1DBASE·T / 1DDBASE·TX @§] 0 12 3 Notes 1. The minimum is Solaris 2.4 and Quad FastEthernet 1.0. 2. QFE/S 1.0 uses the SUNWhmed device driver. 3. QFE/S is not compatible with Sun Trunking 1.0. 4. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26. 5. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput. 6. Two CPUs per QFE/S are recommended for ;::>:200MHz systems. 7. SQFE :::::501-4302-03 fails the Fcode checksum test and will not configure during boot if the E3000-E6000 is set to Diagnostic mode. Set Keyswitch diagnostics Off, OBP diag-switeh? false, and OBP diag-Ievel min. 8. Set the NVRAM variable local-mae-address? to true to enable the MAC addresses of the network interfaces on the Quad FastEthernet board. as Reference: Sun Quad FastEthernet Installation Guide, 805-0732-10. ETHERNET-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Sun Quad FastEthernet 2.0 A11 SS5 A12 SQFE/S SS10 SS20 SS600 SS1000 SC2000 A14 E3xOO E4xOO E5xOO E6xOO E10000 Option 1049 501-4837 501-5443 I I 54-Bit SBus Connector ~ J0907 Serial PROM Enable Jumper 1889151 QFESB FCode Dserial PROM 525·1742 525·1752 FEPS FEPS PORTO PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 1OBASE·T 11 OOBASE· TX lli§J 0 12 3 Operating System Notes 1. The minimum OS is Solaris 2.4 and Quad FastEthernet 2.0. 2. Solaris 2.6 requires QFE 2.1 software. 3. Do NOT use QFE 2.1 software with Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 5/98. 4. QFE 2.2 software is bundled in 2.6 HW: 5/98 and SunTrunking 1.0.1. 5. QFE/S 2.0 uses the SUNWqfed drivers and supports Sun Trunking. 6. The output of pkginfo -x does not match the QFE release number. Conversion tables are included in Release Notes 805-3893-1 O. Notes 1. The SS1000 and SC2000 require OBP 2.26. 2. The E10000 is not compatible with 501-4837-01. Use ~501-4837-02. 3. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput. 4. Two CPUs per QFE/S are recommended for ~200MHz systems. 5. Set the NVRAM variable local-mae-address? to true to enable the MAC addresses of the network interfaces on the Quad FastEthernet board. Reference: Sun Quad FastEthernet Installation Guide, 805-3114-10. Volume I ETHERNET-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 GigabitEthernet 1.0 GBE/S A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1045 375-0003 Alteon AceNIC I 54-Bit SBU5 Connector I D D DD D D - n n SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 MM Fiber (550 M) 62.5/125 MM Fibre (300 M) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. The final operating system is Solaris 2.6. 3. Install GBE/S in Slot a on E10000 SBus 1/0 board 501-4349. 4. The minimum software for the E1 0000 is Gigabit Ethernet 1.1. Reference: Sun GigabitEthernet SBus Adapter 1.0 User's Guide, 805-1136. ETHERNET-8 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 GigabitEthernet 2.0 GBE/S A14 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1140 501-4375 Multi-Mode Fiber I I 64-Bit SBus Connector a L:J 5 - 3.3 129~" I I I 125MHz SERDES I I ~x ~oxx ...JLLI-a: n n ~ SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 MM Fiber (550 M) 62.5/125 MM Fibre (260 M) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97. 2. There are no slot restrictions for the E10000 SBus I/O board. References 1. Sun GigabitEthernetiS Product Note, 805-5937. 2. Sun GigabitEthernetiS Installation and User's Guide, 805-2784. Volume I ETHERNET-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunFastEthernet FE/P A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t 1100/1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 1033 6934 501-4359 501-5019 540-3981 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz 3.3/5V 32Bit 33MHz Netra It 1800 FRU w 501-4359 or 50i -50i 9 I C"EERIO I ~ F0701 40-PIN Mil CONNECTOR 10BASE·T 100BASE·TX Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. Auto-negotiation is used to select operating mode and speed. 3. The address of the on-board Mil transceiver is 1. 4. Set the external Mil transceiver to an address other than 1 to avoid an address conflict with the on-board transceiver. Refer to BuglD 4062714. References 1. SunFastEthernet PCI Installation and User's Guide, 805-1759. 2. SunFastEthernet PCI Adapter Product Note, 805-2715-10. ETHERNET-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Sun Quad FastEthernet QFE/P A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Netra t 1100/1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 Netra ft 1800 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 1034 6943 501-4366 501-5406 540-4094 3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz I 3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz C"EERIO I I C"EERIO Netra It 1800 FRU I 21153·AAlAB 21·44103·01 DEC1996 DC1041B = Rev B - f - DC1041C DC1041C=RevC A9731JL1337B I C"EERIO I I C"EERIO I 10BASE·T 100BASE·TX PORT 0 PORT 1 PORT 2 PORT 3 Notes 1. The minimum as is Solaris 2.5.1 HW: 4/97 and Quad FastEthernet 2.0. 2. Solaris 2.6 requires QuadFastEthernet 2.1. 3. Quad FastEthernet hardware uses the SUNWqfed device driver. 4. The Ultra 30 requires DC21153 Revision C. See BuglD 4094903. 5. One CPU per port is recommended for maximum throughput. 6. Two CPUs per QFE/P are recommended for :2:200MHz systems. 7. Auto-negotiation is used to select operating mode and speed. Reference Sun Quad FastEthernet PCllnstallation and User's Guide, 805-1797-10. Volume I ETHERNET-11 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS GigabitEthernet 1.0 GBE/P A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120 Netra t 1125 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1044 375-0002 Alteon AceNIC 3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz DDDDD DDDDD B o o D D D SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 MM Fiber (550 Meter) 62.5/125 MM Fiber (300 Meter) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. 2. The final operating system is Solaris 2.6. 3. The minimum E10000 operating system is Solaris 2.6. Reference: Sun GigabitEthernet PCI Adapter 1.0 User's Guide, 805-1135. ETHERNET-12 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 GigabitEthernet 2.0 GBE/P A 16 A20 A21 A22 A23 A25 A26 A27 Netra t1 100/105 Netra t 1100 Netra t 1120/1125 Netra t 1400/1405 E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 E10000 Option 1141 501-4373 501-5470 Multi-Mode Fiber 3.3/5V 64Bit 33/66MHz Special for Apple I~C5121 I I 125MHz I DC-DC 5 - 3.3 I SC DUPLEX CONNECTOR 50/125 MM Fiber (550 Meter) 62.5/125 MM Fiber (260 Meter) Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1 Hardware: 11/97. References 1. Sun GigabitEthernetiP Product Note, 805-5938. 2. Sun GigabitEthernetiP Installation and User's Guide, 805-2785. Volume I ETHERNET-13 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS GigabitEthernet FC-AUP A16 A22 A23 A25 A26 Option 2069 501-5426 A27 3.3/5V 32/64Bit 33/66MHz L FC-AL SC-DUPLEX GbE SC-DUPLEX 50/125 MM Fiber (500 Meter) 62.5/125 MM Fiber (300 Meter) 2 Meter Cable 537-1004 5 Meter Cable 537-1020 15 Meter Cable 537-1006 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 7 HW: 11/99. 2. The minimum asp is 3.11. References 1. GigabitEthernet FC-AUP Installation Manual, 806-2385. 2. GigabitEthernet FC-AUP Product Note, 806-2386. ETHERNET-14 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Rear Access Quad FastEthernet Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800 Option 1334 501-5417 3.3/5V 64Bit 33MHz ePCI D Ism@1 EEPROM Ism@1 ISTP20031 I I I I PHY PHY PHY Ismo031 PHY I I I I a U"l a :::< '"...., a" 0 J: Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0075 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING JK1 JK2 JK3 JP2 JP2 JP4 JP4 JP4 JP5 JP5 JP5 JP5 JR1 JR1 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 1-2 3-4 5-6 7-8 1-2 2-3 In In In Out In In In In Out In Out Out In In DESCRIPTION 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock Normal mode (default) Manufacturing mode AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier AMD K6/K6+ 4.5x clock multiplier 2.2V CPU core voltage 2.2V CPU core voltage 2.2V CPU core voltage 2.2V CPU core voltage Normal (default) Flash recovery (not implemented) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. DOS, Windows 3.x, Windows 95, and Windows NT are supported. 3. BIOS on 375-0075-02 may not be compatible with SunPCi 1.0 or 1.1. Upgrade to 1.1.1 if the message "Unknown flash device" is displayed. 4. Use 64MB DIMM 370-3800, Option 7041. 5. Use 128MB DIMM 370-3801, Option 7035. 6. RS-232 signal levels are used. RS-423 is not available. 7. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel does not have a part number. 8. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel requires an adjacent PCI slot on the component side of the SunPCi. PCI Slot Notes 1. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 5, Slot 1 or Slot 2. 2. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 10, Slot 1. 3. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 30 or Ultra 60, Slot 4. 4. In the Ultra 30 and Ultra 60, the SunPCi fan housing can touch the solder side of a long PCI board installed in the second slot below a SunPCi. Install the card and side cover with the system in the service position. 5. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 1 or Slot 4. 6. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 450, Slot 1. References 1. SunPCi Installation Guide, 805-6055. 2. SunPCi User's Guide, 805-6058. 3. SunPCi DIMM Installation Guide, 805-7205. 4. Important Notice, 806-2198-10. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SunPCi A16 A20 A21 A22 A23 Option 1131A-64.2 375-0095 A27 5V 64Bit 33MH I nn 0 -~Ch01g+- ~~e_s:.~ing.dependsonthe. --- - 00 I JP5 '0 ~ '5 g- o ~lli o o: © 001011 001Ql JP4 K6-2400MHz t\o L.t-'u vonage reqUirement. SunPCI boards with 2.0V and 2.2V K6 CPUs have the same part number. Do Not change the JP5 jumper setting, o o o o o o IT] SIS5598 VGA ~ JK10g1 JK20 JK3° r::::l ~ 1 121iI0 JR1 g IBIOS I 8 BIOS Flash CR2032 3V 21554-AA PCI Bridge co ~[JJ --, CX> Ui w 1838771 25-Pin Parallel w w z :J MISCELLANEOUS-8 z :J 9-Pin Serial 0 I Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 375-0095 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS JK1 JK2 JK3 JP2 JP2 JP4 JP4 JP4 JP5 JP5 JP5 JP5 JR1 JR1 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-2 1-2 1-2 3-4 5-6 1-2 3-4 5-8 1-8 1-2 2-3 SETTING DESCRIPTION In In In Out In In Out Out Out In Out Out In In 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock 66.8MHz CPU/33.4MHz PCI clock Normal mode (default) Manufacturing mode AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier AMD K6/K6+ clock multiplier 2.2V CPU core voltage * 2.2V CPU core voltage * 2.2V CPU core voltage * 2.0V CPU core voltage * Normal (default) Flash recovery (not implemented) * Do Not change the JP5 jumper setting. Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. DOS, Windows 3.x, Windows 95, and Windows NT are supported. 3. Use 64MB DIMM 370-3800, Option 7041. 4. Use 128MB DIMM 370-3801, Option 7035. 5. RS-232 signal levels are used. RS-423 is not available. 6. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel does not have a part number. 7. The Parallel/Serial Port Backpanel requires an adjacent PCI slot on the component side of the SunPCi. PCI Slot Notes 1. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 5, Slot 1 or Slot 2. 2. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 10, Slot 1. 3. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 30 or Ultra 60, Slot 4. 4. In the Ultra 30 and Ultra 60, the SunPCi fan housing can touch the solder side of a long PCI board installed in the second slot below a SunPCi. Install the card and side cover with the system in the service position. 5. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 80, Slot 1 or Slot 4. 6. SunPCi does not fit into Ultra 450, Slot 1. References 1. SunPCi Installation Guide, 805-6055. 2. SunPCi User's Guide, 805-6058. 3. SunPCi DIMM Installation Guide, 805-7205. 4. Important Notice, 806-3164-10. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 SBus Expansion Adapter Sun-4/50/75 SS4 SS5 SS10 SS20 Options 171 1072 501-1840 SS600 SBus Connector XASIC J0201 1°00°1 0000 96-PIN HIGH-DENSITY 80 em Cable 530-1896 Notes 1. SBus Expansion 1.0 is compatible with SunOS 4.1.1 and 4.1.2. 2. SBus Expansion 1.2 is compatible with SunOS 4.1.1, 4.1.2, and 4.1.3. 3. SBus Expansion is not supported in SunOS 4.1.3_U 1 Version B. 4. SBus Expansion is not supported in SunOS 4.1.4. 5. SBus Expansion device drivers are included in Solaris 2.2. 6. The final software release is Solaris 2.5.1. 7. SS10 Boot PROM 2.7 extends the dictionary space to 1MB. 8. SS600MP Boot PROM 2.8 extends the dictionary space to 1MB. References 1. SBus Expansion Subsystem Installation and Troubleshooting Guide, 800-5965-10. 2. SBus Expansion Subsystem Board Installation Manual, 800-7178-11. MISCELLANEOUS-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS SBus Expansion Controller SES/C Option 1072 501-1841 I 100001 LED POWER 1I1i·· .. 1111..!:11==::::IIIIIII::::=::!J 1i1 SCSI DISK2 POWER SUPPLY SBus Slot 0 I I DISK2 POWER SBus Slot 1 B 50-PIN SCSI-2 50-PIN SCSI-2 SCSI DISK1 DISK1 POWER SBus Slot 2 150MHZ 0 0 I 96-PIN HIGH-DENSITY These SBus cards are not compatible with the SES/C: DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER CG3 Videopix GT Graphics Option Prestoserve Ethernet Option 453 FDDI/S TRIIS NP20 Printer Card SCSI Host Adapters SBE/S DSBE/S SBus Expansion Adapter SunPC Accelerators 501-1909 501-1706 501-1693 370-1401 501-1881 501-1732 2501-1932-02 501-2275 501-1759 and 501-1850 501-1869 501-1902 501-1840 501-1980 and 501-1981 Reference SBus Expansion Subsystem Product Compatibility Note, 801-2209-11. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-11 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS PCMCIA Adapter SS4 SS5 SS20 A11 Option 1030 501-2367 A12 A14 SBus Connector D Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.3, Edition 2. 2. Solaris 2.3 requires the SUNWpmdm package. 3. The SUNWpmdm package supports the Sun PCMCIA Modem. 4. Solaris 2.4 Hardware:11/94 requires the SUNWpcm cluster. 5. Solaris 2.4 Hardware: 11/94 includes the SUNWpcser driver for serial and modem cards and the SUNWpcmem driver for memory cards. 6. The A 11, A 12, and A 14 require modified EMI shield 340-3050-03. The modified EMI shield is installed on 501-2367-05. MISCELLANEOUS-12 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Audio Module SS4 Ultra 450 Ultra Enterprise 450 Option 496 501-2592 I J0305 I I C~231 I CD INPUT J0101 - - ;-- 0 - - - =r - :=J - =r =r HEAD PHONE LINE OUT LINE IN MICROPHONE Notes 1. The SS4 minimum operating system is Solaris 1.1.2 or 2.4 HW: 11/94. 2. The A20 minimum operating system is Solaris 2.5 HW: 4/97. 3. The SS4 Option 496 includes internal SS4 Audio Cable 530-2079. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Audio Module Ultra 30 Ultra 60 Ultra 80 501-4155 MICROPHONE LINE IN LINE OUT HEADPHONE o Notes 1. The minimum Ultra 30 (A 16) 2. The minimum Ultra 60 (A23) as is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. References 1. Ultra 30 Service Manual, 802-7719. 2. Ultra 60 Service Manual, 805-1709. 3. Ultra 80 Service Manual, 805-6618. MISCELLANEOUS-14 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Alarm Module Netra t 1100 CJ CJ CJ DB-15 Netra t 1120 501-4669 Netra t 1125 10-Pin To LED Card 6-Pin To Front Fan 8-Pin To Power Supply o Notes 1_ The 2. The 3. The 4. The minimum Netra t 1100 as is 2.5.1 Hardware: 4/97. minimum Netra t 1120 as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. minimum Netra t 1125 as is 2.5.1 HW 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. Alarm Module software is on CD-ROM 704-6024-10. References 1. Netra t 1100 Service Manual, 805-1893-10. 2. Netra t 1120 Service Manual, 805-4348-10. 3. Netra t 112011125 Service Manual, 805-6804-10. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 System Controller Netra i 150 Netra nfs 150 Ultra Enterprise 150 501-3089 J1001 Power OUT Cable 530-2255 To Rmvbl Media and Disk Drives J0801 UPS Cable 530-2259 J10030 XIR Cable 530-2292 ToJ2201onA11-170CPU J0501 J1002 Fan Cable 530-2262 Pwr IN Cable 530-2256 D D J0802 c::J Fillerbox Cable 530-2260 J0601 Ix~1 LCD Cable 530-2261 J0901 to Adapter 501-3104 to J2602 on A 11-170 CPU .... 0 0 r!. C\I U1 .... () " PCI J3 > PCI J5 > FI oppy Power Switch/LED Fan DijklCD Power ~ J0501 : : : : :1: : : : : :: J:: J0502 J2 L0503::::::::: : ~ J050< : : : : : : : : : . : J6 I J48- I J7 J J10 c::==:J J9 J8 J13c:=J Ii J12~ I System Board Slot 1 Smart Card Speaker - Floppy Notes 1. The PCI signaling is 5V, 32Bits, 33M Hz. 2. All slots support 32-bit or 64-bit PCI boards. Reference: Sun Blade 100 Service Manual, 806-3416. Volume I M ISCELLAN EOUS-21 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Smart Card Reader Sun Blade 100 Sun Blade 1000 370-3933 D D 10-- 0 I-- MISCELLANEOUS-22 D \J D DI n I ,..- 0 Cable to system board ...... Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 System Control Board Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800 Option 7168 501-5612 To Backplane o D DOD DOD LEDCR0303 0 To System Status Panel Notes 1. The minimum operating system is 80laris 8 HW: 6/00. 1. The 8CB is installed behind the System Status Panel. 2. The component side of the 8CB faces the left side of the chassis. Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-23 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Front CPU Transition Board Netra ct 400 Options 7150 7151 501-5624 7180 h SCSI VHDCI68 PARALLEL HD-26 o o C\I o ...., 100BASE-TX RJ-45 SERIAL B DB-9 D Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00. Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. MISCELLANEOUS-24 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Front CPU Transition Board Netra ct 800 Options 7154 7155 501-5618 N a a N ~ PARALLEL OB-25 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX SERIAL A OB-9 SERIAL B OB-9 ULTRA SCSI H068 ;; N a :::< 0:: Notes 1_ The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00_ 2_ Shunt Board 501-5619 is required in the rear of Slot 1 and 2_ Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296_ Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-25 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Rear CPU Transition Board Netra ct 400 Netra ct 800 Options 7152 7153 7156 7157 7158 501-5609 7159 ULTRA SCSI VHDCI68 1OOBASE-TX B 1OOBASE-TX A SERIAL B DB-9 SERIAL A DB-9 D D o N o ;a: -, PARALLEL DB-25 Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00. Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. MISCELLANEOUS-26 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Alarm Board Netra ct 400 Option 7160 540-4406 FRU Assembly Motherboard 501-5620 with Daughterboard 501-5650 '---_ _ _--'1 : - - - -; -- -- -- -- -- -- -; - - - - - - - - - - - - To 501-5649 C\I ...., Daughterboard-2501-5650: Red Key H.110 Daughterboard 501-5649 100BASE-TX a PCMCIA To 501-5620 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00. 1. FRU assembly 540-4406 includes 501-5620, 501-5649, and 501-5650. 2. CR1632 Battery 150-2850 is installed on 501-5620. References 1. Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. 2. Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300. 3. Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301. Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-27 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Alarm Board Netra ct 800 Option 7161 501-5610 PHONE Removed from 501-5610-07 PCMCIA ALARM DB-15 Red Key H.110 Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00. 2. CR1632 Battery 150-2850 is installed at BT0401. References 1. Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. 2. Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300. 3. Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301. MISCELLANEOUS-28 Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Rear Alarm Transition Board Netra ct 800 Option 7176 501-5611 ALARM DB-15 Removed from 501-5611-06 Note: The minimum operating system is Solaris 8 HW: 6/00_ References 1_ Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296_ 2_ Netra ct Server Alarm Card Installation Manual, 806-3300_ 3_ Remote System Control User's Guide, 806-3301_ Volume I MISCELLANEOUS-29 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS I/O 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS lID E3000/4000/5000/6000 E3500/4500/5500/6500 I/O Board ........................................................................... I/O Board with SOC+ ......................................................... 2 6 I/O Graphics Board... .... ............ ......... ........ ................ ........ I/O Graphics Board with SOC+ ......................................... 10 14 PCI I/O Board .................................................................... PCI Riser Boards............................................................... 16 20 E10000 SBus I/O Board ................................................................. PCI I/O Board .................................................................... PCI Riser Boards ............................................................... 22 24 25 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 liD Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2610 501-2977 I/O Type 1 83MHz Gigaplane .------.~'----------------'L'I------~~,------, [8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8 EJ SYSIO-O ~~~~~ RISC-1 soc Q 0 SYSIO-1 ~~~~o SBus 1 SBus 0 SBus 2 J2f~~D I o D D ID~Dcl F3501/F3500 0- II II II LEDS 000 Mil 10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX B A Backpanel and Connectors (±) 1L....-___s_B_us_o____-' Mil 1/0-2 ---'I '--___S_B_u_s_1_ _ 10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX B . .J1 (±) s_B_us_2____ 1 - 1_ _ _ _ A EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2977 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0500 J0501 1-2 1-2 In J2500 1-2 FAB 270-2977 DESCRIPTION -01 -02 -03 Out Unknown Unknown Out Inv Adr 1 -01 -02 -03 -04 -05 -01 -02 -03 J2501 1-2 -01 -02 -03 123 In * Unknown J2503 Unknown -01 J3002 1-2 In SOC Flash write enabled -01 J3002 1-2 Out SOC Flash write disabled -01 *J2503 is not illustrated. The default jumper setting is unknown. Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. The message "status 'fail- Downrev AC'" is displayed when I/O Graphics Board <501-2977-04 is installed. The message indicates that the Address Controller is pre-FCS and lower than revision 4. 5. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-3 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 liD Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2610 501-4287 I/O Type 1 83MHz Gigaplane ~,----------------,u,------,~,------, [8] [8] [8] [8] [8] [8] B SYSIO-O ~~~~~ RISC-1 soc o 0 IDCDcl Q 0 SYSIO-1 ~~~~o SBus 1 SBus 0 IRISC-oI [8] [8] [8] SBus 2 J2~~~D I EJ o F3501/F3500 o I I I I D'_ LEOS 000 Mil 10BASE-T HD6S FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX B I I I I A Backpanel and Connectors 0 1 L.-.-___S_B_U_S0_ _--' Mil 1/0-4 L.-.-__S_B_US_1_ _- -'1 1L.-.-__S_B_US_2_ _---'10 10BASE-T HD6S-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX B A EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-4287 Jumper Settings DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 FAB 270-2977 -06 Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051 . 2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-5 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 liD Board with SOC+ E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2611 501-4266 I/O Type 4 83MHz Gigaplane r-----~~r----------------~Lrl------~~r------~ [8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8[8 B RISC-1 SYSIO-O Q 0 SYSIO-1 ~~~! ~ soc+ ~~~~ 0 SBus 1 SBus 0 SBus 2 J2~~~D I U2501 D o 0 F3501/F3500 IDCDcl DC~ J0401= D IFPROM I SOC+ GBIC 1 GBIC 0 N~~:O~ ~~ LEDS 000 Mil 10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX B A 8ackpanel and Connectors 0 SBus 0 SBus 1 1 Mil 1/0-6 10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX 11 B SBus 2 A 10 EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4266 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0401 J0401 J2500 1-2 1-2 1-2 In Out Out DESCRIPTION SOC+ Flash write enabled SOC+ Flash write protected Inv Adr 1 Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed. 3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 5. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes 1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence. 2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3 of the I/O Board with SOC+ under the following conditions: soc+ I/O BOARD soc+ I/O BOARD CABINET POSITION 4th E4500 MOUNTING HOLE# 1st E4500 606672 Filler Panel required when: Filler Panel required 3 or more E4500s are installed 1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed 2nd E4500 364248 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required 3rd E4500 121824 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required 849096 IN SLOT 3 Filler Panel not required IN SLOT? Filler Panel required Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. SBus and Graphics I/O Boards Installation, 805-2704. 4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. 5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239. Volume I 1/0-7 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 I/O Board with SOC+ E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2612 501-4883 I/O Type 4 83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane u LJ [8] [8 [8][8] [8 [8 [8] [8] [8 B SYSIO-O ~~~~o soc+ SBus 1 SBus 0 IRIS~oI D D ID~Dcl Q 0 SYSIO-1 ~~~~~ RISC-1 B D SBus 2 SOC+ F3501/F3500 J0401Cl J2f~~O I U2501 IFPROMI NVRAMD U2502 GBIC 1 GBICO ~~ O- lEOS 000 Mil 10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX B A Backpanel and Connectors (f) IL__S_B_U_SO_ _-, Mil 1/0-8 -'1 IL__S_B_US_2_ _-,1 (f) L--_ _S_B_US_1_ _ 10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX B A EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4883 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0401 J0401 J2500 1-2 1-2 1-2 In Out Out DESCRIPTION SOC+ Flash write enabled SOC+ Flash write protected Inv Adr 1 Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1. 2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed. 3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 5. The following cable type is supported with GBIC 370-2303: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes 1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence. 2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3 of the I/O Board with SOC+ under the following conditions: soc+ I/O BOARD soc+ I/O BOARD CABINET POSITION MOUNTING HOLE # 4th E4500 849096 Filler Panel not required Filler Panel required 1st E4500 606672 Filler Panel required when: 3 or more E4500s are installed 1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed Filler Panel required 2nd E4500 364248 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required 3rd E4500 121824 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required IN SLOT 3 IN SLOT 7 Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630. 2. Enterprise 4500/5500/6500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632. 3. SBus and Graphics I/O Boards Installation, 805-2704. 4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. 5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239. Volume I 1/0-9 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 I/O Graphics Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2620 501-2749 1/0 Type 2 83MHz Gigaplane ------, ~r----------------~Lrl------~L-rl UPA Bus SBus 0 SBus 2 O J0501 = J2r~~ D I IFPROM I I~ Ie - ~~c=-V~""::~D D D F3501/F3500 D'~ lococl D =J4~ LEDS I OLC 1 I OLC 0 I II I I I I I I II I I I I I I J250~ II I FW I I 000 Mil 10BASE-T H068 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX A B Backpanel and Connectors (±) S_B_u_s_0_---' 1 - 1_ _ _ _ Mil 1/0-10 L -_ _ U_PA_Bu_s_---'1 10BASE-T H068-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX 8 S_B_u_s2_ _--'1 1 - 1_ _ A (±) EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-2749 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING J0500 J0501 1-2 In 1-2 J2500 1-2 J2500 1-2 J2501 1-2 DESCRIPTION FAB 270-2749 Unknown -01 -02 -03 -04 In Unknown -01 -02 -03 -04 Out Inv Adr 1 -01 -02 -03 Out Inv Adr 1 -04 -05 -06 Unknown -01 -02 -03 -04 Unknown -01 -02 SOC Flash write enabled -01 -02 J2503 123 In * J4302 1-2 In J4302 1-2 Out SOC Flash write disabled -01 -02 *J2503 is not illustrated. The default jumper setting is unknown. Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. I/O Graphics Board iPOST 3.4.1 is required to support FFB 501-3129. 5. The message "status 'fail - Downrev AC'" is displayed when I/O Graphics Board <501-2749-05 is installed. The message indicates that the Address Controller is pre-FCS and lower than Revision 4. 6. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-11 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 liD Graphics Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2620 501-4288 I/O Type 2 83MHz Gigaplane u SBus ° L.J UPA Bus OI[Jl SBus 2 SOC o ~ 0 ID~Dcl F3501/F3500 D J4302= IFPROMI r - - -, r - - II II II II II LEDS 000 10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX ° -,N~~:a~D I OLC 1 I I OLC I II II I~I I II I 0- Mil J2r~~ 0 I B I I A Backpanel and Connectors (±) IL-__S_BU_S_O_---l Mil 1/0-12 L-__ UP_A_B_US_---lll'-_ _ S_BU_S_2_---l1 10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX B A (±) EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-4288 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2500 J4302 1-2 1-2 Out Out Inv Adr 1 SOC flash write disabled Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. I/O Graphics Board requires iPOST 3.4.1 to support FFB 501-3129. 5. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 2. Ultra Enterprise 40001500016000 System Manual, 802-3845. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-13 19/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS I/O Graphics Board with SOC+ E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2622 501-4884 1/0 Type 5 83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane u-'I----------------'L'I ------,~.-----~ SBus 0 OD SOC+ D D F3501/F3500 IOC-Del D~ D J0401= NVRAMD U2502 GBIC 1 GBIC 0 ~~ LEDS 000 Mil 10BASE-T HD68 FIW SCSI 100BASE-TX B A Backpanel and Connectors ID I SBusO ~L-_ _ _---' Mil 1/0-14 ----'1 '--___ Up_'A_B_US__ 10BASE-T HD68-PIN SCSI 100BASE-TX B ----'1 (±) s_Bu_s_2__ 1 - 1_ _ _ _ A EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4884 Jumper Settings JUMPER PINS SETTING DESCRIPTION J2500 J0401 1-2 1-2 Out Out Inv Adr 1 SOC+ Flash write disabled Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1. 2. The minimum ExOOO OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 if a GBIC is installed. 3. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 4. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 5. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters E4500 72" Expansion Cabinet Notes 1. Install the E4500 in the 72" Expansion Cabinet in numerical sequence. 2. SBus Filler Panel 540-4566, Option 1099, is required in SBus Slot 3 of the I/O Graphics Board with SOC+ under the following conditions: soc+ 1/0 BOARD soc+ 1/0 BOARD CABINET POSITION MOUNTING HOLE # 4th E4500 849096 Filler Panel not required 1st E4500 606672 Filler Panel required when: Filler Panel required 3 or more E4500s are installed 1 E4500 + 4 A5000s are installed 2nd E4500 364248 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required 3rd E4500 121824 Filler Panel required Filler Panel required IN SLOT 3 IN SLOT 7 Filler Panel required Flash PROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod References 1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630. 2. Enterprise 45001550016500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632. 3. SBus and Graphics 110 Boards Installation, 805-2704. 4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. 5. SBus Blank Filler Panel Installation Guide, 806-5239. Volume I 1/0-15 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 PCI I/O Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2630 501-4325 501-3023 1/0 Type 3 83MHz Gigaplane 1/0 Type 3 FRU w 2 5V Risers PSYCHO+ PCI1 SCSI PSYCHO+ PCID ENET IFPRoMI B I CHEERIO I J4200 PCI1 B NVRAM I B J3200 PCIO U2502 LEDS 000 HD68-PIN SCSI UILTRAIWIDE 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX 8ackpanel and Connectors @ PCI1 HD68-PIN SCSI ULTRAIWIDE 1/0-16 PCIO 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX @ EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-3023 501-4325 Jumper Settings DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is Solaris 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. The E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 8. 5. Patch 103346-06 includes OBP 3.2 Version 8. 6. Option 2630 includes two 5V Riser Boards and two 3.3V Riser Boards. 7. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3xOO. 8. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4xOO, E5xOO, and E6xOO. 9. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters FlashPROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod ISP1040 Ultra SCSI Controller Notes 1. The ISP 1040 is an Ultra SCSI controller. 2. Ultra SCSI transfer rates are not supported. 3. Disable Ultra SCSI transfers to the onboard SCSI controller. 4. Refer to PCII/O Product Note, 805-3364-10, September 1997. References 1. PCII/O Board Installation, 805-1372. 2. Ultra Enterprise 3000 System Manual, 802-6051. 3. Ultra Enterprise 4000/5000/6000 System Manual, 802-3845. 4. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-17 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 PCII/O Board E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Option 2632 501-4881 501-4926 I/O Type 3 83/90/1 OOMHz Gigaplane I/O Type 3 FRU w 2 5V Risers .-----~~r----------------~ur------,~r------, E PSYCHO+ PCI1 SCSI ~ PSYCHO+ PCIO ENET '"Iii -g, C') ro Iii -g, c c .3 .3 "2 "2 (3 I E ::l E CHEERIO (3 I E ::l E .~ .~ ::;; ::;; J4200 J3200 PCI1 PCIO "'----------'1 NVRAM . B U2502 LEDS 000 H068-PIN SCSI UILTRAlWIOE 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX 8ackpanel and Connectors PCI1 H06S-PIN SCSI ULTRAlWIOE 1/0-18 PCIO 10BASE-T 100BASE-TX EJECTOR Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4881 501-4926 Jumper Settings DESCRIPTION Inv Adr 1 Notes 1. The minimum ExOOO operating system is 2.5.1. 2. The minimum Ex500 OS is 2.5.1 HW: 11/97 or 2.6 HW: 3/98. 3. The Gigaplane runs at the speed of the slowest detected board. 4. Option 2632 includes two 5V Riser Boards and two 3.3V Riser Boards. 5. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3xOO. 6. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4xOO, E5xOO, and E6xOO. 7. The following cable types are supported: 50/125 Multimode Fiber up to 2 Kilometers 62.5/125 Multimode Fiber up to 500 meters FlashPROM Notes 1. Use the FlashPROM Programming Utility to update the FCode. 2. Use the prom-copy (src dst --) command to copy a flash PROM. ok 2 b prom-copy (copies from board 2 to board 11) 3. Use the update-proms command to synchronize the latest version of the flash PROM installed in the system to all boards of the same type. NVRAM Notes 1. The Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAMs are automatically synchronized when the Clock Board NVRAM matches at least one I/O Board NVRAM. 2. Use one of the following OBP commands to synchronize the Clock Board and I/O Board NVRAM: ok copy-clock-tod-to-io-boards ok copy-io-board-tod-to-clock-tod ISP1040 Ultra SCSI Controller Notes 1. The ISP 1040 is an Ultra SCSI controller. 2. Ultra SCSI transfer rates are not supported. 3. Disable Ultra SCSI transfers to the onboard SCSI controller. 4. Refer to PCII/O Product Note 805-3364-10 of September 1997. References 1. PCII/O Board Installation, 805-1372. 1. Enterprise 3500 System Reference Manual, 805-2630. 2. Enterprise 4500/5500/6500 System Reference Manual, 805-2632. 3. System Flash PROM Programming Guide, 802-5579. Volume I 1/0-19 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 PCI Riser Boards E3000 E4000 E5000 E6000 E3500 E4500 E5500 E6500 Options 2630 2632 501-4128 501-4169 3.3V Riser Board 5V Riser Board 501-4128 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit Riser 1--- 64-Bit 32-Bit _-1-_"_ 1 00 J1 _ _ _ _ _ 1 00 J1 501-4169 5V 33MHz 32/64-Bit Riser 32-Bit 64-Bit .- - - - - - L 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- __________________________________________ JUMPER SETTING J1 J1 1 In Out • DESCRIPTION JTAG enabled JTAG disabled Notes 1. If JTAG is enabled and the PCI card does not support JTAG, the I/O Board will not be initialized or recognized during POST or boot. 2. The E3000-E6000 CPU/Memory Board requires OBP 3.2 Version 8. 3. Patch 103346-06 includes OBP 3.2 Version 8. 4. Options 2630 and 2632 include two 5V and two 3.3V Riser Boards. 5. Up to three PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E3000. 6. Up to six PCI I/O Boards are supported in the E4000, E5000, and E6000. References 1. PCI I/O Board Installation, 805-1372-10. 2. BuglDs 4090962 and 4362243. 1/0-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS This page intentionally left blank. Volume I 1/0-21 CONFIGURATIONS 19/18/00 SBus 110 Board E10000 Option 2730 501-4349 501-4478 In SBus 0 Slot 0 SBus 0 Slot 1 DC-DC ~5 +1- 12Vdc EJ C') => Mezcon Connector Screw tightening sequence used before July 1998. References 805-0311-10 March 1997 805-2917-10,11,12,13 (03 EJ II) => SBus 1 Slot 1 51 (0 1/0-22 0 SYSIO 0) I I SYSIO 0 02 40) Mezcon Connector Screw tightening sequence used after June 1998. Reference 805-2917-14 July 1998 Mezcon Connector (0 50) Tighten to 6 in/lb in the sequence shown (06 SBus 1 Slot 0 01 I 0) (03 06 40) Tighten to 6 in/lb in the sequence shown 05 10) Field Engineer Handbook CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 501-4349 501-4478 Notes 1. Install only one TRIIS. Do NOT install any board in the second slot. 2. Install SCI and UDWIS/S on separate SBus channels. SBus 1/0 Board 501-4349 Notes 1. Install FC100/S in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1. 2. Install GBE/S 1.x in Slot O. There are no slot restrictions for GBE/S 2.0. 3. Install SunFastEthernet 2.x in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1. 4. Install SunSwift in Slot 0 and DWIS/S in Slot 1. 5. SSP software controls whether the system will boot when SBus boards are installed in Slot 1 of SBus 1/0 board 501-4349. Problems may occur if SBus slot restrictions are not followed. 501-4349 Slot 1 SSP 3.0 ";104853-04 ~104853-05 SSP 3.1 ,,;105684-06 ~105684-07 SSP 3.0 SSP 3.1 SSP 3.1.1 SSP 3.2 will boot SunSwift will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot FastEthernet will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot will boot GBEIS 1.x will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot will boot FC100/S will boot will boot will boot will boot will boot will boot SBus 1/0 Board 501-4478 Notes 1. SSP software controls whether the system will boot when SBus boards are installed in Slot 1 of SBus 1/0 board 501-4478. 2. There are no slot restrictions for FC1 OO/S, GBE/S, SunFastEthernet, or SunSwift when SBus 1/0 board 501-4478 is used with new versions of SSP software.* 501-4478 Slot 1 SSP 3.0 ";104853-04 ~104853-05 SSP 3.0* SSP 3.1 ";105684-06 ~105684-07 ssP 3.1* SSP 3.1.1* SSP 3.2* SunSwift will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot will boot FastEthernet will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot will boot GBE/S 1.x will not boot will boot will not boot will boot will boot will boot FC100/S will boot will boot will boot will boot will boot will boot References 1. Ultra Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917. 2. BuglDs 4046986, 4049704, 4091053, and 4157729. Volume I 1/0-23 19/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS PCII/O Board 500-4779 Untested PCI I/O w/o 5V Riser E10000 Option 2731 501-4830 F501-4830 PCI I/O Assembly PCII/O 500-4779 2 5V Riser 501-4778 PCIIiO FRU Assembly 501-4830 3.3V Riser Kit 565-1474 EJEJ Mezcon Connector Screw tightening sequence used before July 1998 Reference 805-3831-10 March1998 o (03 01 50) Tighten to 6 inllb in the sequence shown PCIO.O (06 I PSYCHO I Mezcon Connector Screw tightening sequence used after June 1998 References 805-3831-11 July 1998 805-2917-14 July 1998 0 Mezcon Connector (0 0 I PSYCHO 02 0) I (03 06 40) Tighten to 6 in/lb in the sequence shown PC11.0 (0 0 0) 05 10) Notes 1. The minimum operating system is Solaris 2.6 Hardware: 5/98. 2. There is no part number for a tested PCI I/O board without Riser boards. References 1. Enterprise 10000 PCI Upgrade Instructions, 805-3831-11. 2. Enterprise 10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917-14. 1/0-24 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS PCI Riser Boards E10000 Option 2731 501-4777 501-4778 3.3V Riser Board 5V Riser Board 501-4777 3.3V 33/66MHz 32/64-Bit Riser 1---r-- 32-Bit --I 54-Bit · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. ··· .. ~ 501-4778 5V 33MHz 32/64-Bit Riser 1--- 32-Bit ----+-. 1 54-Bit ··,, - - - - - - - - - - -- - ------- - _. _. - _. -------- - _. - - - -.,,, Notes 1. Riser Kit 565-1474 includes two 501-4777 3.3V Riser Boards. 2. Mounting Kit 565-1482 includes: PART # DESCRIPTION 240-2391 240-2853 340-4311 340-4419 540-3562 PCI Filler Panel (x2) M3 x 5 Screw (x6) Mounting Bracket (x2) Personality Plate Front Cover Volume I 110-25 This page intentionally left blank. CONFIGURATIONS BACKPLANE 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Backplane Pressfit Backplane Information ............................................. 3 Sun-4d Architecture SS 1OOO/SS 1OOOE 4-Slot Centerplane .............................. SC2000/SC2000E 10-Slot Centerplane ............................ 4 5 Sun-4u Architecture E3000 4-Slot Centerplane ................................................. E3500 5-Slot Centerplane ................................................. E4000/E5000 8-Slot Centerplane ...................................... E4500/E5500 8-Slot Centerplane ...................................... E6000 16-Slot Centerplane ............................................... E6500 16-Slot Centerplane ............................................... 6 8 10 12 14 16 Sun-4u1 Architecture E10000 16-Slot Centerplane ............................................. E10000 Centerplane Support Board ................................. 18 20 Netra ct 400 and Netra ct 800 Netra ct 400 5-Slot cPCI Centerplane ......................... ...... Netra ct 800 8-Slot cPCI Centerplane ......................... ...... 21 22 Field Engineer Handbook - Volume I 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS This page intentionally loft blank. BACKPLANE-2 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS Pressfit Backplane Information Pressfit Backplane production began in June 1987. Solderless contacts are machine pressed into plated-through holes on printed circuit boards. Component leads installed into the solderless contacts are held in place by a tapered entry, multi-finger contact design. Cross Sectional View Plated-through Hole Solderless Contact Overhead View of Solderless Contact Component Lead Hole Solderless Contact Plated-through Hole Volume I BACKPLANE-3 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 4-Slot Backplane SS1000 SS1000E 501-2021 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 0 11 rI J0900 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 1 11 rl J0800 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 2 11 fl J0700 SYSTEM BOARD SLOT 3 11 11 11 11 fl J0600 J1100 SYSTEM CONTROL BOARD SLOT AND INTERNAL SCSI BUS J0200 POWER SUPPLY SLOT +5,-5 J1000 POWER SUPPLY SLOT +12,-12,+1.2 fl fl Notes 1. Guide Pins were added to the Backplane in March 1994. 2. Kit 560-2011-01 contains 10 #2-56 screws, 230-1401-01, and 10 Guide Pins, 240-2168-01. BACKPLANE-4 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 10-Slot Backplane SC2000 SC2000E 501-1670 +5 R;~2 SCSI • F110~ J11031111111111111 I • • F1102 +5 SCSI I +5 +12 ~ ~ +12 RTN J0605 ~ +1.2 I I +1.2 RTN J1107 o -12RTN ~ ~ -12 Slot 0 Slot 9 Power Connection Side Notes 1. Use 15A Fuse 140-1019-01 or 140-1035-01. 2. J0605 is connected to Keyswitch Cable 530-1725. 3. J11 03 is connected to SCSI Power Cable 530-1752. 4. J 1107 is connected to Power Supply Sense Cable 530-1728. 5. Guide Pins were added to the Backplane in December 1993. 6. Kit 560-2011-01 contains 10 #2-56 screws (230-1401-01) and 10 Guide Pins (240-2168-01). Volume I BACKPLANE-5 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 4-Slot Centerplane E3000 501-2939 83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane Front View J4602D F1 . -------. nn .- -. . U Ur---:~ ~ SCSI Tray: Power F2DJ4601: I J0701 I : . .. J46100 LED Board : .. __ •.. : ~ . . - -. - -. SCSI Tray Data Cable J4100 J4101 W'~ J4200 J4201 ~II! ~ TO T1 T2 T3 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 I J0702 Fan Tray Notes 1. Three screws are used to fasten a vertical stiffener to the backplane. 2. Some disk drives may bottom out against the two stiffener screws next to Slots T2 and T12 if pan-head screw 240-1268 is installed. 3. Replace pan-head screw 240-1268 with button-head screw 240-2033. 4. Do NOT install washers under the stiffener screws. 5. Backplane 501-2939-05 uses button-head screw 240-2033. 6. Screw 240-1268 was replaced with screw 240-2033 in November 1997. BACKPLANE-6 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2939 Rear View J0703 J0501 o J0502 J0401 . ". Fan Module Power/Cooling Module -- - Power/Cooling Module Power/Cooling Module J3101 J2101 - J0301 - J2601 - - . .... J1601 - ,-- J0302 J0901 - AC Input Peripheral Peripheral Power Supply Power Supp!~. Clock Board _ Slot 7 '-- Slot 5 _ Slot 3 Slot 1 A terminated 1/0 Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLANE-7 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 5-Slot Centerplane E3500 501-4799 83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane Front View J4602 0 F1 . - - _. _. -. ;-------: 0 0 : ~ " SCS: Tiay: Power F2DJ4601: I J0701 I : , J4600 I LED Board •' - - - - - - - •, SCSI Tray Data Cable J5500 J5501 J5600 J5601 ~ ~: ~"~ .. T4 T5 T6 ., - -. - - - .., , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , T7 J0302 TO T1 T2 T3 : Peripheral : Power Supply ~ : __ : BACKPLANE-8 I J0702 I Fan Tray Field Engineer Handboo~ 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4799 Rear View J0703 o J0501 J0502 J0401 . - - - . --., ' -. ~ Fan Module Power/Cooling Module J3601 ,.---- J0301 - Power/Cooling Module Power/Cooling Module J3101 J2101 J2601 - .-- .-- J1601 .-- 15 Uj "E ro o J0901 r-- [J) Ql AC Input Peripheral Power Supply l!l Q; E 15 Uj "E ro o [J) -'" u o (3 - L- Slot 9 _ Slot 7 L- Slot 5 '-- Slot 3 Slot 1 A terminated I/O Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLANE-9 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 a-Slot Centerplane E4000 E5000 501-2978 83M Hz Gigaplane Front View I Keyswilch Tray J09011 . ~ ----------. · ................. ! ..... ~10201 ·· .. I SCSI Tray J0301 ODD psoG G L UN J1701 SlolO J2701 SIol2 J3701 SIol4 J4701 SIol6 Power/Cooling Modules BACKPLANE-10 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2978 Rear View IJ~+~emT~ DDO UN L G I.. .. ~ 1. ~M~h'" . _ " S"pp" ·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - --- - - -.. · - - - -- - - _. - - - _. - -. _. - .. - - -. - - -. - - - - - - - - - - _. I Slot 1 1::1 J0401 ... PS 1 GpS' I J2201 :: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : I Slot 3 J3201 I I Slot 5 J4201 I ISlot 7 J5201 I Power/Cooling Modules A terminated I/O Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLANE-11 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 8-Slot Centerplane E4500 E5500 501-4944 83/1 OOMHz Gigaplane Front View I Keyswitch Tray J09011 · ................. ! ..... ~10201 ·· .. I J0301 SCSI Tray psoG G L UN J1701 Slot 0 J2701 Slot 2 J3701 Slot 4 J4701 Slot 6 - - - _. - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - .. ··· -_.- -- -.- - -_.- ---_.- --. - - -. - - - - - - - - - --- _ .. --- _ .. -- _ .... BACKPLANE-12 ODD Power/Cooling Modules Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-4944 Rear View IJ=+~,"T~ DDO UN L G ·· · ~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - . -- . - . -- .. I Slot 1 r-::I ~ PS 1 GpS3 . I J2201 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: I Slot 3 J3201 I I Slot 5 J4201 I ISIot7 J5201 I Power/Cooling Modules A terminated I/O Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLANE-13 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 16-Slot Centerplane E6000 501-2699 501-3050 83MHz Gigaplane Pre-FCS 83MHz Gigaplane Front View Keyswilch Tray IJ09011 . ________________ .t __ -"_-)f0'201---- ""SCSI Tray . , J0301 ODD psoG J1701 SIOIO J2701 SIol2 I J3701 SIol4 I J4701 SIol6 I J5701 SIol8 I G L UN PS2G ·, -- - - - - - - - - -- _ .. - - -- - - --- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -., , , J6701 SIOllOl ·, - -. - - - - - - - - - _ .. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -., .. - - --- - - -- - - - - - --- - _. -- - -- - - _. - - -. - _. _. - -. J7701 SIol 12 1 ·, - -. -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. -- - - - _. - -- - - -. -- - --- -., · -- - --- - - - - -- - - - -- _. ---- - -------- - - --- - - - _. J8701 SIOl14 1 ·, - - -- . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - --- - .. - - - -- - - -- - - ., · - - - - - - .. - . - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. - - - - - - - - - - - . BACKPLANE-14 Power/Cooling Modules Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-2699 501-3050 Rear View I. .. IJO'" I "'0' ... 1. '" ~h.ml Pow" Sopply AeIF" Tmy 000 'CI~;k-Bo-a;d UN L G j -----. J1101 ·· - - - - - - . - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . · - - - - - - - - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. ~ 1Slot 1 r-::I ~ PS 1 J2201 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1 Slot 3 J3201 · - . - -- - - . - - . - - .. - - . - - - . - --- - - - - -- ------- - · - _. - - ----- - -- - --- - - - - _. - - -1Slot 5 r-::I ~ 1 PS3 ~ PS5 ~ GpS, _ 1 ~ .. - - - - _. - -- _. J4201 1 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1Slot 7 J5201 1Slot 9 J6201 1 1 ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: 1Slot 11 J7201 1 1 Slot 13 J8201 J 1 Slot 15 J9201 1 Power/Cooling Modules A terminated 110 Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLANE-15 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 16-Slot Centerplane E6500 501-5010 83/90MHz Gigaplane Front View I Keyswitch Tray J0901 I . _________________ [ _____ ~10201 . . J1701 ·· · ~ ~ J0301 SCSI Tray ODD psoG G L UN Slot 0 - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - .. . J2701 I SIot2 I ·· - - - --- . - - --- . -- - --- . -- .. ---- - - ----- - -. -- ... · . J3701 SIot4 I ·· - - - - - _. - - - - - - _. - - - .. -- - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - -. -.. · . J4701 ··.. - - -. --- - -- _. - - - _. --- - - - - - _. - - -- _. - J5701 Slot 6 _ I .. - -. .. Slot 8 I ·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.. · . J6701 Slot 101 J7701 Slot 121 ·· -- - - - .. - - - - - _. - -. _. --- - - _. -- - - - - _. - - - - .. -.. · . ·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - ---- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.. · . J8701 Slot 141 .. - - - - _. - - -. --- - - - _ .. -- - - ---- - - - - -- - - - - _. -.. ·· . Power/Cooling Modules BACKPLANE-16 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 501-5010 Rear View I I J03" AClFoo T,", 000 UN L G ~'.ho,"1 I ..."401 ....1 . . - . , S,pply ·· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.. · . 1Sial 1 J2201 1SIol3 J3201 1 · - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - _. --- - - _. - -- - _. - - _. -. - - - -. · - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - _. G'g, 1SIol5 J4201 ISiol 7 J5201 1Siol 9 J6201 I ISiol 11 J7201 I 1 Siol 13 J8201 1 ISIOl15 J9201 1 1 I Power/Cooling Modules A terminated I/O Board is required in Slot 1 to access the internal SCSI Bus Volume I BACKPLAN E-17 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 16-810t Centerplane 500-4844 E10000 500-4845 501-4348 Logic Centerplane Untested Power Centerplane Untested 500-4844 + 500-4845 Assembly/FRU Front View ,....., .. ......., u .. u ~ .. ~ ... .. , ... 0 ~ ... ... 0 . .. ~ ... ... U ... U ~ . .. ~ .. ... ... U ... U . .. r- . .. - ... .. U .. r: 1- :.; ... ... CX) -e CJl -e '" OJ 0 '" OJ E (J) E tl >. CfJ 0 * >. CfJ '- ~ ... ~ :;:: '" OJ '" OJ E (J) E -e 0 1ii >. CfJ ~ ;:? '" OJ '" OJ ~ -e -e -e -e 0 0 0 0 * >. CfJ E (J) (J) 1ii 1ii >. CfJ E >. CfJ '" OJ E * >. CfJ ~ -e '0" OJ E (J) 1ii >. CfJ -e -e '0" OJ '" 0 OJ "2 15c. c 0 0 c. => CfJ Notes 1. Thermal calibration is required if the Centerplane is replaced. 2. Patch 106465-04 (SSP 3.1),108080-02 (SSP 3.1.1),109678-01 (SSP 3.2) or 109634-01 (SSP 3.3) is required when ST Micro EEPROM M93S56-W is installed on the centerplane. 3. Centerplanes with the M93S56-W began shipping in June 2000. References 1. E10000 System Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311. 2. E10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917. 3. E10000 Centerplane Installation, 806-5977. BACKPLANE-18 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 500-4844 501-4348 500-4845 Rear View Wire Harness 530·2396 1 1 I J I I I I :"'D[2JD~' -~ .. ~ . ~ D~:D~: D~: D~:D~:D~: 0 ... - . .. - ... - . .. . .. r- ... r" 0: -0: 0: 0: -0: '" [1 0: 0: [1 0: 0: [1 [1 0: [1 ~ _.- - ~~~~ 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: 0: OT"""C\lC") NC\lC\lC\I 0...0...D...D... -'- - _.- a E ctl 0 tIl "§ DD- ::J C/) -'- -" a E ctl 0 a E ctl 0 -_. -'- N C') -0- LO <0 l"- ~0 E E E E E ctl 0 tIl E E E o 1i5 >C/) >C/) 1i5 >C/) 0 Volume I _.- ~ tIl Ql _.- E tIl eC _.- --- * tIl Ql ctl 0 tIl E Ql 1i5 >C/) ctl 0 tIl E Ql 1i5 >C/) ctl ctl 0 0 tIl E tIl * >C/) ctl 0 tIl E E >C/) 1i5 >C/) * Ql BACKPLANE-19 CONFIGURATIONS 9/18/00 Centerplane Support Board E10000 501-4346 J'------l ~~o o o pS4E3 0 3.3V DC-DC 00 PS31 5V DC-DC PS1 00 PS1 OOF6 00 o rn rn F5 I 0 00 00 00 0 ooF1 00 OO F2 I:J F4 LEDS lJ1i ~:::~: ~:~~gg 8 Green 5VDC HK Green 3.3VDC HK Green HK SIW Note Do NOT remove the Centerplane Support Board if the Yellow LEOs are ON. References 1. E10000 System Component Replacement Guide, 805-0311. 2. E10000 System Service Manual, 805-2917. BACKPLANE-20 Field Engineer Handbook 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 5-Slot cPCI Centerplane Netra ct 400 501-5621 540-4569 Backplane Disk Slot 1 - Drawer Assembly/FRU =-r--r--.--- Empty Slot 2 I-f-- P5 Connector CPU Slot 3 - ~ ~ i--- ~ ~ 0 0 I I I "0 "0 "0 >, iii' ">on ~ (ij - !;! ;:> a: " a: " a:" I--- I--- I--- r-- ~ i'; I-f-P4 Connector ~ .Q - '>-" 1/0 Slot 4 I-f-- P3 Connector 1/0 Slot 5 ~ I--- I--- I--- I--I-f-- P2 Connector Alarm Slot 1 - ~ >, ">on" ~ (ij I--- I--- I--- i--iii' ">on ~ (ij iii' ">on ~ (ij >, ">on" ~ (ij iii' "ii; ~ I-f-- P1 Connector (ij '-- '-- '-- .-- Control Board - ] III ~ Fan Tray 1 ~ Fan Tray 2 000 000 ::1 ~~ Power Supply Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manual, 806-3296. Volume I BACKPLAN E-21 9/18/00 CONFIGURATIONS 8-Slot ePCI Centerplane Netra ct 800 501-5617 540-4568 CPU Slot 1 Backplane Drawer Assembly/FRU nnn r- nnnn I/O Slot 2 - P5 Connector - P4 Connector - P3 Connector - P2 Connector - P1 Connector I/O Slot 3 Disk 0 -c-- - >'" '" t-- - t-- t-- ii> '"a; ~ ijj >- ID >- ID ID 0 0 '" 0 '" :r: :i :i :i :i :i "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 "0 ID ID a: a: t-- t-- r - I/O Slot 4 t-- f-- ' - >>ID ID ii> '"0 '"0 > >- ID ID a: t-- '" 0 - '"~ .2 ~ a: a: t-- t-- r - ID ID a: ID I/O Slot 5 I/O Slot 6 t-- t-- - t-- - t-- t-- - I/O Slot 7 Alarm Slot 8 Disk 1 -- f-- f-ii> ii> '" > en ~ ijj Control Board - - I I::: '-- ii> ii> '" '" > en '" > en > en ~ ~ ~ ijj ijj ijj '-- '-- -= - - I:~I ImWI f-- f->- >- ID ID '">en '" > en ~ ~ ijj ijj >- ID '" > en ID ~ ijj - ii> '" 0 :i "0 ID a: --'--'--- FaoTmy1 Fan Tray 2 : :1 IIII 1::: Power Supply 1 - : :1 I Power Supply 2 Reference: Netra ct Server Service Manuaf, 806-3296. BACKPLANE-22 Field Engineer Handbook
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 4.2.1-c043 52.372728, 2009/01/18-15:56:37 Create Date : 2015:01:20 12:55:43-08:00 Modify Date : 2015:01:20 12:28:34-08:00 Metadata Date : 2015:01:20 12:28:34-08:00 Producer : Adobe Acrobat 9.55 Paper Capture Plug-in Format : application/pdf Document ID : uuid:c49cfdf2-5ab8-b44e-b9ad-94ba420b950b Instance ID : uuid:bcac5bd1-8139-364e-b209-a19c6bc981ab Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 803EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools